CFR 2011 Title49 Vol3 Part192

§ 191.27 49 CFR Ch.
I (10–1–11 Edition)
(5) Date condition was discovered and tration, Department of Transportation,

date condition was first determined to Information Resources Manager, PHP–
exist. 10, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Wash-
(6) Location of condition, with ref- ington, DC 20590-0001.
erence to the State (and town, city, or [Amdt. 191–9, 56 FR 63770, Dec. 5, 1991, as
county) or offshore site, and as appro- amended by Amdt. 191–14, 63 FR 37501, July
priate, nearest street address, offshore 13, 1998; 70 FR 11139, Mar. 8, 2005; 73 FR 16570,
platform, survey station number, mile- Mar. 28, 2008; 74 FR 2894, Jan. 16, 2009]
post, landmark, or name of pipeline.
(7) Description of the condition, in- PART 192—TRANSPORTATION OF
cluding circumstances leading to its NATURAL AND OTHER GAS BY
discovery, any significant effects of the
condition on safety, and the name of
PIPELINE: MINIMUM FEDERAL
the commodity transported or stored. SAFETY STANDARDS
(8) The corrective action taken (in-
cluding reduction of pressure or shut- Subpart A—General
down) before the report is submitted Sec.
and the planned follow-up or future 192.1 What is the scope of this part?
corrective action, including the antici- 192.3 Definitions.
pated schedule for starting and con- 192.5 Class locations.
cluding such action. 192.7 What documents are incorporated by
reference partly or wholly in this part?
[Amdt. 191–6, 53 FR 24949, July 1, 1988; 53 FR 192.8 How are onshore gathering lines and
29800, Aug. 8, 1988, as amended by Amdt. 191– regulated onshore gathering lines deter-
7, 54 FR 32344, Aug. 7, 1989; Amdt. 191–8, 54 FR mined?
40878, Oct. 4, 1989; Amdt. 191–10, 61 FR 18516, 192.9 What requirements apply to gathering
Apr. 26, 1996] lines?
192.10 Outer continental shelf pipelines.
§ 191.27 Filing offshore pipeline condi- 192.11 Petroleum gas systems.
tion reports. 192.13 What general requirements apply to
pipelines regulated under this part?
(a) Each operator shall, within 60 192.14 Conversion to service subject to this
days after completion of the inspection part.
of all its underwater pipelines subject 192.15 Rules of regulatory construction.
to § 192.612(a), report the following in- 192.16 Customer notification.
formation:
(1) Name and principal address of op- Subpart B—Materials
erator. 192.51 Scope.
(2) Date of report. 192.53 General.
(3) Name, job title, and business tele- 192.55 Steel pipe.
phone number of person submitting the 192.57 [Reserved]
report. 192.59 Plastic pipe.
(4) Total length of pipeline inspected. 192.61 [Reserved]
192.63 Marking of materials.
(5) Length and date of installation of
192.65 Transportation of pipe.
each exposed pipeline segment, and lo-
cation, including, if available, the loca- Subpart C—Pipe Design
tion according to the Minerals Manage-
ment Service or state offshore area and 192.101 Scope.
block number tract. 192.103 General.
192.105 Design formula for steel pipe.
(6) Length and date of installation of 192.107 Yield strength (S) for steel pipe.
each pipeline segment, if different from 192.109 Nominal wall thickness (t) for steel
a pipeline segment identified under pipe.
paragraph (a)(5) of this section, that is 192.111 Design factor (F) for steel pipe.
a hazard to navigation, and the loca- 192.112 Additional design requirements for
tion, including, if available, the loca- steel pipe using alternative maximum al-
tion according to the Minerals Manage- lowable operating pressure.
192.113 Longitudinal joint factor (E) for
ment Service or state offshore area and
wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR
steel pipe.
block number tract. 192.115 Temperature derating factor (T) for
(b) The report shall be mailed to the steel pipe.
Office of Pipeline Safety, Pipeline and 192.117 [Reserved]
Hazardous Materials Safety Adminis- 192.119 [Reserved]
398
VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:56 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223216 PO 00000 Frm 00410 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\223216.XXX 223216
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT Pt. 192
192.121 Design of plastic pipe. 192.245 Repair or removal of defects.
192.123 Design limitations for plastic pipe.
192.125 Design of copper pipe. Subpart F—Joining of Materials Other Than
by Welding
Subpart D—Design of Pipeline Components
192.271 Scope.
192.141 Scope. 192.273 General.
192.143 General requirements. 192.275 Cast iron pipe.
192.144 Qualifying metallic components. 192.277 Ductile iron pipe.
192.145 Valves. 192.279 Copper pipe.
192.147 Flanges and flange accessories. 192.281 Plastic pipe.
192.149 Standard fittings. 192.283 Plastic pipe: Qualifying joining pro-
192.150 Passage of internal inspection de- cedures.
vices. 192.285 Plastic pipe: Qualifying persons to
192.151 Tapping. make joints.
192.153 Components fabricated by welding. 192.287 Plastic pipe: Inspection of joints.
192.155 Welded branch connections.
192.157 Extruded outlets. Subpart G—General Construction Require-
192.159 Flexibility. ments for Transmission Lines and Mains
192.161 Supports and anchors.
192.163 Compressor stations: Design and 192.301 Scope.
construction. 192.303 Compliance with specifications or
192.165 Compressor stations: Liquid re- standards.
moval. 192.305 Inspection: General.
192.167 Compressor stations: Emergency 192.307 Inspection of materials.
shutdown. 192.309 Repair of steel pipe.
192.169 Compressor stations: Pressure lim- 192.311 Repair of plastic pipe.
iting devices. 192.313 Bends and elbows.
192.171 Compressor stations: Additional 192.315 Wrinkle bends in steel pipe.
safety equipment. 192.317 Protection from hazards.
192.173 Compressor stations: Ventilation. 192.319 Installation of pipe in a ditch.
192.175 Pipe-type and bottle-type holders. 192.321 Installation of plastic pipe.
192.177 Additional provisions for bottle-type 192.323 Casing.
holders. 192.325 Underground clearance.
192.179 Transmission line valves. 192.327 Cover.
192.181 Distribution line valves. 192.328 Additional construction require-
192.183 Vaults: Structural design requirements for steel pipe using alternative
ments. maximum allowable operating pressure.
192.185 Vaults: Accessibility.
192.187 Vaults: Sealing, venting, and ven- Subpart H—Customer Meters, Service
tilation. Regulators, and Service Lines
192.189 Vaults: Drainage and waterproofing.
192.191 Design pressure of plastic fittings. 192.351 Scope.
192.193 Valve installation in plastic pipe. 192.353 Customer meters and regulators: Lo-
192.195 Protection against accidental over- cation.
pressuring. 192.355 Customer meters and regulators:
192.197 Control of the pressure of gas deliv- Protection from damage.
ered from high-pressure distribution sys- 192.357 Customer meters and regulators: In-
tems. stallation.
192.199 Requirements for design of pressure 192.359 Customer meter installations: Oper-
relief and limiting devices. ating pressure.
192.201 Required capacity of pressure reliev- 192.361 Service lines: Installation.
ing and limiting stations. 192.363 Service lines: Valve requirements.
192.203 Instrument, control, and sampling 192.365 Service lines: Location of valves.
pipe and components. 192.367 Service lines: General requirements
for connections to main piping.
Subpart E—Welding of Steel in Pipelines 192.369 Service lines: Connections to cast
iron or ductile iron mains.
192.221 Scope. 192.371 Service lines: Steel.
192.225 Welding procedures. 192.373 Service lines: Cast iron and ductile
192.227 Qualification of welders. iron.
192.229 Limitations on welders. 192.375 Service lines: Plastic.
192.231 Protection from weather. 192.377 Service lines: Copper.

192.233 Miter joints. 192.379 New service lines not in use.
192.235 Preparation for welding. 192.381 Service lines: Excess flow valve per-
192.241 Inspection and test of welds. formance standards.
192.243 Nondestructive testing. 192.383 Excess flow valve installation.
399
Pt. 192 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)
Subpart I—Requirements for Corrosion 192.515 Environmental protection and safety

Control requirements.
192.517 Records.
192.451 Scope.
192.452 How does this subpart apply to con- Subpart K—Uprating
verted pipelines and regulated onshore
gathering lines? 192.551 Scope.
192.453 General. 192.553 General requirements.
192.555 Uprating to a pressure that will
192.455 External corrosion control: Buried
produce a hoop stress of 30 percent or
or submerged pipelines installed after
more of SMYS in steel pipelines.
July 31, 1971.
192.557 Uprating: Steel pipelines to a pres-
192.457 External corrosion control: Buried
sure that will produce a hoop stress less
or submerged pipelines installed before
than 30 percent of SMYS; plastic, cast
August 1, 1971.
iron, and ductile iron pipelines.
192.459 External corrosion control: Exam-
ination of buried pipeline when exposed. Subpart L—Operations
192.461 External corrosion control: Protec-
tive coating. 192.601 Scope.
192.463 External corrosion control: Cathodic 192.603 General provisions.
protection. 192.605 Procedural manual for operations,
192.465 External corrosion control: Moni- maintenance, and emergencies.
toring. 192.607 [Reserved]
192.467 External corrosion control: Elec- 192.609 Change in class location: Required
trical isolation. study.
192.469 External corrosion control: Test sta- 192.611 Change in class location: Confirma-
tions. tion or revision of maximum allowable
192.471 External corrosion control: Test operating pressure.
leads. 192.612 Underwater inspection and reburial
192.473 External corrosion control: Inter- of pipelines in the Gulf of Mexico and its
ference currents. inlets.
192.475 Internal corrosion control: General. 192.613 Continuing surveillance.
192.476 Internal corrosion control: Design 192.614 Damage prevention program.
and construction of transmission line. 192.615 Emergency plans.
192.477 Internal corrosion control: Moni- 192.616 Public awareness.
toring. 192.617 Investigation of failures.
192.479 Atmospheric corrosion control: Gen- 192.619 What is the maximum allowable op-
eral. erating pressure for steel or plastic pipe-
lines?
192.481 Atmospheric corrosion control: Mon-
192.620 Alternative maximum allowable op-
itoring.
erating pressure for certain steel pipe-
192.483 Remedial measures: General.
lines.
192.485 Remedial measures: Transmission
192.621 Maximum allowable operating pres-
lines.
sure: High-pressure distribution systems.
192.487 Remedial measures: Distribution
192.623 Maximum and minimum allowable
lines other than cast iron or ductile iron
operating pressure; Low-pressure dis-
lines.
tribution systems.
192.489 Remedial measures: Cast iron and 192.625 Odorization of gas.
ductile iron pipelines. 192.627 Tapping pipelines under pressure.
192.490 Direct assessment. 192.629 Purging of pipelines.
192.491 Corrosion control records. 192.631 Control room management.
Subpart J—Test Requirements Subpart M—Maintenance
192.501 Scope. 192.701 Scope.
192.503 General requirements. 192.703 General.
192.505 Strength test requirements for steel 192.705 Transmission lines: Patrolling.
pipeline to operate at a hoop stress of 30 192.706 Transmission lines: Leakage sur-
percent or more of SMYS. veys.
192.507 Test requirements for pipelines to 192.707 Line markers for mains and trans-
operate at a hoop stress less than 30 per- mission lines.
cent of SMYS and at or above 100 p.s.i. 192.709 Transmission lines: Record keeping.
(689 kPa) gage. 192.711 Transmission lines: General require-
192.509 Test requirements for pipelines to
ments for repair procedures.

operate below 100 p.s.i. (689 kPa) gage. 192.713 Transmission lines: Permanent field
192.511 Test requirements for service lines. repair of imperfections and damages.
192.513 Test requirements for plastic pipe- 192.715 Transmission lines: Permanent field
lines. repair of welds.
400
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT Pt. 192
192.717 Transmission lines: Permanent field 192.919 What must be in the baseline assess-
repair of leaks. ment plan?
192.719 Transmission lines: Testing of re- 192.921 How is the baseline assessment to be
pairs. conducted?
192.721 Distribution systems: Patrolling. 192.923 How is direct assessment used and
192.723 Distribution systems: Leakage sur- for what threats?
veys. 192.925 What are the requirements for using
192.725 Test requirements for reinstating External Corrosion Direct Assessment
service lines. (ECDA)?
192.727 Abandonment or deactivation of fa- 192.927 What are the requirements for using
cilities. Internal Corrosion Direct Assessment
192.731 Compressor stations: Inspection and (ICDA)?
testing of relief devices. 192.929 What are the requirements for using
192.735 Compressor stations: Storage of Direct Assessment for Stress Corrosion
combustible materials. Cracking (SCCDA)?
192.736 Compressor stations: Gas detection. 192.931 How may Confirmatory Direct As-
192.739 Pressure limiting and regulating sessment (CDA) be used?
stations: Inspection and testing. 192.933 What actions must be taken to ad-
192.741 Pressure limiting and regulating dress integrity issues?
stations: Telemetering or recording 192.935 What additional preventive and
gauges. mitigative measures must an operator
192.743 Pressure limiting and regulating take?
stations: Capacity of relief devices. 192.937 What is a continual process of eval-
192.745 Valve maintenance: Transmission uation and assessment to maintain a
lines. pipeline’s integrity?
192.747 Valve maintenance: Distribution 192.939 What are the required reassessment
systems. intervals?
192.749 Vault maintenance. 192.941 What is a low stress reassessment?
192.751 Prevention of accidental ignition. 192.943 When can an operator deviate from
192.753 Caulked bell and spigot joints. these reassessment intervals?
192.755 Protecting cast-iron pipelines. 192.945 What methods must an operator use
to measure program effectiveness?
Subpart N—Qualification of Pipeline 192.947 What records must an operator
Personnel keep?
192.949 How does an operator notify
192.801 Scope. PHMSA?
192.803 Definitions. 192.951 Where does an operator file a report?
192.805 Qualification Program.
192.807 Recordkeeping. Subpart P—Gas Distribution Pipeline
192.809 General. Integrity Management (IM)
Subpart O—Gas Transmission Pipeline 192.1001 What definitions apply to this sub-
Integrity Management part?
192.1003 What do the regulations in this sub-
192.901 What do the regulations in this subpart cover?
part cover? 192.1005 What must a gas distribution oper-
192.903 What definitions apply to this sub- ator (other than a master meter or small
part? LPG operator) do to implement this sub-
192.905 How does an operator identify a high part?
consequence area? 192.1007 What are the required elements of
192.907 What must an operator do to imple- an integrity management plan?
ment this subpart? 192.1009 What must an operator report when
192.909 How can an operator change its in- a mechanical fitting fails?
tegrity management program? 192.1011 What records must an operator
192.911 What are the elements of an integ- keep?
rity management program? 192.1013 When may an operator deviate from
192.913 When may an operator deviate its required periodic inspections of this
program from certain requirements of part?
this subpart? 192.1015 What must a master meter or small
192.915 What knowledge and training must liquefied petroleum gas (LPG) operator
personnel have to carry out an integrity do to implement this subpart?
management program?
APPENDIX A TO PART 192 [RESERVED]

192.917 How does an operator identify poten- APPENDIX B TO PART 192—QUALIFICATION OF
tial threats to pipeline integrity and use PIPE
the threat identification in its integrity APPENDIX C TO PART 192—QUALIFICATION OF
program? WELDERS FOR LOW STRESS LEVEL PIPE
401
§ 192.1 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)
APPENDIX D TO PART 192—CRITERIA FOR CA- (i) Through a pipeline that operates
THODIC PROTECTION AND DETERMINATION at less than 0 psig (0 kPa);
OF MEASUREMENTS (ii) Through a pipeline that is not a
APPENDIX E TO PART 192—GUIDANCE ON DE- regulated onshore gathering line (as
TERMINING HIGH CONSEQUENCE AREAS AND
determined in § 192.8); and
ON CARRYING OUT REQUIREMENTS IN THE
INTEGRITY MANAGEMENT RULE (iii) Within inlets of the Gulf of Mex-
ico, except for the requirements in
AUTHORITY: 49 U.S.C. 5103, 60102, 60104, § 192.612; or
60108, 60109, 60110, 60113, 60116, 60118, and 60137; (5) Any pipeline system that trans-
and 49 CFR 1.53. ports only petroleum gas or petroleum
SOURCE: 35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, unless gas/air mixtures to—
otherwise noted. (i) Fewer than 10 customers, if no
EDITORIAL NOTE: Nomenclature changes to portion of the system is located in a
part 192 appear at 71 FR 33406, June 9, 2006. public place; or
(ii) A single customer, if the system
is located entirely on the customer’s
Subpart A—General premises (no matter if a portion of the
system is located in a public place).
§ 192.1 What is the scope of this part?
[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by
(a) This part prescribes minimum Amdt. 192–27, 41 FR 34605, Aug. 16, 1976;
safety requirements for pipeline facili- Amdt. 192–67, 56 FR 63771, Dec. 5, 1991; Amdt.
ties and the transportation of gas, in- 192–78, 61 FR 28782, June 6, 1996; Amdt. 192–81,
cluding pipeline facilities and the 62 FR 61695, Nov. 19, 1997; Amdt. 192–92, 68 FR
transportation of gas within the limits 46112, Aug. 5, 2003; 70 FR 11139, Mar. 8, 2005;
of the outer continental shelf as that Amdt. 192–102, 71 FR 13301, Mar. 15, 2006;
term is defined in the Outer Conti- Amdt. 192–103, 72 FR 4656, Feb. 1, 2007]
nental Shelf Lands Act (43 U.S.C. 1331). § 192.3 Definitions.
(b) This part does not apply to—
(1) Offshore gathering of gas in State As used in this part:
waters upstream from the outlet flange Abandoned means permanently re-
moved from service.
of each facility where hydrocarbons are
Active corrosion means continuing
produced or where produced hydro-
corrosion that, unless controlled, could
carbons are first separated, dehy-
result in a condition that is detri-
drated, or otherwise processed, which-
mental to public safety.
ever facility is farther downstream;
Administrator means the Adminis-
(2) Pipelines on the Outer Conti- trator, Pipeline and Hazardous Mate-
nental Shelf (OCS) that are producer- rials Safety Administration or his or
operated and cross into State waters her delegate.
without first connecting to a trans- Alarm means an audible or visible
porting operator’s facility on the OCS, means of indicating to the controller
upstream (generally seaward) of the that equipment or processes are out-
last valve on the last production facil- side operator-defined, safety-related
ity on the OCS. Safety equipment pro- parameters.
tecting PHMSA-regulated pipeline seg- Control room means an operations
ments is not excluded. Producing oper- center staffed by personnel charged
ators for those pipeline segments up- with the responsibility for remotely
stream of the last valve of the last pro- monitoring and controlling a pipeline
duction facility on the OCS may peti- facility.
tion the Administrator, or designee, for Controller means a qualified indi-
approval to operate under PHMSA reg- vidual who remotely monitors and con-
ulations governing pipeline design, trols the safety-related operations of a
construction, operation, and mainte- pipeline facility via a SCADA system
nance under 49 CFR 190.9; from a control room, and who has oper-
(3) Pipelines on the Outer Conti- ational authority and accountability
nental Shelf upstream of the point at for the remote operational functions of
which operating responsibility trans- the pipeline facility.

fers from a producing operator to a Customer meter means the meter that
transporting operator; measures the transfer of gas from an
(4) Onshore gathering of gas— operator to a consumer.
402
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 192.3
Distribution line means a pipeline the same as the pressure provided to

other than a gathering or transmission the customer.
line. Main means a distribution line that
Electrical survey means a series of serves as a common source of supply
closely spaced pipe-to-soil readings for more than one service line.
over pipelines which are subsequently Maximum actual operating pressure
analyzed to identify locations where a means the maximum pressure that oc-
corrosive current is leaving the pipe- curs during normal operations over a
line. period of 1 year.
Exposed underwater pipeline means an Maximum allowable operating pressure
underwater pipeline where the top of (MAOP) means the maximum pressure
the pipe protrudes above the under- at which a pipeline or segment of a
water natural bottom (as determined pipeline may be operated under this
by recognized and generally accepted part.
practices) in waters less than 15 feet Municipality means a city, county, or
(4.6 meters) deep, as measured from any other political subdivision of a
mean low water. State.
Gas means natural gas, flammable Offshore means beyond the line of or-
gas, or gas which is toxic or corrosive. dinary low water along that portion of
Gathering line means a pipeline that the coast of the United States that is
transports gas from a current produc- in direct contact with the open seas
tion facility to a transmission line or and beyond the line marking the sea-
main. ward limit of inland waters.
Gulf of Mexico and its inlets means the Operator means a person who engages
waters from the mean high water mark in the transportation of gas.
of the coast of the Gulf of Mexico and Outer Continental Shelf means all sub-
its inlets open to the sea (excluding merged lands lying seaward and out-
rivers, tidal marshes, lakes, and ca- side the area of lands beneath navi-
nals) seaward to include the territorial gable waters as defined in Section 2 of
sea and Outer Continental Shelf to a the Submerged Lands Act (43 U.S.C.
depth of 15 feet (4.6 meters), as meas- 1301) and of which the subsoil and sea-
ured from the mean low water. bed appertain to the United States and
Hazard to navigation means, for the are subject to its jurisdiction and con-
purposes of this part, a pipeline where trol.
the top of the pipe is less than 12 Person means any individual, firm,
inches (305 millimeters) below the un- joint venture, partnership, corporation,
derwater natural bottom (as deter- association, State, municipality, coop-
mined by recognized and generally ac- erative association, or joint stock asso-
cepted practices) in waters less than 15 ciation, and including any trustee, re-
feet (4.6 meters) deep, as measured ceiver, assignee, or personal represent-
from the mean low water. ative thereof.
High-pressure distribution system Petroleum gas means propane, pro-
means a distribution system in which pylene, butane, (normal butane or
the gas pressure in the main is higher isobutanes), and butylene (including
than the pressure provided to the cus- isomers), or mixtures composed pre-
tomer. dominantly of these gases, having a
Line section means a continuous run vapor pressure not exceeding 208 psi
of transmission line between adjacent (1434 kPa) gage at 100 °F (38 °C).
compressor stations, between a com- Pipe means any pipe or tubing used in
pressor station and storage facilities, the transportation of gas, including
between a compressor station and a pipe-type holders.
block valve, or between adjacent block Pipeline means all parts of those
valves. physical facilities through which gas
Listed specification means a specifica- moves in transportation, including
tion listed in section I of appendix B of pipe, valves, and other appurtenance
this part. attached to pipe, compressor units, me-

Low-pressure distribution system means tering stations, regulator stations, de-
a distribution system in which the gas livery stations, holders, and fabricated
pressure in the main is substantially assemblies.
403
§ 192.5 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)
Pipeline environment includes soil re- customer that is not down-stream from
sistivity (high or low), soil moisture a distribution center; (2) operates at a
(wet or dry), soil contaminants that hoop stress of 20 percent or more of
may promote corrosive activity, and SMYS; or (3) transports gas within a
other known conditions that could af- storage field.
fect the probability of active corrosion. NOTE: A large volume customer may re-
Pipeline facility means new and exist- ceive similar volumes of gas as a distribu-
ing pipelines, rights-of-way, and any tion center, and includes factories, power
equipment, facility, or building used in plants, and institutional users of gas.
the transportation of gas or in the Transportation of gas means the gath-
treatment of gas during the course of ering, transmission, or distribution of
transportation. gas by pipeline or the storage of gas, in
Service line means a distribution line or affecting interstate or foreign com-
that transports gas from a common merce.
source of supply to an individual cus-
[Amdt. 192–13, 38 FR 9084, Apr. 10, 1973, as
tomer, to two adjacent or adjoining amended by Amdt. 192–27, 41 FR 34605, Aug.
residential or small commercial cus- 16, 1976; Amdt. 192–58, 53 FR 1635, Jan. 21,
tomers, or to multiple residential or 1988; Amdt. 192–67, 56 FR 63771, Dec. 5, 1991;
small commercial customers served Amdt. 192–72, 59 FR 17281, Apr. 12, 1994; Amdt.
through a meter header or manifold. A 192–78, 61 FR 28783, June 6, 1996; Amdt. 192–81,
service line ends at the outlet of the 62 FR 61695, Nov. 19, 1997; Amdt. 192–85, 63 FR
customer meter or at the connection to 37501, July 13, 1998; Amdt. 192–89, 65 FR 54443,
a customer’s piping, whichever is fur- Sept. 8, 2000; 68 FR 11749, Mar. 12, 2003; Amdt.
192–93, 68 FR 53900, Sept. 15, 2003; Amdt. 192–
ther downstream, or at the connection 98, 69 FR 48406, Aug. 10, 2004; Amdt. 192–94, 69
to customer piping if there is no meter. FR 54592, Sept. 9, 2004; 70 FR 3148, Jan. 21,
Service regulator means the device on 2005; 70 FR 11139, Mar. 8, 2005; Amdt. 192–112,
a service line that controls the pres- 74 FR 63326, Dec. 3, 2009; Amdt. 192–114, 75 FR
sure of gas delivered from a higher 48601, Aug. 11, 2010]
pressure to the pressure provided to
the customer. A service regulator may § 192.5 Class locations.
serve one customer or multiple cus- (a) This section classifies pipeline lo-
tomers through a meter header or cations for purposes of this part. The
manifold. following criteria apply to classifica-
SMYS means specified minimum tions under this section.
yield strength is: (1) A ‘‘class location unit’’ is an on-
(1) For steel pipe manufactured in ac- shore area that extends 220 yards (200
cordance with a listed specification, meters) on either side of the centerline
the yield strength specified as a min- of any continuous 1- mile (1.6 kilo-
imum in that specification; or meters) length of pipeline.
(2) For steel pipe manufactured in ac- (2) Each separate dwelling unit in a
cordance with an unknown or unlisted multiple dwelling unit building is
specification, the yield strength deter- counted as a separate building intended
mined in accordance with § 192.107(b). for human occupancy.
State means each of the several (b) Except as provided in paragraph
States, the District of Columbia, and (c) of this section, pipeline locations
the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico. are classified as follows:
Supervisory Control and Data Acquisi- (1) A Class 1 location is:
tion (SCADA) system means a computer- (i) An offshore area; or
based system or systems used by a con- (ii) Any class location unit that has
troller in a control room that collects 10 or fewer buildings intended for
and displays information about a pipe- human occupancy.
line facility and may have the ability (2) A Class 2 location is any class lo-
to send commands back to the pipeline cation unit that has more than 10 but
facility. fewer than 46 buildings intended for
Transmission line means a pipeline, human occupancy.
other than a gathering line, that: (1) (3) A Class 3 location is:
Transports gas from a gathering line or (i) Any class location unit that has 46
storage facility to a distribution cen- or more buildings intended for human
ter, storage facility, or large volume occupancy; or
404
(ii) An area where the pipeline lies tion, the incorporated materials are
within 100 yards (91 meters) of either a available from the respective organiza-
building or a small, well-defined out- tions listed in paragraph (c) (1) of this
side area (such as a playground, recre- section.
ation area, outdoor theater, or other (c) The full titles of documents incor-
place of public assembly) that is occu- porated by reference, in whole or in
pied by 20 or more persons on at least part, are provided herein. The numbers
5 days a week for 10 weeks in any 12- in parentheses indicate applicable edi-
month period. (The days and weeks tions. For each incorporated document,
need not be consecutive.) citations of all affected sections are
(4) A Class 4 location is any class lo- provided. Earlier editions of currently
cation unit where buildings with four listed documents or editions of docu-
or more stories above ground are prev- ments listed in previous editions of 49
alent. CFR part 192 may be used for materials
(c) The length of Class locations 2, 3, and components designed, manufac-
and 4 may be adjusted as follows: tured, or installed in accordance with
(1) A Class 4 location ends 220 yards these earlier documents at the time
(200 meters) from the nearest building they were listed. The user must refer
with four or more stories above ground. to the appropriate previous edition of
(2) When a cluster of buildings in- 49 CFR part 192 for a listing of the ear-
tended for human occupancy requires a lier listed editions or documents.
Class 2 or 3 location, the class location (1) Incorporated by reference (IBR).
ends 220 yards (200 meters) from the
nearest building in the cluster. List of Organizations and Addresses:
[Amdt. 192–78, 61 FR 28783, June 6, 1996; 61 FR A. Pipeline Research Council Inter-
35139, July 5, 1996, as amended by Amdt. 192– national, Inc. (PRCI), c/o Technical
85, 63 FR 37502, July 13, 1998] Toolboxes, 3801 Kirby Drive, Suite 520,
Houston, TX 77098.
§ 192.7 What documents are incor- B. American Petroleum Institute
porated by reference partly or
wholly in this part? (API), 1220 L Street, NW., Washington,
DC 20005.
(a) Any documents or portions there- C. American Society for Testing and
of incorporated by reference in this Materials (ASTM), 100 Barr Harbor
part are included in this part as though Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 19428.
set out in full. When only a portion of
D. ASME International (ASME),
a document is referenced, the remain-
Three Park Avenue, New York, NY
der is not incorporated in this part.
10016–5990.
(b) All incorporated materials are
available for inspection in the Office of E. Manufacturers Standardization
Pipeline Safety, Pipeline and Haz- Society of the Valve and Fittings In-
ardous Materials Safety Administra- dustry, Inc. (MSS), 127 Park Street,
tion, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., NE., Vienna, VA 22180.
Washington, DC, 20590–0001, 202–366– F. National Fire Protection Associa-
4595, or at the National Archives and tion (NFPA), 1 Batterymarch Park,
Records Administration (NARA). For P.O. Box 9101, Quincy, MA 02269–9101.
information on the availability of this G. Plastics Pipe Institute, Inc. (PPI),
material at NARA, call 202–741–6030 or 1825 Connecticut Avenue, NW., Suite
go to: http://www.archives.gov/ 680, Washington, DC 20009.
federallregister/ H. NACE International (NACE), 1440
codeloflfederallregulations/ South Creek Drive, Houston, TX 77084.
ibrllocations.html. These materials I. Gas Technology Institute (GTI),
have been approved for incorporation 1700 South Mount Prospect Road, Des
by reference by the Director of the Plaines, IL 60018.
Federal Register in accordance with 5 (2) Documents incorporated by ref-
U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. In addi- erence.
Source and name of referenced material 49 CFR reference
A. Pipeline Research Council International (PRCI):
405
§ 192.7 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)
(1) AGA Pipeline Research Committee, Project PR–3–805, ‘‘A Modi- §§ 192.485(c);.192.933(a)(1); 192.933(d)(1)(i).
fied Criterion for Evaluating the Remaining Strength of Corroded
Pipe,’’ (December 22, 1989). The RSTRENG program may be
used for calculating remaining strength.
B. American Petroleum Institute (API):
(1) ANSI/API Specification 5L/ISO 3183 ‘‘Specification for Line Pipe’’ §§ 192.55(e); 192.112; 192.113; Item I, Appen-
(44th edition, 2007), includes errata (January 2009) and addendum dix B to Part 192.
(February 2009).
(2) API Recommended Practice 5L1 ‘‘Recommended Practice for § 192.65(a)(1).
Railroad Transportation of Line Pipe,’’ (6th Edition, July 2002).
(3) API Recommended Practice 5LW, ‘‘Transportation of Line Pipe § 192.65(b).
on Barges and Marine Vessels’’ (2nd edition, December 1996, ef-
fective March 1, 1997).
(4) ANSI/API Specification 6D, ‘‘Specification for Pipeline Valves’’ § 192.145(a).
(23rd edition (April 2008, effective October 1, 2008) and errata 3
(includes 1 and 2, February 2009)).
(5) API Recommended Practice 80, ‘‘Guidelines for the Definition of §§ 192.8(a); 192.8(a)(1); 192.8(a)(2);
Onshore Gas Gathering Lines,’’ (1st edition, April 2000). 192.8(a)(3); 192.8(a)(4).
(6) API Standard 1104, ‘‘Welding of Pipelines and Related Facilities’’ §§ 192.225; 192.227(a); 192.229(c)(1);
(20th edition, October 2005, errata/addendum, (July 2007) and er- 192.241(c); Item II, Appendix B.
rata 2 (2008)).
(7) API Recommended Practice 1162, ‘‘Public Awareness Programs §§ 192.616(a); 192.616(b); 192.616(c).
for Pipeline Operators,’’ (1st edition, December 2003).
(8) API Recommended Practice 1165 ‘‘Recommended Practice 1165 § 192.631(c)(1).
‘‘Recommended Practice for Pipeline SCADA Displays,’’ (API RP
1165) (First edition (January 2007)).
C. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):
(1) ASTM A53/A53M–07, ‘‘Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, §§ 192.113; Item I, Appendix B to Part 192.
Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless’’ (Sep-
tember 1, 2007).
(2) ASTM A106/A106M–08, ‘‘Standard Specification for Seamless §§ 192.113; Item I, Appendix B to Part 192.
Carbon Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Service’’ (July 15, 2008).
(3) ASTM A333/A333M–05 (2005) ‘‘Standard Specification for Seam- §§ 192.113; Item I, Appendix B to Part 192.
less and Welded Steel Pipe for Low-Temperature Service’’.
(4) ASTM A372/A372M–03 (reapproved 2008), ‘‘Standard Specifica- § 192.177(b)(1).
tion for Carbon and Alloy Steel Forgings for Thin-Walled Pressure
Vessels’’ (March 1, 2008).
(5) ASTM A381–96 (reapproved 2005), ‘‘Standard Specification for §§ 192.113; Item I, Appendix B to Part 192.
Metal-Arc Welded Steel Pipe for Use With High-Pressure Trans-
mission Systems’’ (October 1, 2005).
(6) ASTM A578/A578M–96 (re-approved 2001) ‘‘Standard Specifica- §§ 192.112(c)(2)(iii).
tion for Straight-Beam Ultrasonic Examination of Plain and Clad
Steel Plates for Special Applications.’’.
(7) ASTM A671–06, ‘‘Standard Specification for Electric-Fusion- §§ 192.113; Item I, Appendix B to Part 192.
Welded Steel Pipe for Atmospheric and Lower Temperatures’’
(May 1, 2006).
(8) ASTM A672–08, ‘‘Standard Specification for Electric-Fusion- §§ 192.113; Item I, Appendix B to Part 192.
Welded Steel Pipe for High-Pressure Service at Moderate Tem-
peratures’’ (May 1, 2008).
(9) ASTM A691–98 (reapproved 2007), ‘‘Standard Specification for §§ 192.113; Item I, Appendix B to Part 192.
Carbon and Alloy Steel Pipe, Electric-Fusion-Welded for High-
Pressure Service at High Temperatures’’ (November 1, 2007).
(10) ASTM D638–03 ‘‘Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties §§ 192.283(a)(3); 192.283(b)(1).
of Plastics.’’.
(11) ASTM D2513–87 ‘‘Standard Specification for Thermoplastic Gas § 192.63(a)(1).
Pressure Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings.’’.
(12) ASTM D2513–99 ‘‘Standard Specification for Thermoplastic Gas §§ 192.123(e)(2); 192.191(b); 192.281(b)(2);
Pressure Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings.’’. 192.283(a)(1)(i); Item 1, Appendix B to Part
192.
(13) ASTM D2517–00 ‘‘Standard Specification for Reinforced Epoxy §§ 192.191(a); 192.281(d)(1); 192.283(a)(1)(ii);
Resin Gas Pressure Pipe and Fittings.’’. Item I, Appendix B to Part 192.
(14) ASTM F1055–1998, ‘‘Standard Specification for Electrofusion § 192.283(a)(1)(iii).
Type Polyethylene Fittings for Outside Diameter Controller Poly-
ethylene Pipe and Tubing.’’.
D. ASME International (ASME):
(1) ASME/ANSI B16.1–2005, ‘‘Gray Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged § 192.147(c).
Fittings: (Classes 25, 125, and 250)’’ (August 31, 2006).
(2) ASME/ANSI B16.5–2003, ‘‘Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings.’’ §§ 192.147(a); 192.279.
(October 2004).
(3) ASME/ANSI B31G–1991 (Reaffirmed, 2004), ‘‘Manual for Deter- §§ 192.485(c); 192.933(a).
mining the Remaining Strength of Corroded Pipelines.’’.
(4) ASME/ANSI B31.8–2007, ‘‘Gas Transmission and Distribution § 192.619(a)(1)(i).
Piping Systems’’ (November 30, 2007).
406
(5) ASME/ANSI B31.8S–2004, ‘‘Supplement to B31.8 on Managing §§ 192.903(c); 192.907(b); 192.911 Introductory
System Integrity of Gas Pipelines.’’. text; 192.911(i); 192.911(k); 192.911(l);
192.911(m); 192.913(a) Introductory text;
192.913(b)(1); 192.917(a) Introductory text;
192.917(b); 192.917(c); 192.917(e)(1);
192.917(e)(4); 192.921(a)(1); 192.923(b)(1);
192.923(b)(2); 192.923(b)(3); 192.925(b) In-
troductory text; 192.925(b)(1); 192.925(b)(2);
192.925(b)(3); 192.925(b)(4); 192.927(b);
192.927(c)(1)(i); 192.929(b)(1); 192.929(b)(2);
192.933(a); 192.933(d)(1); 192.933(d)(1)(i);
192.935(a); 192.935(b)(1)(iv); 192.937(c)(1);
192.939(a)(1)(i); 192.939(a)(1)(ii);
192.939(a)(3); 192.945(a).
(6) 2007 ASME Boiler & Pressure Vessel Code, Section I, ‘‘Rules for § 192.153(b).
Construction of Power Boilers 2007’’ (2007 edition, July 1, 2007).
(7) 2007 ASME Boiler & Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Division §§ 192.153(a); 192.153(b); 192.153(d);
1, ‘‘Rules for Construction of Pressure Vessels 2’’ (2007 edition, 192.165(b)(3).
July 1, 2007).
(8) 2007 ASME Boiler & Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Division §§ 192.153(b); 192.165(b)(3).
2, ‘‘Alternative Rules, Rules for Construction of Pressure Vessels’’
(2007 edition, July 1, 2007).
(9) 2007 ASME Boiler & Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX, ‘‘Welding §§ 192.227(a); Item II, Appendix B to Part 192.
and Brazing Procedures, Welders, Brazers, and Welding and Braz-
ing Operators’’ (2007 edition, July 1, 2007).
E. Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry,
Inc. (MSS):
(1) MSS SP–44–2006, Standard Practice, ‘‘Steel Pipeline Flanges’’ § 192.147(a).
(2006 edition).
(2) [Reserved].
F. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):
(1) NFPA 30 (2008 edition, August 15, 2007), ‘‘Flammable and Com- § 192.735(b).
bustible Liquids Code’’ (2008 edition; approved August 15, 2007).
(2) NFPA 58 (2004), ‘‘Liquefied Petroleum Gas Code (LP-Gas §§ 192.11(a); 192.11(b); 192.11(c).
Code).’’.
(3) NFPA 59 (2004), ‘‘Utility LP-Gas Plant Code.’’ ............................... §§ 192.11(a); 192.11(b); 192.11(c).
(4) NFPA 70 (2008), ‘‘National Electrical Code’’ (NEC 2008) (Ap- §§ 192.163(e); 192.189(c).
proved August 15, 2007).
G. Plastics Pipe Institute, Inc. (PPI):
(1) PPI TR–3/2008 HDB/HDS/PDB/SDB/MRS Policies (2008), ‘‘Poli- § 192.121.
cies and Procedures for Developing Hydrostatic Design Basis
(HDB), Pressure Design Basis (PDB), Strength Design Basis
(SDB), and Minimum Required Strength (MRS) Ratings for Ther-
moplastic Piping Materials or Pipe’’ (May 2008).
H. NACE International (NACE):
(1) NACE Standard SP0502–2008, Standard Practice, ‘‘Pipeline Ex- §§ 192.923(b)(1); 192.925(b) Introductory text;
ternal Corrosion Direct Assessment Methodology’’ (reaffirmed 192.925(b)(1); 192.925(b)(1)(ii); 192.925(b)(2)
March 20, 2008). Introductory text; 192.925(b)(3) Introductory
text; 192.925(b)(3)(ii); 192.925(b)(3)(iv);
192.925(b)(4) Introductory text;
192.925(b)(4)(ii); 192.931(d);
192.935(b)(1)(iv); 192.939(a)(2).
I. Gas Technology Institute (GTI):
(1) GRI 02/0057 (2002) ‘‘Internal Corrosion Direct Assessment of § 192.927(c)(2).
Gas Transmission Pipelines Methodology.’’.
[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970] to determine if an onshore pipeline (or

EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER ci- part of a connected series of pipelines)
tations affecting § 192.7, see the List of CFR is an onshore gathering line. The deter-
Sections Affected, which appears in the mination is subject to the limitations
Finding Aids section of the printed volume listed below. After making this deter-
and at www.fdsys.gov. mination, an operator must determine
if the onshore gathering line is a regu-
§ 192.8 How are onshore gathering
lated onshore gathering line under
lines and regulated onshore gath-

ering lines determined? paragraph (b) of this section.
(1) The beginning of gathering, under
(a) An operator must use API RP 80 section 2.2(a)(1) of API RP 80, may not
(incorporated by reference, see § 192.7),
407
§ 192.9 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)
extend beyond the furthermost down- termined by the commingling of gas

stream point in a production operation from separate production fields, the
as defined in section 2.3 of API RP 80. fields may not be more than 50 miles
This furthermost downstream point from each other, unless the Adminis-
does not include equipment that can be trator finds a longer separation dis-
used in either production or transpor- tance is justified in a particular case
tation, such as separators or (see 49 CFR § 190.9).
dehydrators, unless that equipment is (4) The endpoint of gathering, under
involved in the processes of ‘‘produc- section 2.2(a)(1)(D) of API RP 80, may
tion and preparation for transportation not extend beyond the furthermost
or delivery of hydrocarbon gas’’ within downstream compressor used to in-
the meaning of ‘‘production oper- crease gathering line pressure for de-
ation.’’ livery to another pipeline.
(2) The endpoint of gathering, under (b) For purposes of § 192.9, ‘‘regulated
section 2.2(a)(1)(A) of API RP 80, may onshore gathering line’’ means:
not extend beyond the first down- (1) Each onshore gathering line (or
stream natural gas processing plant, segment of onshore gathering line)
unless the operator can demonstrate, with a feature described in the second
using sound engineering principles, column that lies in an area described in
that gathering extends to a further the third column; and
downstream plant. (2) As applicable, additional lengths
(3) If the endpoint of gathering, under of line described in the fourth column
section 2.2(a)(1)(C) of API RP 80, is de- to provide a safety buffer:
Type Feature Area Safety buffer
A ......... —Metallic and the MAOP produces a Class 2, 3, or 4 location (see § 192.5) None.
hoop stress of 20 percent or more
of SMYS. If the stress level is un-
known, an operator must determine
the stress level according to the
applicable provisions in subpart C
of this part.
—Non-metallic and the MAOP is
more than 125 psig (862 kPa).
B ......... —Metallic and the MAOP produces a Area 1. Class 3 or 4 location ............. If the gathering line is in Area 2(b) or
hoop stress of less than 20 percent Area 2. An area within a Class 2 lo- 2(c), the additional lengths of line
of SMYS. If the stress level is un- cation the operator determines by extend upstream and downstream
known, an operator must determine using any of the following three from the area to a point where the
the stress level according to the methods: line is at least 150 feet (45.7 m)
applicable provisions in subpart C (a) A Class 2 location. ........................ from the nearest dwelling in the
of this part. (b) An area extending 150 feet (45.7 area. However, if a cluster of dwell-
—Non-metallic and the MAOP is 125 m) on each side of the centerline of ings in Area 2 (b) or 2(c) qualifies a
psig (862 kPa) or less. any continuous 1 mile (1.6 km) of line as Type B, the Type B classi-
pipeline and including more than 10 fication ends 150 feet (45.7 m)
but fewer than 46 dwellings. from the nearest dwelling in the
(c) An area extending 150 feet (45.7 cluster.
m) on each side of the centerline of
any continous 1000 feet (305 m) of
pipeline and including 5 or more
dwellings.
[Amdt. 192–102, 71 FR 13302, Mar. 15, 2006] quirements in § 192.150 and in subpart O
of this part.
§ 192.9 What requirements apply to (c) Type A lines. An operator of a
gathering lines? Type A regulated onshore gathering
(a) Requirements. An operator of a line must comply with the require-
gathering line must follow the safety ments of this part applicable to trans-
requirements of this part as prescribed mission lines, except the requirements
by this section. in § 192.150 and in subpart O of this
(b) Offshore lines. An operator of an part. However, an operator of a Type A

offshore gathering line must comply regulated onshore gathering line in a
with requirements of this part applica- Class 2 location may demonstrate com-
ble to transmission lines, except the re- pliance with subpart N by describing
408
the processes it uses to determine the Requirement Compliance deadline

qualification of persons performing op-
Other provisions of this part April 15, 2009.
erations and maintenance tasks. as required by paragraph
(d) Type B lines. An operator of a (c) of this section for Type
Type B regulated onshore gathering A lines.
line must comply with the following
requirements: (3) If, after April 14, 2006, a change in
(1) If a line is new, replaced, relo- class location or increase in dwelling
cated, or otherwise changed, the de- density causes an onshore gathering
sign, installation, construction, initial line to be a regulated onshore gath-
inspection, and initial testing must be ering line, the operator has 1 year for
in accordance with requirements of Type B lines and 2 years for Type A
this part applicable to transmission lines after the line becomes a regulated
lines; onshore gathering line to comply with
(2) If the pipeline is metallic, control this section.
corrosion according to requirements of
[Amdt. 192–102, 71 FR 13301, Mar. 15, 2006]
subpart I of this part applicable to
transmission lines; § 192.10 Outer continental shelf pipe-
(3) Carry out a damage prevention lines.
program under § 192.614;
Operators of transportation pipelines
(4) Establish a public education pro-
on the Outer Continental Shelf (as de-
gram under § 192.616;
fined in the Outer Continental Shelf
(5) Establish the MAOP of the line
Lands Act; 43 U.S.C. 1331) must identify
under § 192.619; and
on all their respective pipelines the
(6) Install and maintain line markers
specific points at which operating re-
according to the requirements for
transmission lines in § 192.707. sponsibility transfers to a producing
operator. For those instances in which
(e) Compliance deadlines. An operator
of a regulated onshore gathering line the transfer points are not identifiable
must comply with the following dead- by a durable marking, each operator
lines, as applicable. will have until September 15, 1998 to
(1) An operator of a new, replaced, re- identify the transfer points. If it is not
located, or otherwise changed line practicable to durably mark a transfer
must be in compliance with the appli- point and the transfer point is located
cable requirements of this section by above water, the operator must depict
the date the line goes into service, un- the transfer point on a schematic lo-
less an exception in § 192.13 applies. cated near the transfer point. If a
(2) If a regulated onshore gathering transfer point is located subsea, then
line existing on April 14, 2006 was not the operator must identify the transfer
previously subject to this part, an op- point on a schematic which must be
erator has until the date stated in the maintained at the nearest upstream fa-
second column to comply with the ap- cility and provided to PHMSA upon re-
plicable requirement for the line listed quest. For those cases in which adjoin-
in the first column, unless the Admin- ing operators have not agreed on a
istrator finds a later deadline is justi- transfer point by September 15, 1998
fied in a particular case: the Regional Director and the MMS
Regional Supervisor will make a joint
Requirement Compliance deadline
determination of the transfer point.
Control corrosion according to April 15, 2009.
Subpart I requirements for [Amdt. 192–81, 62 FR 61695, Nov. 19, 1997, as
transmission lines. amended at 70 FR 11139, Mar. 8, 2005]
Carry out a damage preven- October 15, 2007.
tion program under § 192.11 Petroleum gas systems.
§ 192.614.
Establish MAOP under October 15, 2007. (a) Each plant that supplies petro-
§ 192.619. leum gas by pipeline to a natural gas

Install and maintain line mark- April 15, 2008.
ers under § 192.707.
distribution system must meet the re-
Establish a public education April 15, 2008. quirements of this part and ANSI/
program under § 192.616. NFPA 58 and 59.
409
§ 192.13 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)
(b) Each pipeline system subject to § 192.14 Conversion to service subject

this part that transports only petro- to this part.
leum gas or petroleum gas/air mixtures (a) A steel pipeline previously used in
must meet the requirements of this service not subject to this part quali-
part and of ANSI/NFPA 58 and 59. fies for use under this part if the oper-
(c) In the event of a conflict between ator prepares and follows a written
this part and ANSI/NFPA 58 and 59, procedure to carry out the following
ANSI/NFPA 58 and 59 prevail. requirements:
(1) The design, construction, oper-
[Amdt. 192–78, 61 FR 28783, June 6, 1996]
ation, and maintenance history of the
§ 192.13 What general requirements pipeline must be reviewed and, where
apply to pipelines regulated under sufficient historical records are not
this part? available, appropriate tests must be
performed to determine if the pipeline
(a) No person may operate a segment is in a satisfactory condition for safe
of pipeline listed in the first column operation.
that is readied for service after the (2) The pipeline right-of-way, all
date in the second column, unless: aboveground segments of the pipeline,
(1) The pipeline has been designed, in- and appropriately selected under-
stalled, constructed, initially in- ground segments must be visually in-
spected, and initially tested in accord- spected for physical defects and oper-
ance with this part; or ating conditions which reasonably
(2) The pipeline qualifies for use could be expected to impair the
under this part according to the re- strength or tightness of the pipeline.
quirements in § 192.14. (3) All known unsafe defects and con-
ditions must be corrected in accord-
Pipeline Date ance with this part.
Offshore gathering line .......... July 31, 1977.
(4) The pipeline must be tested in ac-
Regulated onshore gathering March 15 2007. cordance with subpart J of this part to
line to which this part did substantiate the maximum allowable
not apply until April 14, operating pressure permitted by sub-
2006.
All other pipelines .................. March 12, 1971.
part L of this part.
(b) Each operator must keep for the
(b) No person may operate a segment life of the pipeline a record of the in-
vestigations, tests, repairs, replace-
of pipeline listed in the first column
ments, and alterations made under the
that is replaced, relocated, or other-
requirements of paragraph (a) of this
wise changed after the date in the sec- section.
ond column, unless the replacement,
relocation or change has been made ac- [Amdt. 192–30, 42 FR 60148, Nov. 25, 1977]
cording to the requirements in this
§ 192.15 Rules of regulatory construc-
part. tion.
Pipeline Date (a) As used in this part:
Includes means including but not lim-
Offshore gathering line .......... July 31, 1977.
Regulated onshore gathering March 15, 2007.
ited to.
line to which this part did May means ‘‘is permitted to’’ or ‘‘is
not apply until April 14, authorized to’’.
2006. May not means ‘‘is not permitted to’’
All other pipelines .................. November 12, 1970.
or ‘‘is not authorized to’’.
Shall is used in the mandatory and
(c) Each operator shall maintain,
imperative sense.
modify as appropriate, and follow the (b) In this part:
plans, procedures, and programs that it (1) Words importing the singular in-
is required to establish under this part. clude the plural;
[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by (2) Words importing the plural in-
Amdt. 192–27, 41 FR 34605, Aug. 16, 1976; clude the singular; and
Amdt. 192–30, 42 FR 60148, Nov. 25, 1977; (3) Words importing the masculine
Amdt. 192–102, 71 FR 13303, Mar. 15, 2006] gender include the feminine.
410
§ 192.16 Customer notification. participating under 49 U.S.C. 60105 or

60106:
(a) This section applies to each oper-
ator of a service line who does not (1) A copy of the notice currently in
maintain the customer’s buried piping use; and
up to entry of the first building down- (2) Evidence that notices have been
stream, or, if the customer’s buried sent to customers within the previous 3
piping does not enter a building, up to years.
the principal gas utilization equipment [Amdt. 192–74, 60 FR 41828, Aug. 14, 1995, as
or the first fence (or wall) that sur- amended by Amdt. 192–74A, 60 FR 63451, Dec.
rounds that equipment. For the pur- 11, 1995; Amdt. 192–83, 63 FR 7723, Feb. 17,
pose of this section, ‘‘customer’s buried 1998]
piping’’ does not include branch lines
that serve yard lanterns, pool heaters, Subpart B—Materials
or other types of secondary equipment.
Also, ‘‘maintain’’ means monitor for § 192.51 Scope.
corrosion according to § 192.465 if the This subpart prescribes minimum re-
customer’s buried piping is metallic, quirements for the selection and quali-
survey for leaks according to § 192.723, fication of pipe and components for use
and if an unsafe condition is found, in pipelines.
shut off the flow of gas, advise the cus-
tomer of the need to repair the unsafe § 192.53 General.
condition, or repair the unsafe condi-
tion. Materials for pipe and components
must be:
(b) Each operator shall notify each
customer once in writing of the fol- (a) Able to maintain the structural
lowing information: integrity of the pipeline under tem-
perature and other environmental con-
(1) The operator does not maintain
ditions that may be anticipated;
the customer’s buried piping.
(2) If the customer’s buried piping is (b) Chemically compatible with any
not maintained, it may be subject to gas that they transport and with any
the potential hazards of corrosion and other material in the pipeline with
leakage. which they are in contact; and
(3) Buried gas piping should be— (c) Qualified in accordance with the
applicable requirements of this sub-
(i) Periodically inspected for leaks;
part.
(ii) Periodically inspected for corro-
sion if the piping is metallic; and § 192.55 Steel pipe.
(iii) Repaired if any unsafe condition
is discovered. (a) New steel pipe is qualified for use
(4) When excavating near buried gas under this part if:
piping, the piping should be located in (1) It was manufactured in accord-
advance, and the excavation done by ance with a listed specification;
hand. (2) It meets the requirements of—
(5) The operator (if applicable), (i) Section II of appendix B to this
plumbing contractors, and heating con- part; or
tractors can assist in locating, inspect- (ii) If it was manufactured before No-
ing, and repairing the customer’s bur- vember 12, 1970, either section II or III
ied piping. of appendix B to this part; or
(c) Each operator shall notify each (3) It is used in accordance with para-
customer not later than August 14, graph (c) or (d) of this section.
1996, or 90 days after the customer first (b) Used steel pipe is qualified for use
receives gas at a particular location, under this part if:
whichever is later. However, operators (1) It was manufactured in accord-
of master meter systems may continu- ance with a listed specification and it
ously post a general notice in a promi- meets the requirements of paragraph
nent location frequented by customers. II-C of appendix B to this part;

(d) Each operator must make the fol- (2) It meets the requirements of:
lowing records available for inspection (i) Section II of appendix B to this
by the Administrator or a State agency part; or
411
§ 192.57 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)
(ii) If it was manufactured before No- (4) Its dimensions are still within the
vember 12, 1970, either section II or III tolerances of the specification to which
of appendix B to this part; it was manufactured; and
(3) It has been used in an existing (5) It is free of visible defects.
line of the same or higher pressure and (c) For the purpose of paragraphs
meets the requirements of paragraph (a)(1) and (b)(1) of this section, where
II-C of appendix B to this part; or pipe of a diameter included in a listed
(4) It is used in accordance with para- specification is impractical to use, pipe
graph (c) of this section. of a diameter between the sizes in-
(c) New or used steel pipe may be cluded in a listed specification may be
used at a pressure resulting in a hoop used if it:
stress of less than 6,000 p.s.i. (41 MPa) (1) Meets the strength and design cri-
where no close coiling or close bending teria required of pipe included in that
is to be done, if visual examination in- listed specification; and
dicates that the pipe is in good condi- (2) Is manufactured from plastic com-
tion and that it is free of split seams
pounds which meet the criteria for ma-
and other defects that would cause
terial required of pipe included in that
leakage. If it is to be welded, steel pipe
listed specification.
that has not been manufactured to a
listed specification must also pass the [35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by
weldability tests prescribed in para- Amdt. 192–19, 40 FR 10472, Mar. 6, 1975; Amdt.
graph II-B of appendix B to this part. 192–58, 53 FR 1635, Jan. 21, 1988]
(d) Steel pipe that has not been pre-
viously used may be used as replace- § 192.61 [Reserved]
ment pipe in a segment of pipeline if it
§ 192.63 Marking of materials.
has been manufactured prior to Novem-
ber 12, 1970, in accordance with the (a) Except as provided in paragraph
same specification as the pipe used in (d) of this section, each valve, fitting,
constructing that segment of pipeline. length of pipe, and other component
(e) New steel pipe that has been cold must be marked—
expanded must comply with the man- (1) As prescribed in the specification
datory provisions of API Specification or standard to which it was manufac-
5L. tured, except that thermoplastic fit-
tings must be marked in accordance
Amdt. 191–1, 35 FR 17660, Nov. 17, 1970; Amdt. with ASTM D2513–87 (incorporated by
192–12, 38 FR 4761, Feb. 22, 1973; Amdt. 192–51, reference, see § 192.7);
51 FR 15335, Apr. 23, 1986; 58 FR 14521, Mar. 18, (2) To indicate size, material, manu-
1993; Amdt. 192–85, 63 FR 37502, July 13, 1998] facturer, pressure rating, and tempera-
ture rating, and as appropriate, type,
§ 192.57 [Reserved]
grade, and model.
§ 192.59 Plastic pipe. (b) Surfaces of pipe and components
that are subject to stress from internal
(a) New plastic pipe is qualified for pressure may not be field die stamped.
use under this part if:
(c) If any item is marked by die
(1) It is manufactured in accordance stamping, the die must have blunt or
with a listed specification; and
rounded edges that will minimize
(2) It is resistant to chemicals with stress concentrations.
which contact may be anticipated.
(d) Paragraph (a) of this section does
(b) Used plastic pipe is qualified for
not apply to items manufactured be-
use under this part if:
fore November 12, 1970, that meet all of
(1) It was manufactured in accord- the following:
ance with a listed specification;
(1) The item is identifiable as to type,
(2) It is resistant to chemicals with

manufacturer, and model.
which contact may be anticipated;
(3) It has been used only in natural
gas service;
412
(2) Specifications or standards giving with adequate protection, to withstand

pressure, temperature, and other ap- anticipated external pressures and
propriate criteria for the use of items loads that will be imposed on the pipe
are readily available. after installation.
[Amdt. 192–1, 35 FR 17660, Nov. 17, 1970, as
§ 192.105 Design formula for steel pipe.
amended by Amdt. 192–31, 43 FR 883, Apr. 3,
1978; Amdt. 192–61, 53 FR 36793, Sept. 22, 1988; (a) The design pressure for steel pipe
Amdt. 192–62, 54 FR 5627, Feb. 6, 1989; Amdt. is determined in accordance with the
192–61A, 54 FR 32642, Aug. 9, 1989; 58 FR 14521, following formula:
Mar. 18, 1993; Amdt. 192–76, 61 FR 26122, May
24, 1996; 61 FR 36826, July 15, 1996; Amdt. 192– P=(2 St/D)×F×E×T
114, 75 FR 48603, Aug. 11, 2010]
P=Design pressure in pounds per square inch
§ 192.65 Transportation of pipe. (kPa) gauge.
S=Yield strength in pounds per square inch
(a) Railroad. In a pipeline to be oper- (kPa) determined in accordance with
ated at a hoop stress of 20 percent or § 192.107.
more of SMYS, an operator may not D=Nominal outside diameter of the pipe in
use pipe having an outer diameter to inches (millimeters).
wall thickness ratio of 70 to 1, or more, t=Nominal wall thickness of the pipe in
that is transported by railroad unless: inches (millimeters). If this is unknown, it
(1) The transportation is performed is determined in accordance with § 192.109.
in accordance with API Recommended Additional wall thickness required for con-
current external loads in accordance with
Practice 5L1 (incorporated by ref- § 192.103 may not be included in computing
erence, see § 192.7). design pressure.
(2) In the case of pipe transported be- F=Design factor determined in accordance
fore November 12, 1970, the pipe is test- with § 192.111.
ed in accordance with Subpart J of this E=Longitudinal joint factor determined in
Part to at least 1.25 times the max- accordance with § 192.113.
imum allowable operating pressure if it T=Temperature derating factor determined
is to be installed in a class 1 location in accordance with § 192.115.
and to at least 1.5 times the maximum (b) If steel pipe that has been sub-
allowable operating pressure if it is to jected to cold expansion to meet the
be installed in a class 2, 3, or 4 loca- SMYS is subsequently heated, other
tion. Notwithstanding any shorter than by welding or stress relieving as a
time period permitted under Subpart J part of welding, the design pressure is
of this Part, the test pressure must be limited to 75 percent of the pressure de-
maintained for at least 8 hours. termined under paragraph (a) of this
(b) Ship or barge. In a pipeline to be section if the temperature of the pipe
operated at a hoop stress of 20 percent exceeds 900 °F (482 °C) at any time or is
or more of SMYS, an operator may not held above 600 °F (316 °C) for more than
use pipe having an outer diameter to 1 hour.
wall thickness ratio of 70 to 1, or more,
that is transported by ship or barge on [35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by
both inland and marine waterways un- Amdt. 192–47, 49 FR 7569, Mar. 1, 1984; Amdt.
less the transportation is performed in 192–85, 63 FR 37502, July 13, 1998]
accordance with API Recommended
§ 192.107 Yield strength (S) for steel
Practice 5LW (incorporated by ref- pipe.
erence, see § 192.7).
(a) For pipe that is manufactured in
[Amdt. 192–114, 75 FR 48603, Aug. 11, 2010] accordance with a specification listed
in section I of appendix B of this part,
Subpart C—Pipe Design the yield strength to be used in the de-
sign formula in § 192.105 is the SMYS
§ 192.101 Scope. stated in the listed specification, if
This subpart prescribes the minimum that value is known.
requirements for the design of pipe. (b) For pipe that is manufactured in
accordance with a specification not

§ 192.103 General. listed in section I of appendix B to this
Pipe must be designed with sufficient part or whose specification or tensile
wall thickness, or must be installed properties are unknown, the yield
413
§ 192.109 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)
strength to be used in the design for- Class location Design

mula in § 192.105 is one of the following: factor (F)
(1) If the pipe is tensile tested in ac- 1 ........................................................................... 0.72
cordance with section II-D of appendix 2 ........................................................................... 0.60
B to this part, the lower of the fol- 3 ........................................................................... 0.50
4 ........................................................................... 0.40
lowing:
(i) 80 percent of the average yield (b) A design factor of 0.60 or less
strength determined by the tensile must be used in the design formula in
tests. § 192.105 for steel pipe in Class 1 loca-
(ii) The lowest yield strength deter- tions that:
mined by the tensile tests. (1) Crosses the right-of-way of an un-
(2) If the pipe is not tensile tested as improved public road, without a casing;
provided in paragraph (b)(1) of this sec- (2) Crosses without a casing, or
tion, 24,000 p.s.i. (165 MPa). makes a parallel encroachment on, the
[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by right-of-way of either a hard surfaced
Amdt. 192–78, 61 FR 28783, June 6, 1996; Amdt. road, a highway, a public street, or a
192–83, 63 FR 7723, Feb. 17, 1998; Amdt. 192–85, railroad;
63 FR 37502, July 13, 1998] (3) Is supported by a vehicular, pedes-
trian, railroad, or pipeline bridge; or
§ 192.109 Nominal wall thickness (t)
for steel pipe. (4) Is used in a fabricated assembly,
(including separators, mainline valve
(a) If the nominal wall thickness for assemblies, cross-connections, and
steel pipe is not known, it is deter- river crossing headers) or is used with-
mined by measuring the thickness of in five pipe diameters in any direction
each piece of pipe at quarter points on from the last fitting of a fabricated as-
one end. sembly, other than a transition piece
(b) However, if the pipe is of uniform or an elbow used in place of a pipe bend
grade, size, and thickness and there are which is not associated with a fab-
more than 10 lengths, only 10 percent ricated assembly.
of the individual lengths, but not less (c) For Class 2 locations, a design fac-
than 10 lengths, need be measured. The tor of 0.50, or less, must be used in the
thickness of the lengths that are not design formula in § 192.105 for uncased
measured must be verified by applying steel pipe that crosses the right-of-way
a gauge set to the minimum thickness of a hard surfaced road, a highway, a
found by the measurement. The nomi- public street, or a railroad.
nal wall thickness to be used in the de- (d) For Class 1 and Class 2 locations,
sign formula in § 192.105 is the next wall a design factor of 0.50, or less, must be
thickness found in commercial speci- used in the design formula in § 192.105
fications that is below the average of for—
all the measurements taken. However, (1) Steel pipe in a compressor station,
the nominal wall thickness used may regulating station, or measuring sta-
not be more than 1.14 times the small- tion; and
est measurement taken on pipe less (2) Steel pipe, including a pipe riser,
than 20 inches (508 millimeters) in out- on a platform located offshore or in in-
side diameter, nor more than 1.11 times land navigable waters.
the smallest measurement taken on
pipe 20 inches (508 millimeters) or more
Amdt. 192–27, 41 FR 34605, Aug. 16, 1976]
in outside diameter.
[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by § 192.112 Additional design require-
Amdt. 192–85, 63 FR 37502, July 13, 1998] ments for steel pipe using alter-
native maximum allowable oper-
§ 192.111 Design factor (F) for steel ating pressure.
pipe. For a new or existing pipeline seg-
(a) Except as otherwise provided in ment to be eligible for operation at the
paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) of this sec- alternative maximum allowable oper-
tion, the design factor to be used in the ating pressure (MAOP) calculated
design formula in § 192.105 is deter- under § 192.620, a segment must meet
mined in accordance with the following the following additional design require-
table: ments. Records for alternative MAOP
414
must be maintained, for the useful life

of the pipeline, demonstrating compli-
ance with these requirements:
To address this design issue: The pipeline segment must meet these additional requirements:
(a) General standards for the (1) The plate, skelp, or coil used for the pipe must be micro-alloyed, fine grain, fully killed, con-
steel pipe. tinuously cast steel with calcium treatment.
(2) The carbon equivalents of the steel used for pipe must not exceed 0.25 percent by weight,
as calculated by the Ito-Bessyo formula (Pcm formula) or 0.43 percent by weight, as cal-
culated by the International Institute of Welding (IIW) formula.
(3) The ratio of the specified outside diameter of the pipe to the specified wall thickness must
be less than 100. The wall thickness or other mitigative measures must prevent denting and
ovality anomalies during construction, strength testing and anticipated operational stresses.
(4) The pipe must be manufactured using API Specification 5L, product specification level 2
(incorporated by reference, see § 192.7) for maximum operating pressures and minimum
and maximum operating temperatures and other requirements under this section.
(b) Fracture control ................... (1) The toughness properties for pipe must address the potential for initiation, propagation and
arrest of fractures in accordance with:
(i) API Specification 5L (incorporated by reference, see § 192.7); or
(ii) American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) B31.8 (incorporated by reference, see
§ 192.7); and
(iii) Any correction factors needed to address pipe grades, pressures, temperatures, or gas
compositions not expressly addressed in API Specification 5L, product specification level 2
or ASME B31.8 (incorporated by reference, see § 192.7).
(2) Fracture control must:
(i) Ensure resistance to fracture initiation while addressing the full range of operating tempera-
tures, pressures, gas compositions, pipe grade and operating stress levels, including max-
imum pressures and minimum temperatures for shut-in conditions, that the pipeline is ex-
pected to experience. If these parameters change during operation of the pipeline such that
they are outside the bounds of what was considered in the design evaluation, the evaluation
must be reviewed and updated to assure continued resistance to fracture initiation over the
operating life of the pipeline;
(ii) Address adjustments to toughness of pipe for each grade used and the decompression be-
havior of the gas at operating parameters;
(iii) Ensure at least 99 percent probability of fracture arrest within eight pipe lengths with a
probability of not less than 90 percent within five pipe lengths; and
(iv) Include fracture toughness testing that is equivalent to that described in supplementary re-
quirements SR5A, SR5B, and SR6 of API Specification 5L (incorporated by reference, see
§ 192.7) and ensures ductile fracture and arrest with the following exceptions:
(A) The results of the Charpy impact test prescribed in SR5A must indicate at least 80 percent
minimum shear area for any single test on each heat of steel; and
(B) The results of the drop weight test prescribed in SR6 must indicate 80 percent average
shear area with a minimum single test result of 60 percent shear area for any steel test
samples. The test results must ensure a ductile fracture and arrest.
(3) If it is not physically possible to achieve the pipeline toughness properties of paragraphs
(b)(1) and (2) of this section, additional design features, such as mechanical or composite
crack arrestors and/or heavier walled pipe of proper design and spacing, must be used to
ensure fracture arrest as described in paragraph (b)(2)(iii) of this section.
(c) Plate/coil quality control ...... (1) There must be an internal quality management program at all mills involved in producing
steel, plate, coil, skelp, and/or rolling pipe to be operated at alternative MAOP. These pro-
grams must be structured to eliminate or detect defects and inclusions affecting pipe quality.
(2) A mill inspection program or internal quality management program must include (i) and ei-
ther (ii) or (iii):
(i) An ultrasonic test of the ends and at least 35 percent of the surface of the plate/coil or pipe
to identify imperfections that impair serviceability such as laminations, cracks, and inclu-
sions. At least 95 percent of the lengths of pipe manufactured must be tested. For all pipe-
lines designed after December 22, 2008, the test must be done in accordance with ASTM
A578/A578M Level B, or API 5L Paragraph 7.8.10 (incorporated by reference, see § 192.7)
or equivalent method, and either
(ii) A macro etch test or other equivalent method to identify inclusions that may form centerline
segregation during the continuous casting process. Use of sulfur prints is not an equivalent
method. The test must be carried out on the first or second slab of each sequence graded
with an acceptance criteria of one or two on the Mannesmann scale or equivalent; or
(iii) A quality assurance monitoring program implemented by the operator that includes audits
of: (a) all steelmaking and casting facilities, (b) quality control plans and manufacturing pro-
cedure specifications, (c) equipment maintenance and records of conformance, (d) applica-
ble casting superheat and speeds, and (e) centerline segregation monitoring records to en-
sure mitigation of centerline segregation during the continuous casting process.
(d) Seam quality control ........... (1) There must be a quality assurance program for pipe seam welds to assure tensile strength
provided in API Specification 5L (incorporated by reference, see § 192.7) for appropriate
grades.
(2) There must be a hardness test, using Vickers (Hv10) hardness test method or equivalent
test method, to assure a maximum hardness of 280 Vickers of the following:
415
§ 192.113 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)
To address this design issue: The pipeline segment must meet these additional requirements:
(i) A cross section of the weld seam of one pipe from each heat plus one pipe from each
welding line per day; and
(ii) For each sample cross section, a minimum of 13 readings (three for each heat affected
zone, three in the weld metal, and two in each section of pipe base metal).
(3) All of the seams must be ultrasonically tested after cold expansion and mill hydrostatic
testing.
(e) Mill hydrostatic test ............. (1) All pipe to be used in a new pipeline segment must be hydrostatically tested at the mill at a
test pressure corresponding to a hoop stress of 95 percent SMYS for 10 seconds. The test
pressure may include a combination of internal test pressure and the allowance for end
loading stresses imposed by the pipe mill hydrostatic testing equipment as allowed by API
Specification 5L, Appendix K (incorporated by reference, see § 192.7).
(2) Pipe in operation prior to December 22, 2008, must have been hydrostatically tested at the
mill at a test pressure corresponding to a hoop stress of 90 percent SMYS for 10 seconds.
(f) Coating ................................. (1) The pipe must be protected against external corrosion by a non-shielding coating.
(2) Coating on pipe used for trenchless installation must be non-shielding and resist abrasions
and other damage possible during installation.
(3) A quality assurance inspection and testing program for the coating must cover the surface
quality of the bare pipe, surface cleanliness and chlorides, blast cleaning, application tem-
perature control, adhesion, cathodic disbondment, moisture permeation, bending, coating
thickness, holiday detection, and repair.
(g) Fittings and flanges ............. (1) There must be certification records of flanges, factory induction bends and factory weld
ells. Certification must address material properties such as chemistry, minimum yield
strength and minimum wall thickness to meet design conditions.
(2) If the carbon equivalents of flanges, bends and ells are greater than 0.42 percent by
weight, the qualified welding procedures must include a pre-heat procedure.
(3) Valves, flanges and fittings must be rated based upon the required specification rating
class for the alternative MAOP.
(h) Compressor stations ........... (1) A compressor station must be designed to limit the temperature of the nearest downstream
segment operating at alternative MAOP to a maximum of 120 degrees Fahrenheit (49 de-
grees Celsius) or the higher temperature allowed in paragraph (h)(2) of this section unless a
long-term coating integrity monitoring program is implemented in accordance with paragraph
(h)(3) of this section.
(2) If research, testing and field monitoring tests demonstrate that the coating type being used
will withstand a higher temperature in long-term operations, the compressor station may be
designed to limit downstream piping to that higher temperature. Test results and acceptance
criteria addressing coating adhesion, cathodic disbondment, and coating condition must be
provided to each PHMSA pipeline safety regional office where the pipeline is in service at
least 60 days prior to operating above 120 degrees Fahrenheit (49 degrees Celsius). An op-
erator must also notify a State pipeline safety authority when the pipeline is located in a
State where PHMSA has an interstate agent agreement, or an intrastate pipeline is regu-
lated by that State.
(3) Pipeline segments operating at alternative MAOP may operate at temperatures above 120
degrees Fahrenheit (49 degrees Celsius) if the operator implements a long-term coating in-
tegrity monitoring program. The monitoring program must include examinations using direct
current voltage gradient (DCVG), alternating current voltage gradient (ACVG), or an equiva-
lent method of monitoring coating integrity. An operator must specify the periodicity at which
these examinations occur and criteria for repairing identified indications. An operator must
submit its long-term coating integrity monitoring program to each PHMSA pipeline safety re-
gional office in which the pipeline is located for review before the pipeline segments may be
operated at temperatures in excess of 120 degrees Fahrenheit (49 degrees Celsius). An op-
erator must also notify a State pipeline safety authority when the pipeline is located in a
State where PHMSA has an interstate agent agreement, or an intrastate pipeline is regu-
lated by that State.
[73 FR 62175, Oct. 17, 2008, as amended by Amdt. 192–111, 74 FR 62505, Nov. 30, 2009]
§ 192.113 Longitudinal joint factor (E) for steel pipe.
The longitudinal joint factor to be determined in accordance with the fol-

used in the design formula in § 192.105 is lowing table:
Longitudinal joint
Specification Pipe class factor (E)
ASTM A 53/A53M ................... Seamless ....................................................................................................... 1.00

Electric resistance welded ............................................................................. 1.00

Furnace butt welded ...................................................................................... .60
ASTM A 106 ............................ Seamless ....................................................................................................... 1.00
ASTM A 333/A 333M .............. Seamless ....................................................................................................... 1.00
416
Longitudinal joint
Specification Pipe class factor (E)
ASTM A 381 ............................ Double submerged arc welded ..................................................................... 1.00

ASTM A 671 ............................ Electric-fusion-welded .................................................................................... 1.00
API 5 L .................................... Seamless ....................................................................................................... 1.00
Electric flash welded ...................................................................................... 1.00
Submerged arc welded ................................................................................. 1.00
Furnace butt welded ...................................................................................... .60
Other ....................................... Pipe over 4 inches (102 millimeters) ............................................................. .80
Other ....................................... Pipe 4 inches (102 millimeters) or less ......................................................... .60
If the type of longitudinal joint cannot Gas temperature in degrees Temperature

be determined, the joint factor to be Fahrenheit (Celsius) derating factor (T)
used must not exceed that designated 400 °F (204 °C) ....................................... 0.900
for ‘‘Other.’’ 450 °F (232 °C) ....................................... 0.867
[Amdt. 192–37, 46 FR 10159, Feb. 2, 1981, as
amended by Amdt. 192–51, 51 FR 15335, Apr. For intermediate gas temperatures, the
23, 1986; Amdt. 192–62, 54 FR 5627, Feb. 6, 1989; derating factor is determined by inter-
58 FR 14521, Mar. 18, 1993; Amdt. 192–85, 63 FR
polation.
37502, July 13, 1998; Amdt. 192–94, 69 FR 32894,
June 14, 2004] [35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by
Amdt. 192–85, 63 FR 37502, July 13, 1998]
§ 192.115 Temperature derating factor
(T) for steel pipe. § 192.117 [Reserved]
The temperature derating factor to
be used in the design formula in § 192.119 [Reserved]
§ 192.105 is determined as follows:
§ 192.121 Design of plastic pipe.
Gas temperature in degrees Temperature
Fahrenheit (Celsius) derating factor (T) Subject to the limitations of § 192.123,
the design pressure for plastic pipe is
250 °F (121 °C) or less ........................... 1.000
300 °F (149 °C) ....................................... 0.967 determined by either of the following
350 °F (177 °C) ....................................... 0.933 formulas:
t
P = 2S (DF)
(D − t)
2S
P= (DF)
(SDR − 1)
Where: porated by reference, see § 192.7). For rein-

P = Design pressure, gauge, psig (kPa). forced thermosetting plastic pipe, 11,000 psig
S = For thermoplastic pipe, the HDB is de- (75,842 kPa). [Note: Arithmetic interpolation
termined in accordance with the listed speci- is not allowed for PA–11 pipe.]
fication at a temperature equal to 73 °F (23 t = Specified wall thickness, inches (mm).
°C), 100 °F (38 °C), 120 °F (49 °C), or 140 °F (60 D = Specified outside diameter, inches (mm).
°C). In the absence of an HDB established at SDR = Standard dimension ratio, the ratio of
the specified temperature, the HDB of a the average specified outside diameter to the
higher temperature may be used in deter- minimum specified wall thickness, cor-
mining a design pressure rating at the speci- responding to a value from a common num-
fied temperature by arithmetic interpolation bering system that was derived from the
using the procedure in Part D.2 of PPI TR–3/ American National Standards Institute pre-
2008, HDB/PDB/SDB/MRS Policies (incor- ferred number series 10.
417
ER30NO09.008</MATH>
§ 192.123 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)
D F = 0.32 or D2513–99 (incorporated by reference, see
= 0.40 for PA–11 pipe produced after January § 192.7);
23, 2009 with a nominal pipe size (IPS or CTS)
4-inch or less, and a SDR of 11 or greater (i.e. (3) The pipe size is nominal pipe size
thicker pipe wall). (IPS) 12 or less; and
[Amdt. 192–111, 74 FR 62505, Nov. 30, 2009, as
(4) The design pressure is determined
amended by Amdt. 192–114, 75 FR 48603, Aug. in accordance with the design equation
11, 2010] defined in § 192.121.
(f) The design pressure for poly-
§ 192.123 Design limitations for plastic amide-11 (PA–11) pipe produced after
pipe. January 23, 2009 may exceed a gauge
(a) Except as provided in paragraph pressure of 100 psig (689 kPa) provided
(e) and paragraph (f) of this section, that:
the design pressure may not exceed a (1) The design pressure does not ex-
gauge pressure of 100 psig (689 kPa) for ceed 200 psig (1379 kPa);
plastic pipe used in:
(2) The pipe size is nominal pipe size
(1) Distribution systems; or
(IPS or CTS) 4-inch or less; and
(2) Classes 3 and 4 locations.
(b) Plastic pipe may not be used (3) The pipe has a standard dimension
where operating temperatures of the ratio of SDR–11 or greater (i.e., thicker
pipe will be: pipe wall).
(1) Below ¥20 °F (¥20 °C), or ¥40 °F [35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by
(¥40 °C) if all pipe and pipeline compo- Amdt. 192–31, 43 FR 13883, Apr. 3, 1978; Amdt.
nents whose operating temperature 192–78, 61 FR 28783, June 6, 1996; Amdt. 192–85,
will be below ¥29 °C (¥20 °F) have a 63 FR 37502, July 13, 1998; Amdt. 192–93, 68 FR
temperature rating by the manufac- 53900, Sept. 15, 2003; 69 FR 32894, June 14, 2004;
turer consistent with that operating Amdt. 192–94, 69 FR 54592, Sept. 9, 2004; Amdt.
temperature; or 192–103, 71 FR 33407, June 9, 2006; 73 FR 79005,
(2) Above the following applicable Dec. 24, 2008; Amdt. 192–114, 75 FR 48603, Aug.
temperatures: 11, 2010]
(i) For thermoplastic pipe, the tem-
perature at which the HDB used in the § 192.125 Design of copper pipe.
design formula under § 192.121 is deter- (a) Copper pipe used in mains must
mined. have a minimum wall thickness of 0.065
(ii) For reinforced thermosetting inches (1.65 millimeters) and must be
plastic pipe, 150 °F (66 °C). hard drawn.
(c) The wall thickness for thermo- (b) Copper pipe used in service lines
plastic pipe may not be less than 0.062 must have wall thickness not less than
inches (1.57 millimeters).
that indicated in the following table:
(d) The wall thickness for reinforced
thermosetting plastic pipe may not be Wall thickness inch (milli-
Standard Nominal
less than that listed in the following meter)
size inch O.D. inch
table: (millimeter) (millimeter) Nominal Tolerance
Minimum ⁄
12 (13) .625 (16) .040 (1.06) .0035 (.0889)
wall thick-
Nominal size in inches (millimeters). ness inches ⁄
58 (16) .750 (19) .042 (1.07) .0035 (.0889)
(millime- ⁄
34 (19) .875 (22) .045 (1.14) .004 (.102)
ters). 1 (25) 1.125 (29) .050 (1.27) .004 (.102)
1 ⁄4
1 (32) 1.375 (35) .055 (1.40) .0045 (.1143)
2 (51) ................................................................. 0.060 (1.52)
1 ⁄2
1 (38) 1.625 (41) .060 (1.52) .0045 (.1143)
3 (76) ................................................................. 0.060 (1.52)
4 (102) ............................................................... 0.070 (1.78)
6 (152) ............................................................... 0.100 (2.54) (c) Copper pipe used in mains and
service lines may not be used at pres-
(e) The design pressure for thermo- sures in excess of 100 p.s.i. (689 kPa)
plastic pipe produced after July 14, 2004 gage.
may exceed a gauge pressure of 100 psig
(d) Copper pipe that does not have an
(689 kPa) provided that:
internal corrosion resistant lining may
(1) The design pressure does not ex-

ceed 125 psig (862 kPa); not be used to carry gas that has an av-
(2) The material is a PE2406 or a erage hydrogen sulfide content of more
PE3408 as specified within ASTM than 0.3 grains/100 ft3 (6.9/m3) under
418
standard conditions. Standard condi- factured has equal or more stringent

tions refers to 60 °F and 14.7 psia (15.6 requirements for the following as an
°C and one atmosphere) of gas. edition of that document currently or
previously listed in § 192.7 or appendix
Amdt. 192–62, 54 FR 5628, Feb. 6, 1989; Amdt. B of this part:
192–85, 63 FR 37502, July 13, 1998] (1) Pressure testing;
(2) Materials; and
Subpart D—Design of Pipeline (3) Pressure and temperature ratings.
Components [Amdt. 192–45, 48 FR 30639, July 5, 1983, as
amended by Amdt. 192–94, 69 FR 32894, June
§ 192.141 Scope. 14, 2004]
This subpart prescribes minimum re-
quirements for the design and installa- § 192.145 Valves.
tion of pipeline components and facili- (a) Except for cast iron and plastic
ties. In addition, it prescribes require- valves, each valve must meet the min-
ments relating to protection against imum requirements of API 6D (incor-
accidental overpressuring. porated by reference, see § 192.7), or to a
national or international standard that
§ 192.143 General requirements. provides an equivalent performance
(a) Each component of a pipeline level. A valve may not be used under
must be able to withstand operating operating conditions that exceed the
pressures and other anticipated load- applicable pressure-temperature rat-
ings without impairment of its service- ings contained in those requirements.
ability with unit stresses equivalent to (b) Each cast iron and plastic valve
those allowed for comparable material must comply with the following:
in pipe in the same location and kind (1) The valve must have a maximum
of service. However, if design based service pressure rating for tempera-
upon unit stresses is impractical for a tures that equal or exceed the max-
particular component, design may be imum service temperature.
based upon a pressure rating estab- (2) The valve must be tested as part
lished by the manufacturer by pressure of the manufacturing, as follows:
testing that component or a prototype (i) With the valve in the fully open
of the component. position, the shell must be tested with
(b) The design and installation of no leakage to a pressure at least 1.5
pipeline components and facilities times the maximum service rating.
must meet applicable requirements for (ii) After the shell test, the seat must
corrosion control found in subpart I of be tested to a pressure not less than 1.5
this part. times the maximum service pressure
[Amdt. 48, 49 FR 19824, May 10, 1984 as rating. Except for swing check valves,
amended at 72 FR 20059, Apr. 23, 2007] test pressure during the seat test must
be applied successively on each side of
§ 192.144 Qualifying metallic compo- the closed valve with the opposite side
nents. open. No visible leakage is permitted.
Notwithstanding any requirement of (iii) After the last pressure test is
this subpart which incorporates by ref- completed, the valve must be operated
erence an edition of a document listed through its full travel to demonstrate
in § 192.7 or Appendix B of this part, a freedom from interference.
metallic component manufactured in (c) Each valve must be able to meet
accordance with any other edition of the anticipated operating conditions.
that document is qualified for use (d) No valve having shell (body, bon-
under this part if— net, cover, and/or end flange) compo-
(a) It can be shown through visual in- nents made of ductile iron may be used
spection of the cleaned component that at pressures exceeding 80 percent of the
no defect exists which might impair pressure ratings for comparable steel
the strength or tightness of the compo- valves at their listed temperature.

nent; and However, a valve having shell compo-
(b) The edition of the document nents made of ductile iron may be used
under which the component was manu- at pressures up to 80 percent of the
419
§ 192.147 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)
pressure ratings for comparable steel for the pipeline to which it is being
valves at their listed temperature, if: added.
(1) The temperature-adjusted service
pressure does not exceed 1,000 p.s.i. (7 § 192.150 Passage of internal inspec-
Mpa) gage; and tion devices.
(2) Welding is not used on any ductile (a) Except as provided in paragraphs
iron component in the fabrication of (b) and (c) of this section, each new
the valve shells or their assembly. transmission line and each replace-
(e) No valve having shell (body, bon- ment of line pipe, valve, fitting, or
net, cover, and/or end flange) compo- other line component in a transmission
nents made of cast iron, malleable
line must be designed and constructed
iron, or ductile iron may be used in the
to accommodate the passage of instru-
gas pipe components of compressor sta-
mented internal inspection devices.
tions.
(b) This section does not apply to: (1)
[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by Manifolds;
Amdt. 192–62, 54 FR 5628, Feb. 6, 1989; Amdt.
(2) Station piping such as at com-
192–85, 63 FR 37502, July 13, 1998; Amdt. 192–
94, 69 FR 32894, June 14, 2004; Amdt. 192–114, pressor stations, meter stations, or
75 FR 48603, Aug. 11, 2010] regulator stations;
(3) Piping associated with storage fa-
§ 192.147 Flanges and flange acces- cilities, other than a continuous run of
sories. transmission line between a com-
(a) Each flange or flange accessory pressor station and storage facilities;
(other than cast iron) must meet the (4) Cross-overs;
minimum requirements of ASME/ANSI (5) Sizes of pipe for which an instru-
B16.5, MSS SP–44, or the equivalent. mented internal inspection device is
(b) Each flange assembly must be not commercially available;
able to withstand the maximum pres- (6) Transmission lines, operated in
sure at which the pipeline is to be oper- conjunction with a distribution system
ated and to maintain its physical and which are installed in Class 4 locations;
chemical properties at any tempera- (7) Offshore transmission lines, ex-
ture to which it is anticipated that it
cept transmission lines 103⁄4 inches (273
might be subjected in service.
millimeters) or more in outside diame-
(c) Each flange on a flanged joint in
ter on which construction begins after
cast iron pipe must conform in dimen-
sions, drilling, face and gasket design December 28, 2005, that run from plat-
to ASME/ANSI B16.1 and be cast inte- form to platform or platform to shore
grally with the pipe, valve, or fitting. unless—
(i) Platform space or configuration is
[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by incompatible with launching or re-
Amdt. 192–62, 54 FR 5628, Feb. 6, 1989; 58 FR
trieving instrumented internal inspec-
14521, Mar. 18, 1993]
tion devices; or
§ 192.149 Standard fittings. (ii) If the design includes taps for lat-
(a) The minimum metal thickness of eral connections, the operator can
threaded fittings may not be less than demonstrate, based on investigation or
specified for the pressures and tem- experience, that there is no reasonably
peratures in the applicable standards practical alternative under the design
referenced in this part, or their equiva- circumstances to the use of a tap that
lent. will obstruct the passage of instru-
(b) Each steel butt-welding fitting mented internal inspection devices;
must have pressure and temperature and
ratings based on stresses for pipe of the (8) Other piping that, under § 190.9 of
same or equivalent material. The ac- this chapter, the Administrator finds
tual bursting strength of the fitting in a particular case would be impracti-
must at least equal the computed cable to design and construct to ac-
bursting strength of pipe of the des- commodate the passage of instru-

ignated material and wall thickness, as mented internal inspection devices.
determined by a prototype that was (c) An operator encountering emer-
tested to at least the pressure required gencies, construction time constraints
420
or other unforeseen construction prob- § 192.153 Components fabricated by

lems need not construct a new or re- welding.
placement segment of a transmission (a) Except for branch connections
line to meet paragraph (a) of this sec- and assemblies of standard pipe and fit-
tion, if the operator determines and tings joined by circumferential welds,
documents why an impracticability the design pressure of each component
prohibits compliance with paragraph fabricated by welding, whose strength
(a) of this section. Within 30 days after cannot be determined, must be estab-
discovering the emergency or construc- lished in accordance with paragraph
tion problem the operator must peti- UG–101 of section VIII, Division 1, of
tion, under § 190.9 of this chapter, for the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel
approval that design and construction Code.
to accommodate passage of instru- (b) Each prefabricated unit that uses
mented internal inspection devices plate and longitudinal seams must be
would be impracticable. If the petition designed, constructed, and tested in ac-
is denied, within 1 year after the date cordance with section I, section VIII,
of the notice of the denial, the operator Division 1, or section VIII, Division 2 of
must modify that segment to allow the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel
passage of instrumented internal in- Code, except for the following:
spection devices. (1) Regularly manufactured butt-
welding fittings.
[Amdt. 192–72, 59 FR 17281, Apr. 12, 1994, as (2) Pipe that has been produced and
amended by Amdt. 192–85, 63 FR 37502, July tested under a specification listed in
13, 1998; Amdt. 192–97, 69 FR 36029, June 28,
2004]
appendix B to this part.
(3) Partial assemblies such as split
§ 192.151 Tapping. rings or collars.
(4) Prefabricated units that the man-
(a) Each mechanical fitting used to ufacturer certifies have been tested to
make a hot tap must be designed for at at least twice the maximum pressure
least the operating pressure of the to which they will be subjected under
pipeline. the anticipated operating conditions.
(b) Where a ductile iron pipe is (c) Orange-peel bull plugs and or-
tapped, the extent of full-thread en- ange-peel swages may not be used on
gagement and the need for the use of pipelines that are to operate at a hoop
outside-sealing service connections, stress of 20 percent or more of the
tapping saddles, or other fixtures must SMYS of the pipe.
be determined by service conditions. (d) Except for flat closures designed
(c) Where a threaded tap is made in in accordance with section VIII of the
cast iron or ductile iron pipe, the di- ASME Boiler and Pressure Code, flat
ameter of the tapped hole may not be closures and fish tails may not be used
more than 25 percent of the nominal di- on pipe that either operates at 100 p.s.i.
ameter of the pipe unless the pipe is re- (689 kPa) gage, or more, or is more
inforced, except that than 3 inches (76 millimeters) nominal
(1) Existing taps may be used for re- diameter.
placement service, if they are free of [35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by
cracks and have good threads; and Amdt. 192–1, 35 FR 17660, Nov. 17, 1970; 58 FR
(2) A 11⁄4-inch (32 millimeters) tap 14521, Mar. 18, 1993; Amdt. 192–68, 58 FR 45268,
may be made in a 4-inch (102 millime- Aug. 27, 1993; Amdt. 192–85, 63 FR 37502, July
ters) cast iron or ductile iron pipe, 13, 1998]
without reinforcement. § 192.155 Welded branch connections.
However, in areas where climate, soil, Each welded branch connection made
and service conditions may create un- to pipe in the form of a single connec-
usual external stresses on cast iron tion, or in a header or manifold as a se-
pipe, unreinforced taps may be used ries of connections, must be designed
only on 6-inch (152 millimeters) or larg- to ensure that the strength of the pipe-
er pipe. line system is not reduced, taking into
[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by account the stresses in the remaining
Amdt. 192–85, 63 FR 37502, July 13, 1998] pipe wall due to the opening in the pipe
421
§ 192.157 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)
or header, the shear stresses produced (1) A structural support may not be
by the pressure acting on the area of welded directly to the pipe.
the branch opening, and any external (2) The support must be provided by a
loadings due to thermal movement, member that completely encircles the
weight, and vibration. pipe.
(3) If an encircling member is welded
§ 192.157 Extruded outlets. to a pipe, the weld must be continuous
Each extruded outlet must be suit- and cover the entire circumference.
able for anticipated service conditions (e) Each underground pipeline that is
and must be at least equal to the de- connected to a relatively unyielding
sign strength of the pipe and other fit- line or other fixed object must have
tings in the pipeline to which it is at- enough flexibility to provide for pos-
tached. sible movement, or it must have an an-
chor that will limit the movement of
§ 192.159 Flexibility. the pipeline.
Each pipeline must be designed with (f) Except for offshore pipelines, each
enough flexibility to prevent thermal underground pipeline that is being con-
expansion or contraction from causing nected to new branches must have a
excessive stresses in the pipe or compo- firm foundation for both the header
nents, excessive bending or unusual and the branch to prevent detrimental
loads at joints, or undesirable forces or lateral and vertical movement.
moments at points of connection to [35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by
equipment, or at anchorage or guide Amdt. 192–58, 53 FR 1635, Jan. 21, 1988]
points.
§ 192.163 Compressor stations: Design
§ 192.161 Supports and anchors. and construction.
(a) Each pipeline and its associated (a) Location of compressor building. Ex-
equipment must have enough anchors cept for a compressor building on a
or supports to: platform located offshore or in inland
(1) Prevent undue strain on con- navigable waters, each main com-
nected equipment; pressor building of a compressor sta-
(2) Resist longitudinal forces caused tion must be located on property under
by a bend or offset in the pipe; and the control of the operator. It must be
(3) Prevent or damp out excessive vi- far enough away from adjacent prop-
bration. erty, not under control of the operator,
(b) Each exposed pipeline must have to minimize the possibility of fire
enough supports or anchors to protect being communicated to the compressor
the exposed pipe joints from the max- building from structures on adjacent
imum end force caused by internal property. There must be enough open
pressure and any additional forces space around the main compressor
caused by temperature expansion or building to allow the free movement of
contraction or by the weight of the fire-fighting equipment.
pipe and its contents. (b) Building construction. Each build-
(c) Each support or anchor on an ex- ing on a compressor station site must
posed pipeline must be made of dura- be made of noncombustible materials if
ble, noncombustible material and must it contains either—
be designed and installed as follows: (1) Pipe more than 2 inches (51 milli-
(1) Free expansion and contraction of meters) in diameter that is carrying
the pipeline between supports or an- gas under pressure; or
chors may not be restricted. (2) Gas handling equipment other
(2) Provision must be made for the than gas utilization equipment used for
service conditions involved. domestic purposes.
(3) Movement of the pipeline may not (c) Exits. Each operating floor of a
cause disengagement of the support main compressor building must have at
equipment. least two separated and unobstructed
(d) Each support on an exposed pipe- exits located so as to provide a conven-

line operated at a stress level of 50 per- ient possibility of escape and an unob-
cent or more of SMYS must comply structed passage to a place of safety.
with the following: Each door latch on an exit must be of
422
a type which can be readily opened tion must have an emergency shut-
from the inside without a key. Each down system that meets the following:
swinging door located in an exterior (1) It must be able to block gas out of
wall must be mounted to swing out- the station and blow down the station
ward. piping.
(d) Fenced areas. Each fence around a (2) It must discharge gas from the
compressor station must have at least blowdown piping at a location where
two gates located so as to provide a the gas will not create a hazard.
convenient opportunity for escape to a (3) It must provide means for the
place of safety, or have other facilities shutdown of gas compressing equip-
affording a similarly convenient exit ment, gas fires, and electrical facilities
from the area. Each gate located within the vicinity of gas headers and in
in 200 feet (61 meters) of any com- the compressor building, except that:
pressor plant building must open out- (i) Electrical circuits that supply
ward and, when occupied, must be emergency lighting required to assist
openable from the inside without a station personnel in evacuating the
key. compressor building and the area in
(e) Electrical facilities. Electrical the vicinity of the gas headers must re-
equipment and wiring installed in com- main energized; and
pressor stations must conform to the (ii) Electrical circuits needed to pro-
National Electrical Code, ANSI/NFPA tect equipment from damage may re-
70, so far as that code is applicable. main energized.
[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by (4) It must be operable from at least
Amdt. 192–27, 41 FR 34605, Aug. 16, 1976; two locations, each of which is:
Amdt. 192–37, 46 FR 10159, Feb. 2, 1981; 58 FR (i) Outside the gas area of the sta-
14521, Mar. 18, 1993; Amdt. 192–85, 63 FR 37502, tion;
37503, July 13, 1998]
(ii) Near the exit gates, if the station
§ 192.165 Compressor stations: Liquid is fenced, or near emergency exits, if
removal. not fenced; and
(iii) Not more than 500 feet (153 me-
(a) Where entrained vapors in gas
ters) from the limits of the station.
may liquefy under the anticipated pres-
sure and temperature conditions, the (b) If a compressor station supplies
compressor must be protected against gas directly to a distribution system
the introduction of those liquids in with no other adequate source of gas
quantities that could cause damage. available, the emergency shutdown
(b) Each liquid separator used to re- system must be designed so that it will
move entrained liquids at a compressor not function at the wrong time and
station must: cause an unintended outage on the dis-
(1) Have a manually operable means tribution system.
of removing these liquids. (c) On a platform located offshore or
(2) Where slugs of liquid could be car- in inland navigable waters, the emer-
ried into the compressors, have either gency shutdown system must be de-
automatic liquid removal facilities, an signed and installed to actuate auto-
automatic compressor shutdown de- matically by each of the following
vice, or a high liquid level alarm; and events:
(3) Be manufactured in accordance (1) In the case of an unattended com-
with section VIII of the ASME Boiler pressor station:
and Pressure Vessel Code, except that (i) When the gas pressure equals the
liquid separators constructed of pipe maximum allowable operating pressure
and fittings without internal welding plus 15 percent; or
must be fabricated with a design factor (ii) When an uncontrolled fire occurs
of 0.4, or less. on the platform; and
(2) In the case of a compressor sta-
§ 192.167 Compressor stations: Emer- tion in a building:
gency shutdown. (i) When an uncontrolled fire occurs

(a) Except for unattended field com- in the building; or
pressor stations of 1,000 horsepower (746 (ii) When the concentration of gas in
kilowatts) or less, each compressor sta- air reaches 50 percent or more of the
423
§ 192.169 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)
lower explosive limit in a building § 192.173 Compressor stations: Ventila-

which has a source of ignition. tion.
For the purpose of paragraph (c)(2)(ii) Each compressor station building
of this section, an electrical facility must be ventilated to ensure that em-
which conforms to Class 1, Group D, of ployees are not endangered by the ac-
the National Electrical Code is not a cumulation of gas in rooms, sumps, at-
source of ignition. tics, pits, or other enclosed places.
[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by § 192.175 Pipe-type and bottle-type
Amdt. 192–27, 41 FR 34605, Aug. 16, 1976; holders.
Amdt. 192–85, 63 FR 37503, July 13, 1998]
(a) Each pipe-type and bottle-type
§ 192.169 Compressor stations: Pres- holder must be designed so as to pre-
sure limiting devices. vent the accumulation of liquids in the
holder, in connecting pipe, or in auxil-
(a) Each compressor station must
iary equipment, that might cause cor-
have pressure relief or other suitable
rosion or interfere with the safe oper-
protective devices of sufficient capac-
ation of the holder.
ity and sensitivity to ensure that the
(b) Each pipe-type or bottle-type
maximum allowable operating pressure holder must have minimum clearance
of the station piping and equipment is from other holders in accordance with
not exceeded by more than 10 percent. the following formula:
(b) Each vent line that exhausts gas
from the pressure relief valves of a C=(D×P×F)/48.33) (C=(3D×P×F/1,000))
compressor station must extend to a in which:
location where the gas may be dis- C=Minimum clearance between pipe con-
charged without hazard. tainers or bottles in inches (millimeters).
D=Outside diameter of pipe containers or
§ 192.171 Compressor stations: Addi- bottles in inches (millimeters).
tional safety equipment. P=Maximum allowable operating pressure,
p.s.i. (kPa) gage.
(a) Each compressor station must F=Design factor as set forth in § 192.111 of
have adequate fire protection facilities. this part.
If fire pumps are a part of these facili-
ties, their operation may not be af-
Amdt. 192–85, 63 FR 37503, July 13, 1998]
fected by the emergency shutdown sys-
tem. § 192.177 Additional provisions for bot-
(b) Each compressor station prime tle-type holders.
mover, other than an electrical induc- (a) Each bottle-type holder must be—
tion or synchronous motor, must have (1) Located on a site entirely sur-
an automatic device to shut down the rounded by fencing that prevents ac-
unit before the speed of either the cess by unauthorized persons and with
prime mover or the driven unit exceeds minimum clearance from the fence as
a maximum safe speed. follows:
(c) Each compressor unit in a com-
pressor station must have a shutdown Minimum clear-
Maximum allowable operating pressure ance feet (me-
or alarm device that operates in the ters)
event of inadequate cooling or lubrica-
Less than 1,000 p.s.i. (7 MPa) gage ........... 25 (7.6)
tion of the unit. 1,000 p.s.i. (7 MPa) gage or more .............. 100 (31)
(d) Each compressor station gas en-
gine that operates with pressure gas in- (2) Designed using the design factors
jection must be equipped so that stop- set forth in § 192.111; and
page of the engine automatically shuts (3) Buried with a minimum cover in
off the fuel and vents the engine dis- accordance with § 192.327.
tribution manifold. (b) Each bottle-type holder manufac-
(e) Each muffler for a gas engine in a tured from steel that is not weldable
compressor station must have vent under field conditions must comply
slots or holes in the baffles of each with the following:
compartment to prevent gas from (1) A bottle-type holder made from
being trapped in the muffler. alloy steel must meet the chemical and
424
tensile requirements for the various tween main line valves must have a
grades of steel in ASTM A 372/A 372M. blowdown valve with enough capacity
(2) The actual yield-tensile ratio of to allow the transmission line to be
the steel may not exceed 0.85. blown down as rapidly as practicable.
(3) Welding may not be performed on Each blowdown discharge must be lo-
the holder after it has been heat treat- cated so the gas can be blown to the at-
ed or stress relieved, except that cop- mosphere without hazard and, if the
per wires may be attached to the small transmission line is adjacent to an
diameter portion of the bottle end clo- overhead electric line, so that the gas
sure for cathodic protection if a local- is directed away from the electrical
ized thermit welding process is used. conductors.
(4) The holder must be given a mill (d) Offshore segments of transmission
hydrostatic test at a pressure that pro- lines must be equipped with valves or
duces a hoop stress at least equal to 85 other components to shut off the flow
percent of the SMYS. of gas to an offshore platform in an
(5) The holder, connection pipe, and emergency.
components must be leak tested after
installation as required by subpart J of [35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by
Amdt. 192–27, 41 FR 34606, Aug. 16, 1976;
this part. Amdt. 192–78, 61 FR 28784, June 6, 1996; Amdt.
[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by 192–85, 63 FR 37503, July 13, 1998]
Amdt. 192–58, 53 FR 1635, Jan. 21, 1988; Amdt
192–62, 54 FR 5628, Feb. 6, 1989; 58 FR 14521, § 192.181 Distribution line valves.
Mar. 18, 1993; Amdt. 192–85, 63 FR 37503, July
13, 1998]
(a) Each high-pressure distribution
system must have valves spaced so as
§ 192.179 Transmission line valves. to reduce the time to shut down a sec-
tion of main in an emergency. The
(a) Each transmission line, other
valve spacing is determined by the op-
than offshore segments, must have sec-
erating pressure, the size of the mains,
tionalizing block valves spaced as fol-
and the local physical conditions.
lows, unless in a particular case the
Administrator finds that alternative (b) Each regulator station control-
spacing would provide an equivalent ling the flow or pressure of gas in a dis-
level of safety: tribution system must have a valve in-
(1) Each point on the pipeline in a stalled on the inlet piping at a distance
Class 4 location must be within 21⁄2 from the regulator station sufficient to
miles (4 kilometers)of a valve. permit the operation of the valve dur-
(2) Each point on the pipeline in a ing an emergency that might preclude
Class 3 location must be within 4 miles access to the station.
(6.4 kilometers) of a valve. (c) Each valve on a main installed for
(3) Each point on the pipeline in a operating or emergency purposes must
Class 2 location must be within 71⁄2 comply with the following:
miles (12 kilometers) of a valve. (1) The valve must be placed in a
(4) Each point on the pipeline in a readily accessible location so as to fa-
Class 1 location must be within 10 cilitate its operation in an emergency.
miles (16 kilometers) of a valve. (2) The operating stem or mechanism
(b) Each sectionalizing block valve must be readily accessible.
on a transmission line, other than off- (3) If the valve is installed in a buried
shore segments, must comply with the box or enclosure, the box or enclosure
following: must be installed so as to avoid trans-
(1) The valve and the operating de- mitting external loads to the main.
vice to open or close the valve must be
readily accessible and protected from § 192.183 Vaults: Structural design re-
tampering and damage. quirements.
(2) The valve must be supported to (a) Each underground vault or pit for
prevent settling of the valve or move- valves, pressure relieving, pressure
ment of the pipe to which it is at- limiting, or pressure regulating sta-

tached. tions, must be able to meet the loads
(c) Each section of a transmission which may be imposed upon it, and to
line, other than offshore segments, be- protect installed equipment.
425
§ 192.185 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)
(b) There must be enough working and there must be a means for testing
space so that all of the equipment re- the internal atmosphere before remov-
quired in the vault or pit can be prop- ing the cover;
erly installed, operated, and main- (2) If the vault or pit is vented, there
tained. must be a means of preventing external
(c) Each pipe entering, or within, a sources of ignition from reaching the
regulator vault or pit must be steel for vault atmosphere; or
sizes 10 inch (254 millimeters), and less, (3) If the vault or pit is ventilated,
except that control and gage piping paragraph (a) or (c) of this section ap-
may be copper. Where pipe extends plies.
through the vault or pit structure, pro- (c) If a vault or pit covered by para-
vision must be made to prevent the graph (b) of this section is ventilated
passage of gases or liquids through the by openings in the covers or gratings
opening and to avert strains in the and the ratio of the internal volume, in
pipe. cubic feet, to the effective ventilating
[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by area of the cover or grating, in square
Amdt. 192–85, 63 FR 37503, July 13, 1998] feet, is less than 20 to 1, no additional
ventilation is required.
§ 192.185 Vaults: Accessibility.
Each vault must be located in an ac- Amdt. 192–85, 63 FR 37503, July 13, 1998]
cessible location and, so far as prac-
tical, away from: § 192.189 Vaults: Drainage and water-
(a) Street intersections or points proofing.
where traffic is heavy or dense;
(a) Each vault must be designed so as
(b) Points of minimum elevation,
to minimize the entrance of water.
catch basins, or places where the ac-
cess cover will be in the course of sur- (b) A vault containing gas piping
face waters; and may not be connected by means of a
(c) Water, electric, steam, or other drain connection to any other under-
facilities. ground structure.
(c) Electrical equipment in vaults
§ 192.187 Vaults: Sealing, venting, and must conform to the applicable re-
ventilation. quirements of Class 1, Group D, of the
Each underground vault or closed top National Electrical Code, ANSI/NFPA
pit containing either a pressure regu- 70.
lating or reducing station, or a pres- [35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by
sure limiting or relieving station, must Amdt. 192–76, 61 FR 26122, May 24, 1996]
be sealed, vented or ventilated as fol-
lows: § 192.191 Design pressure of plastic fit-
(a) When the internal volume exceeds tings.
200 cubic feet (5.7 cubic meters): (a) Thermosetting fittings for plastic
(1) The vault or pit must be venti- pipe must conform to ASTM D 2517,
lated with two ducts, each having at (incorporated by reference, see § 192.7).
least the ventilating effect of a pipe 4 (b) Thermoplastic fittings for plastic
inches (102 millimeters) in diameter; pipe must conform to ASTM D 2513–99,
(2) The ventilation must be enough to (incorporated by reference, see § 192.7).
minimize the formation of combustible
atmosphere in the vault or pit; and [Amdt. 192–114, 75 FR 48603, Aug. 11, 2010]
(3) The ducts must be high enough
above grade to disperse any gas-air § 192.193 Valve installation in plastic
mixtures that might be discharged. pipe.
(b) When the internal volume is more Each valve installed in plastic pipe
than 75 cubic feet (2.1 cubic meters) but must be designed so as to protect the
less than 200 cubic feet (5.7 cubic me- plastic material against excessive tor-
ters): sional or shearing loads when the valve
(1) If the vault or pit is sealed, each or shutoff is operated, and from any
opening must have a tight fitting cover other secondary stresses that might be
without open holes through which an exerted through the valve or its enclo-
explosive mixture might be ignited, sure.
426
§ 192.195 Protection against accidental of any connected and properly adjusted

overpressuring. gas utilization equipment.
(a) General requirements. Except as (6) A self-contained service regulator
provided in § 192.197, each pipeline that with no external static or control lines.
is connected to a gas source so that the (b) If the maximum actual operating
maximum allowable operating pressure pressure of the distribution system is
could be exceeded as the result of pres- 60 p.s.i. (414 kPa) gage, or less, and a
sure control failure or of some other service regulator that does not have all
type of failure, must have pressure re- of the characteristics listed in para-
lieving or pressure limiting devices graph (a) of this section is used, or if
that meet the requirements of §§ 192.199 the gas contains materials that seri-
and 192.201. ously interfere with the operation of
(b) Additional requirements for distribu- service regulators, there must be suit-
tion systems. Each distribution system able protective devices to prevent un-
that is supplied from a source of gas safe overpressuring of the customer’s
that is at a higher pressure than the appliances if the service regulator
maximum allowable operating pressure fails.
for the system must— (c) If the maximum actual operating
(1) Have pressure regulation devices pressure of the distribution system ex-
capable of meeting the pressure, load, ceeds 60 p.s.i. (414 kPa) gage, one of the
and other service conditions that will following methods must be used to reg-
be experienced in normal operation of ulate and limit, to the maximum safe
the system, and that could be activated value, the pressure of gas delivered to
in the event of failure of some portion the customer:
of the system; and (1) A service regulator having the
(2) Be designed so as to prevent acci- characteristics listed in paragraph (a)
dental overpressuring. of this section, and another regulator
located upstream from the service reg-
§ 192.197 Control of the pressure of gas ulator. The upstream regulator may
delivered from high-pressure dis- not be set to maintain a pressure high-
tribution systems. er than 60 p.s.i. (414 kPa) gage. A device
(a) If the maximum actual operating must be installed between the up-
pressure of the distribution system is stream regulator and the service regu-
60 p.s.i. (414 kPa) gage, or less and a lator to limit the pressure on the inlet
service regulator having the following of the service regulator to 60 p.s.i. (414
characteristics is used, no other pres- kPa) gage or less in case the upstream
sure limiting device is required: regulator fails to function properly.
(1) A regulator capable of reducing This device may be either a relief valve
distribution line pressure to pressures or an automatic shutoff that shuts, if
recommended for household appliances. the pressure on the inlet of the service
(2) A single port valve with proper regulator exceeds the set pressure (60
orifice for the maximum gas pressure p.s.i. (414 kPa) gage or less), and re-
at the regulator inlet. mains closed until manually reset.
(3) A valve seat made of resilient ma- (2) A service regulator and a moni-
terial designed to withstand abrasion toring regulator set to limit, to a max-
of the gas, impurities in gas, cutting by imum safe value, the pressure of the
the valve, and to resist permanent de- gas delivered to the customer.
formation when it is pressed against (3) A service regulator with a relief
the valve port. valve vented to the outside atmos-
(4) Pipe connections to the regulator phere, with the relief valve set to open
not exceeding 2 inches (51 millimeters) so that the pressure of gas going to the
in diameter. customer does not exceed a maximum
(5) A regulator that, under normal safe value. The relief valve may either
operating conditions, is able to regu- be built into the service regulator or it
late the downstream pressure within may be a separate unit installed down-
the necessary limits of accuracy and to stream from the service regulator. This
limit the build-up of pressure under no- combination may be used alone only in
flow conditions to prevent a pressure those cases where the inlet pressure on
that would cause the unsafe operation the service regulator does not exceed
427
§ 192.199 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)
the manufacturer’s safe working pres- (h) Except for a valve that will iso-
sure rating of the service regulator, late the system under protection from
and may not be used where the inlet its source of pressure, be designed to
pressure on the service regulator ex- prevent unauthorized operation of any
ceeds 125 p.s.i. (862 kPa) gage. For high- stop valve that will make the pressure
er inlet pressures, the methods in para- relief valve or pressure limiting device
graph (c) (1) or (2) of this section must inoperative.
be used. [35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by
(4) A service regulator and an auto- Amdt. 192–1, 35 FR 17660, Nov. 17, 1970]
matic shutoff device that closes upon a
rise in pressure downstream from the § 192.201 Required capacity of pres-
regulator and remains closed until sure relieving and limiting stations.
manually reset. (a) Each pressure relief station or
[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by pressure limiting station or group of
Amdt. 192–1, 35 FR 17660, Nov. 7, 1970; Amdt those stations installed to protect a
192–85, 63 FR 37503, July 13, 1998; Amdt. 192– pipeline must have enough capacity,
93, 68 FR 53900, Sept. 15, 2003] and must be set to operate, to insure
the following:
§ 192.199 Requirements for design of (1) In a low pressure distribution sys-
pressure relief and limiting devices. tem, the pressure may not cause the
Except for rupture discs, each pres- unsafe operation of any connected and
sure relief or pressure limiting device properly adjusted gas utilization equip-
must: ment.
(a) Be constructed of materials such (2) In pipelines other than a low pres-
that the operation of the device will sure distribution system:
not be impaired by corrosion; (i) If the maximum allowable oper-
(b) Have valves and valve seats that ating pressure is 60 p.s.i. (414 kPa) gage
are designed not to stick in a position or more, the pressure may not exceed
that will make the device inoperative; the maximum allowable operating
(c) Be designed and installed so that pressure plus 10 percent, or the pres-
it can be readily operated to determine sure that produces a hoop stress of 75
if the valve is free, can be tested to de- percent of SMYS, whichever is lower;
termine the pressure at which it will (ii) If the maximum allowable oper-
operate, and can be tested for leakage ating pressure is 12 p.s.i. (83 kPa) gage
when in the closed position; or more, but less than 60 p.s.i. (414 kPa)
(d) Have support made of noncombus- gage, the pressure may not exceed the
tible material; maximum allowable operating pressure
(e) Have discharge stacks, vents, or plus 6 p.s.i. (41 kPa) gage; or
outlet ports designed to prevent accu- (iii) If the maximum allowable oper-
mulation of water, ice, or snow, located ating pressure is less than 12 p.s.i. (83
where gas can be discharged into the kPa) gage, the pressure may not exceed
atmosphere without undue hazard; the maximum allowable operating
(f) Be designed and installed so that pressure plus 50 percent.
the size of the openings, pipe, and fit- (b) When more than one pressure reg-
tings located between the system to be ulating or compressor station feeds
protected and the pressure relieving de- into a pipeline, relief valves or other
vice, and the size of the vent line, are protective devices must be installed at
adequate to prevent hammering of the each station to ensure that the com-
valve and to prevent impairment of re- plete failure of the largest capacity
lief capacity; regulator or compressor, or any single
(g) Where installed at a district regu- run of lesser capacity regulators or
lator station to protect a pipeline sys- compressors in that station, will not
tem from overpressuring, be designed impose pressures on any part of the
and installed to prevent any single in- pipeline or distribution system in ex-
cident such as an explosion in a vault cess of those for which it was designed,
or damage by a vehicle from affecting or against which it was protected,

the operation of both the overpressure whichever is lower.
protective device and the district regu- (c) Relief valves or other pressure
lator; and limiting devices must be installed at or
428
near each regulator station in a low- suitable for the anticipated pressure
pressure distribution system, with a and temperature condition. Slip type
capacity to limit the maximum pres- expansion joints may not be used. Ex-
sure in the main to a pressure that will pansion must be allowed for by pro-
not exceed the safe operating pressure viding flexibility within the system
for any connected and properly ad- itself.
justed gas utilization equipment. (9) Each control line must be pro-
tected from anticipated causes of dam-
Amdt. 192–9, 37 FR 20827, Oct. 4, 1972; Amdt age and must be designed and installed
192–85, 63 FR 37503, July 13, 1998] to prevent damage to any one control
line from making both the regulator
§ 192.203 Instrument, control, and sam- and the over-pressure protective device
pling pipe and components. inoperative.
(a) Applicability. This section applies [35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by
to the design of instrument, control, Amdt. 192–78, 61 FR 28784, June 6, 1996; Amdt.
and sampling pipe and components. It 192–85, 63 FR 37503, July 13, 1998]
does not apply to permanently closed
systems, such as fluid-filled tempera- Subpart E—Welding of Steel in
ture-responsive devices. Pipelines
(b) Materials and design. All materials
employed for pipe and components § 192.221 Scope.
must be designed to meet the par- (a) This subpart prescribes minimum
ticular conditions of service and the requirements for welding steel mate-
following: rials in pipelines.
(1) Each takeoff connection and at- (b) This subpart does not apply to
taching boss, fitting, or adapter must welding that occurs during the manu-
be made of suitable material, be able to facture of steel pipe or steel pipeline
withstand the maximum service pres- components.
sure and temperature of the pipe or
equipment to which it is attached, and § 192.225 Welding procedures.
be designed to satisfactorily withstand
(a) Welding must be performed by a
all stresses without failure by fatigue.
qualified welder in accordance with
(2) Except for takeoff lines that can
welding procedures qualified under sec-
be isolated from sources of pressure by
tion 5 of API 1104 (incorporated by ref-
other valving, a shutoff valve must be
erence, see § 192.7) or section IX of the
installed in each takeoff line as near as
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code
practicable to the point of takeoff.
‘‘ Welding and Brazing Qualifications’’
Blowdown valves must be installed
(incorporated by reference, see § 192.7)
where necessary.
to produce welds meeting the require-
(3) Brass or copper material may not
ments of this subpart. The quality of
be used for metal temperatures greater
the test welds used to qualify welding
than 400 °F (204°C).
procedures shall be determined by de-
(4) Pipe or components that may con-
structive testing in accordance with
tain liquids must be protected by heat-
the applicable welding standard(s).
ing or other means from damage due to
(b) Each welding procedure must be
freezing.
recorded in detail, including the results
(5) Pipe or components in which liq-
of the qualifying tests. This record
uids may accumulate must have drains
must be retained and followed when-
or drips.
(6) Pipe or components subject to ever the procedure is used.
clogging from solids or deposits must [Amdt. 192–52, 51 FR 20297, June 4, 1986;
have suitable connections for cleaning. Amdt. 192–94, 69 FR 32894, June 14, 2004]
(7) The arrangement of pipe, compo-
nents, and supports must provide safe- § 192.227 Qualification of welders.
ty under anticipated operating (a) Except as provided in paragraph
stresses. (b) of this section, each welder must be

(8) Each joint between sections of qualified in accordance with section 6
pipe, and between pipe and valves or of API 1104 (incorporated by reference,
fittings, must be made in a manner see § 192.7) or section IX of the ASME
429
§ 192.229 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)
Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (incor- stress of less than 20 percent of SMYS
porated by reference, see § 192.7). How- unless the welder is tested in accord-
ever, a welder qualified under an ear- ance with paragraph (c)(1) of this sec-
lier edition than listed in § 192.7 of this tion or requalifies under paragraph
part may weld but may not requalify (d)(1) or (d)(2) of this section.
under that earlier edition. (d) A welder qualified under
(b) A welder may qualify to perform § 192.227(b) may not weld unless—
welding on pipe to be operated at a (1) Within the preceding 15 calendar
pressure that produces a hoop stress of months, but at least once each cal-
less than 20 percent of SMYS by per- endar year, the welder has requalified
forming an acceptable test weld, for under § 192.227(b); or
the process to be used, under the test (2) Within the preceding 71⁄2 calendar
set forth in section I of Appendix C of months, but at least twice each cal-
this part. Each welder who is to make endar year, the welder has had—
a welded service line connection to a (i) A production weld cut out, tested,
main must first perform an acceptable and found acceptable in accordance
test weld under section II of Appendix with the qualifying test; or
C of this part as a requirement of the (ii) For welders who work only on
qualifying test. service lines 2 inches (51 millimeters)
or smaller in diameter, two sample
welds tested and found acceptable in
Amdt. 192–43, 47 FR 46851, Oct. 21, 1982; Amdt.
192–52, 51 FR 20297, June 4, 1986; Amdt. 192–78, accordance with the test in section III
61 FR 28784, June 6, 1996; Amdt. 192–94, 69 FR of Appendix C of this part.
32894, June 14, 2004; Amdt. 192–103, 72 FR 4656, [35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by
Feb. 1, 2007] Amdt. 192–37, 46 FR 10159, Feb. 2, 1981; Amdt.
192–78, 61 FR 28784, June 6, 1996; Amdt. 192–85,
§ 192.229 Limitations on welders. 63 FR 37503, July 13, 1998; Amdt. 192–94, 69 FR
(a) No welder whose qualification is 32895, June 14, 2004]
based on nondestructive testing may
weld compressor station pipe and com- § 192.231 Protection from weather.
ponents. The welding operation must be pro-
(b) No welder may weld with a par- tected from weather conditions that
ticular welding process unless, within would impair the quality of the com-
the preceding 6 calendar months, he pleted weld.
has engaged in welding with that proc-
ess. § 192.233 Miter joints.
(c) A welder qualified under (a) A miter joint on steel pipe to be
§ 192.227(a)— operated at a pressure that produces a
(1) May not weld on pipe to be oper- hoop stress of 30 percent or more of
ated at a pressure that produces a hoop SMYS may not deflect the pipe more
stress of 20 percent or more of SMYS than 3°.
unless within the preceding 6 calendar (b) A miter joint on steel pipe to be
months the welder has had one weld operated at a pressure that produces a
tested and found acceptable under the hoop stress of less than 30 percent, but
sections 6 or 9 of API Standard 1104 (in- more than 10 percent, of SMYS may
corporated by reference, see § 192.7). Al- not deflect the pipe more than 121⁄2° and
ternatively, welders may maintain an must be a distance equal to one pipe di-
ongoing qualification status by per- ameter or more away from any other
forming welds tested and found accept- miter joint, as measured from the
able under the above acceptance cri- crotch of each joint.
teria at least twice each calendar year, (c) A miter joint on steel pipe to be
but at intervals not exceeding 71⁄2 operated at a pressure that produces a
months. A welder qualified under an hoop stress of 10 percent or less of
earlier edition of a standard listed in SMYS may not deflect the pipe more
§ 192.7 of this part may weld but may than 90°.
not requalify under that earlier edi-

tion; and § 192.235 Preparation for welding.
(2) May not weld on pipe to be oper- Before beginning any welding, the
ated at a pressure that produces a hoop welding surfaces must be clean and free
430
of any material that may be detri- (b) Nondestructive testing of welds

mental to the weld, and the pipe or must be performed:
component must be aligned to provide (1) In accordance with written proce-
the most favorable condition for depos- dures; and
iting the root bead. This alignment (2) By persons who have been trained
must be preserved while the root bead and qualified in the established proce-
is being deposited. dures and with the equipment em-
ployed in testing.
§ 192.241 Inspection and test of welds.
(c) Procedures must be established
(a) Visual inspection of welding must for the proper interpretation of each
be conducted by an individual qualified nondestructive test of a weld to ensure
by appropriate training and experience the acceptability of the weld under
to ensure that: § 192.241(c).
(1) The welding is performed in ac- (d) When nondestructive testing is re-
cordance with the welding procedure; quired under § 192.241(b), the following
and percentages of each day’s field butt
(2) The weld is acceptable under para- welds, selected at random by the oper-
graph (c) of this section. ator, must be nondestructively tested
(b) The welds on a pipeline to be op- over their entire circumference:
erated at a pressure that produces a (1) In Class 1 locations, except off-
hoop stress of 20 percent or more of shore, at least 10 percent.
SMYS must be nondestructively tested (2) In Class 2 locations, at least 15
in accordance with § 192.243, except that percent.
welds that are visually inspected and
(3) In Class 3 and Class 4 locations, at
approved by a qualified welding inspec-
crossings of major or navigable rivers,
tor need not be nondestructively tested
offshore, and within railroad or public
if:
highway rights-of-way, including tun-
(1) The pipe has a nominal diameter
nels, bridges, and overhead road cross-
of less than 6 inches (152 millimeters);
ings, 100 percent unless impracticable,
or
in which case at least 90 percent. Non-
(2) The pipeline is to be operated at a
destructive testing must be impracti-
pressure that produces a hoop stress of
cable for each girth weld not tested.
less than 40 percent of SMYS and the
(4) At pipeline tie-ins, including tie-
welds are so limited in number that
ins of replacement sections, 100 per-
nondestructive testing is impractical.
(c) The acceptability of a weld that is cent.
nondestructively tested or visually in- (e) Except for a welder whose work is
spected is determined according to the isolated from the principal welding ac-
standards in Section 9 of API Standard tivity, a sample of each welder’s work
1104 (incorporated by reference, see for each day must be nondestructively
§ 192.7). However, if a girth weld is un- tested, when nondestructive testing is
acceptable under those standards for a required under § 192.241(b).
reason other than a crack, and if Ap- (f) When nondestructive testing is re-
pendix A to API 1104 applies to the quired under § 192.241(b), each operator
weld, the acceptability of the weld may must retain, for the life of the pipeline,
be further determined under that ap- a record showing by milepost, engi-
pendix. neering station, or by geographic fea-
ture, the number of girth welds made,
[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by the number nondestructively tested,
Amdt. 192–37, 46 FR 10160, Feb. 2, 1981; Amdt. the number rejected, and the disposi-
192–78, 61 FR 28784, June 6, 1996; Amdt. 192–85,
63 FR 37503, July 13, 1998; Amdt. 192–94, 69 FR
tion of the rejects.
32894, June 14, 2004] [35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by
Amdt. 192–27, 41 FR 34606, Aug. 16, 1976;
§ 192.243 Nondestructive testing. Amdt. 192–50, 50 FR 37192, Sept. 12, 1985;
(a) Nondestructive testing of welds Amdt. 192–78, 61 FR 28784, June 6, 1996]
must be performed by any process,

other than trepanning, that will clear- § 192.245 Repair or removal of defects.
ly indicate defects that may affect the (a) Each weld that is unacceptable
integrity of the weld. under § 192.241(c) must be removed or
431
§ 192.271 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)
repaired. Except for welds on an off- dium. Each gasket must be suitably
shore pipeline being installed from a confined and retained under compres-
pipeline vessel, a weld must be re- sion by a separate gland or follower
moved if it has a crack that is more ring.
than 8 percent of the weld length. (c) Cast iron pipe may not be joined
(b) Each weld that is repaired must by threaded joints.
have the defect removed down to sound (d) Cast iron pipe may not be joined
metal and the segment to be repaired by brazing.
must be preheated if conditions exist [35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by
which would adversely affect the qual- Amdt. 192–62, 54 FR 5628, Feb. 6, 1989]
ity of the weld repair. After repair, the
segment of the weld that was repaired § 192.277 Ductile iron pipe.
must be inspected to ensure its accept- (a) Ductile iron pipe may not be
ability. joined by threaded joints.
(c) Repair of a crack, or of any defect (b) Ductile iron pipe may not be
in a previously repaired area must be joined by brazing.
in accordance with written weld repair
procedures that have been qualified [35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by
under § 192.225. Repair procedures must Amdt. 192–62, 54 FR 5628, Feb. 6, 1989]
provide that the minimum mechanical § 192.279 Copper pipe.
properties specified for the welding
procedure used to make the original Copper pipe may not be threaded ex-
weld are met upon completion of the cept that copper pipe used for joining
final weld repair. screw fittings or valves may be thread-
ed if the wall thickness is equivalent to
[Amdt. 192–46, 48 FR 48674, Oct. 20, 1983] the comparable size of Schedule 40 or
heavier wall pipe listed in Table C1 of
Subpart F—Joining of Materials ASME/ANSI B16.5.
Other Than by Welding [Amdt. 192–62, 54 FR 5628, Feb. 6, 1989, as
amended at 58 FR 14521, Mar. 18, 1993]
§ 192.271 Scope.
(a) This subpart prescribes minimum § 192.281 Plastic pipe.
requirements for joining materials in (a) General. A plastic pipe joint that
pipelines, other than by welding. is joined by solvent cement, adhesive,
(b) This subpart does not apply to or heat fusion may not be disturbed
joining during the manufacture of pipe until it has properly set. Plastic pipe
or pipeline components. may not be joined by a threaded joint
or miter joint.
§ 192.273 General.
(b) Solvent cement joints. Each solvent
(a) The pipeline must be designed and cement joint on plastic pipe must com-
installed so that each joint will sustain ply with the following:
the longitudinal pullout or thrust (1) The mating surfaces of the joint
forces caused by contraction or expan- must be clean, dry, and free of material
sion of the piping or by anticipated ex- which might be detrimental to the
ternal or internal loading. joint.
(b) Each joint must be made in ac- (2) The solvent cement must conform
cordance with written procedures that to ASTM D2513–99, (incorporated by
have been proven by test or experience reference, see § 192.7).
to produce strong gastight joints. (3) The joint may not be heated to ac-
(c) Each joint must be inspected to celerate the setting of the cement.
insure compliance with this subpart. (c) Heat-fusion joints. Each heat-fu-
sion joint on plastic pipe must comply
§ 192.275 Cast iron pipe. with the following:
(a) Each caulked bell and spigot joint (1) A butt heat-fusion joint must be
in cast iron pipe must be sealed with joined by a device that holds the heater
mechanical leak clamps. element square to the ends of the pip-

(b) Each mechanical joint in cast ing, compresses the heated ends to-
iron pipe must have a gasket made of a gether, and holds the pipe in proper
resilient material as the sealing me- alignment while the plastic hardens.
432
(2) A socket heat-fusion joint must be drostatic Burst Pressure) or paragraph

joined by a device that heats the mat- 8.9 (Sustained Static Pressure Test) of
ing surfaces of the joint uniformly and ASTM D2517 (incorporated by ref-
simultaneously to essentially the same erence, see § 192.7); or
temperature. (iii) In the case of electrofusion fit-
(3) An electrofusion joint must be tings for polyethylene (PE) pipe and
joined utilizing the equipment and tubing, paragraph 9.1 (Minimum Hy-
techniques of the fittings manufacturer draulic Burst Pressure Test), para-
or equipment and techniques shown, by graph 9.2 (Sustained Pressure Test),
testing joints to the requirements of paragraph 9.3 (Tensile Strength Test),
§ 192.283(a)(1)(iii), to be at least equiva- or paragraph 9.4 (Joint Integrity Tests)
lent to those of the fittings manufac- of ASTM Designation F1055 (incor-
turer. porated by reference, see § 192.7).
(4) Heat may not be applied with a (2) For procedures intended for lat-
torch or other open flame. eral pipe connections, subject a speci-
(d) Adhesive joints. Each adhesive men joint made from pipe sections
joint on plastic pipe must comply with joined at right angles according to the
the following: procedure to a force on the lateral pipe
(1) The adhesive must conform to until failure occurs in the specimen. If
ASTM Designation D 2517. failure initiates outside the joint area,
(2) The materials and adhesive must the procedure qualifies for use; and
be compatible with each other. (3) For procedures intended for non-
(e) Mechanical joints. Each compres- lateral pipe connections, follow the
sion type mechanical joint on plastic tensile test requirements of ASTM
pipe must comply with the following: D638 (incorporated by reference, see
(1) The gasket material in the cou- § 192.7), except that the test may be
pling must be compatible with the conducted at ambient temperature and
plastic. humidity If the specimen elongates no
(2) A rigid internal tubular stiffener, less than 25 percent or failure initiates
other than a split tubular stiffener, outside the joint area, the procedure
must be used in conjunction with the qualifies for use.
coupling. (b) Mechanical joints. Before any writ-
[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by ten procedure established under
Amdt. 192–34, 44 FR 42973, July 23, 1979; § 192.273(b) is used for making mechan-
Amdt. 192–58, 53 FR 1635, Jan. 21, 1988; Amdt. ical plastic pipe joints that are de-
192–61, 53 FR 36793, Sept. 22, 1988; 58 FR 14521, signed to withstand tensile forces, the
Mar. 18, 1993; Amdt. 192–78, 61 FR 28784, June
6, 1996; Amdt. 192–114, 75 FR 48603, Aug. 11, procedure must be qualified by sub-
2010] jecting 5 specimen joints made accord-
ing to the procedure to the following
§ 192.283 Plastic pipe: Qualifying join- tensile test:
ing procedures. (1) Use an apparatus for the test as
(a) Heat fusion, solvent cement, and ad- specified in ASTM D 638 (except for
hesive joints. Before any written proce- conditioning), (incorporated by ref-
dure established under § 192.273(b) is erence, see § 192.7).
used for making plastic pipe joints by a (2) The specimen must be of such
heat fusion, solvent cement, or adhe- length that the distance between the
sive method, the procedure must be grips of the apparatus and the end of
qualified by subjecting specimen joints the stiffener does not affect the joint
made according to the procedure to the strength.
following tests: (3) The speed of testing is 0.20 in (5.0
(1) The burst test requirements of— mm) per minute, plus or minus 25 per-
(i) In the case of thermoplastic pipe, cent.
paragraph 6.6 (sustained pressure test) (4) Pipe specimens less than 4 inches
or paragraph 6.7 (Minimum Hydrostatic (102 mm) in diameter are qualified if
Burst Test) or paragraph 8.9 (Sustained the pipe yields to an elongation of no
Static pressure Test) of ASTM D2513–99 less than 25 percent or failure initiates
(incorporated by reference, see § 192.7); outside the joint area.
(ii) In the case of thermosetting plas- (5) Pipe specimens 4 inches (102 mm)
tic pipe, paragraph 8.5 (Minimum Hy- and larger in diameter shall be pulled
433
§ 192.285 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)
until the pipe is subjected to a tensile cable to the type of joint and material
stress equal to or greater than the being tested;
maximum thermal stress that would be (ii) Examined by ultrasonic inspec-
produced by a temperature change of tion and found not to contain flaws
100 °F (38 °C) or until the pipe is pulled that would cause failure; or
from the fitting. If the pipe pulls from (iii) Cut into at least 3 longitudinal
the fitting, the lowest value of the five straps, each of which is:
test results or the manufacturer’s rat- (A) Visually examined and found not
ing, whichever is lower must be used in to contain voids or discontinuities on
the design calculations for stress. the cut surfaces of the joint area; and
(6) Each specimen that fails at the (B) Deformed by bending, torque, or
grips must be retested using new pipe. impact, and if failure occurs, it must
(7) Results obtained pertain only to not initiate in the joint area.
the specific outside diameter, and ma- (c) A person must be requalified
terial of the pipe tested, except that under an applicable procedure, if dur-
testing of a heavier wall pipe may be ing any 12-month period that person:
used to qualify pipe of the same mate-
(1) Does not make any joints under
rial but with a lesser wall thickness.
that procedure; or
(c) A copy of each written procedure
being used for joining plastic pipe must (2) Has 3 joints or 3 percent of the
be available to the persons making and joints made, whichever is greater,
inspecting joints. under that procedure that are found
(d) Pipe or fittings manufactured be- unacceptable by testing under § 192.513.
fore July 1, 1980, may be used in ac- (d) Each operator shall establish a
cordance with procedures that the method to determine that each person
manufacturer certifies will produce a making joints in plastic pipelines in
joint as strong as the pipe. the operator’s system is qualified in ac-
cordance with this section.
[Amdt. 192–34A, 45 FR 9935, Feb. 14, 1980, as
amended by Amdt. 192–34B, 46 FR 39, Jan. 2, [Amdt. 192–34A, 45 FR 9935, Feb. 14, 1980, as
1981; 47 FR 32720, July 29, 1982; 47 FR 49973, amended by Amdt. 192–34B, 46 FR 39, Jan. 2,
Nov. 4, 1982; 58 FR 14521, Mar. 18, 1993; Amdt. 1981; Amdt. 192–93, 68 FR 53900, Sept. 15, 2003]
192–78, 61 FR 28784, June 6, 1996; Amdt. 192–85,
63 FR 37503, July 13, 1998; Amdt. 192–94, 69 FR § 192.287 Plastic pipe: Inspection of
32895, June 14, 2004; Amdt. 192–94, 69 FR 54592, joints.
Sept. 9, 2004; Amdt. 192–114, 75 FR 48603, Aug.
No person may carry out the inspec-
11, 2010]
tion of joints in plastic pipes required
§ 192.285 Plastic pipe: Qualifying per- by §§ 192.273(c) and 192.285(b) unless that
sons to make joints. person has been qualified by appro-
(a) No person may make a plastic priate training or experience in evalu-
pipe joint unless that person has been ating the acceptability of plastic pipe
qualified under the applicable joining joints made under the applicable join-
procedure by: ing procedure.
(1) Appropriate training or experi- [Amdt. 192–34, 44 FR 42974, July 23, 1979]
ence in the use of the procedure; and
(2) Making a specimen joint from Subpart G—General Construction
pipe sections joined according to the
procedure that passes the inspection
Requirements for Transmission
and test set forth in paragraph (b) of Lines and Mains
this section.
§ 192.301 Scope.
(b) The specimen joint must be:
(1) Visually examined during and This subpart prescribes minimum re-
after assembly or joining and found to quirements for constructing trans-
have the same appearance as a joint or mission lines and mains.
photographs of a joint that is accept-
able under the procedure; and § 192.303 Compliance with specifica-
(2) In the case of a heat fusion, sol- tions or standards.

vent cement, or adhesive joint: Each transmission line or main must
(i) Tested under any one of the test be constructed in accordance with com-
methods listed under § 192.283(a) appli- prehensive written specifications or
434
standards that are consistent with this the lowest point of the dent and a pro-
part. longation of the original contour of the
pipe.
§ 192.305 Inspection: General. (c) Each arc burn on steel pipe to be
Each transmission line or main must operated at a pressure that produces a
be inspected to ensure that it is con- hoop stress of 40 percent, or more, of
structed in accordance with this part. SMYS must be repaired or removed. If
a repair is made by grinding, the arc
§ 192.307 Inspection of materials. burn must be completely removed and
Each length of pipe and each other the remaining wall thickness must be
component must be visually inspected at least equal to either:
at the site of installation to ensure (1) The minimum wall thickness re-
that it has not sustained any visually quired by the tolerances in the speci-
determinable damage that could im- fication to which the pipe was manu-
pair its serviceability. factured; or
(2) The nominal wall thickness re-
§ 192.309 Repair of steel pipe. quired for the design pressure of the
(a) Each imperfection or damage that pipeline.
impairs the serviceability of a length (d) A gouge, groove, arc burn, or dent
of steel pipe must be repaired or re- may not be repaired by insert patching
moved. If a repair is made by grinding, or by pounding out.
the remaining wall thickness must at (e) Each gouge, groove, arc burn, or
least be equal to either: dent that is removed from a length of
(1) The minimum thickness required pipe must be removed by cutting out
by the tolerances in the specification the damaged portion as a cylinder.
to which the pipe was manufactured; or [35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by
(2) The nominal wall thickness re- Amdt. 192–1, 35 FR 17660, Nov. 17, 1970; Amdt.
quired for the design pressure of the 192–85, 63 FR 37503, July 13, 1998; Amdt. 192–
pipeline. 88, 64 FR 69664, Dec. 14, 1999]
(b) Each of the following dents must
§ 192.311 Repair of plastic pipe.
be removed from steel pipe to be oper-
ated at a pressure that produces a hoop Each imperfection or damage that
stress of 20 percent, or more, of SMYS, would impair the serviceability of plas-
unless the dent is repaired by a method tic pipe must be repaired or removed.
that reliable engineering tests and [Amdt. 192–93, 68 FR 53900, Sept. 15, 2003]
analyses show can permanently restore
the serviceability of the pipe: § 192.313 Bends and elbows.
(1) A dent that contains a stress con- (a) Each field bend in steel pipe,
centrator such as a scratch, gouge, other than a wrinkle bend made in ac-
groove, or arc burn. cordance with § 192.315, must comply
(2) A dent that affects the longitu- with the following:
dinal weld or a circumferential weld. (1) A bend must not impair the serv-
(3) In pipe to be operated at a pres- iceability of the pipe.
sure that produces a hoop stress of 40 (2) Each bend must have a smooth
percent or more of SMYS, a dent that contour and be free from buckling,
has a depth of: cracks, or any other mechanical dam-
(i) More than 1⁄4 inch (6.4 millimeters) age.
in pipe 123⁄4 inches (324 millimeters) or (3) On pipe containing a longitudinal
less in outer diameter; or weld, the longitudinal weld must be as
(ii) More than 2 percent of the nomi- near as practicable to the neutral axis
nal pipe diameter in pipe over 123⁄4 of the bend unless:
inches (324 millimeters) in outer di- (i) The bend is made with an internal
ameter. bending mandrel; or
For the purpose of this section a (ii) The pipe is 12 inches (305 millime-
‘‘dent’’ is a depression that produces a ters) or less in outside diameter or has
gross disturbance in the curvature of a diameter to wall thickness ratio less

the pipe wall without reducing the than 70.
pipe-wall thickness. The depth of a (b) Each circumferential weld of steel
dent is measured as the gap between pipe which is located where the stress
435
§ 192.315 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)
during bending causes a permanent de- distance from the traffic or by install-
formation in the pipe must be non- ing barricades.
destructively tested either before or (c) Pipelines, including pipe risers, on
after the bending process. each platform located offshore or in in-
(c) Wrought-steel welding elbows and land navigable waters must be pro-
transverse segments of these elbows tected from accidental damage by ves-
may not be used for changes in direc- sels.
tion on steel pipe that is 2 inches (51 [Amdt. 192–27, 41 FR 34606, Aug. 16, 1976, as
millimeters) or more in diameter un- amended by Amdt. 192–78, 61 FR 28784, June
less the arc length, as measured along 6, 1996]
the crotch, is at least 1 inch (25 milli-
meters). § 192.319 Installation of pipe in a
ditch.
[Amdt. No. 192–26, 41 FR 26018, June 24, 1976,
as amended by Amdt. 192–29, 42 FR 42866, (a) When installed in a ditch, each
Aug. 25, 1977; Amdt. 192–29, 42 FR 60148, Nov. transmission line that is to be operated
25, 1977; Amdt. 192–49, 50 FR 13225, Apr. 3, at a pressure producing a hoop stress of
1985; Amdt. 192–85, 63 FR 37503, July 13, 1998] 20 percent or more of SMYS must be
installed so that the pipe fits the ditch
§ 192.315 Wrinkle bends in steel pipe. so as to minimize stresses and protect
(a) A wrinkle bend may not be made the pipe coating from damage.
on steel pipe to be operated at a pres- (b) When a ditch for a transmission
sure that produces a hoop stress of 30 line or main is backfilled, it must be
percent, or more, of SMYS. backfilled in a manner that:
(b) Each wrinkle bend on steel pipe (1) Provides firm support under the
must comply with the following: pipe; and
(1) The bend must not have any sharp (2) Prevents damage to the pipe and
kinks. pipe coating from equipment or from
(2) When measured along the crotch the backfill material.
of the bend, the wrinkles must be a dis- (c) All offshore pipe in water at least
tance of at least one pipe diameter. 12 feet (3.7 meters) deep but not more
(3) On pipe 16 inches (406 millimeters) than 200 feet (61 meters) deep, as meas-
or larger in diameter, the bend may ured from the mean low tide, except
not have a deflection of more than 11⁄2° pipe in the Gulf of Mexico and its inlets
for each wrinkle. under 15 feet (4.6 meters) of water,
(4) On pipe containing a longitudinal must be installed so that the top of the
weld the longitudinal seam must be as pipe is below the natural bottom unless
near as practicable to the neutral axis the pipe is supported by stanchions,
of the bend. held in place by anchors or heavy con-
[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by crete coating, or protected by an equiv-
Amdt. 192–85, 63 FR 37503, July 13, 1998] alent means. Pipe in the Gulf of Mexico
and its inlets under 15 feet (4.6 meters)
§ 192.317 Protection from hazards. of water must be installed so that the
(a) The operator must take all prac- top of the pipe is 36 inches (914 milli-
ticable steps to protect each trans- meters) below the seabed for normal
mission line or main from washouts, excavation or 18 inches (457 millime-
floods, unstable soil, landslides, or ters) for rock excavation.
other hazards that may cause the pipe- [35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by
line to move or to sustain abnormal Amdt. 192–27, 41 FR 34606, Aug. 16, 1976;
loads. In addition, the operator must Amdt. 192–78, 61 FR 28784, June 6, 1996; Amdt.
take all practicable steps to protect 192–85, 63 FR 37503, July 13, 1998]
offshore pipelines from damage by mud
slides, water currents, hurricanes, ship § 192.321 Installation of plastic pipe.
anchors, and fishing operations. (a) Plastic pipe must be installed
(b) Each aboveground transmission below ground level except as provided
line or main, not located offshore or in by paragraphs (g) and (h) of this sec-
inland navigable water areas, must be tion.

protected from accidental damage by (b) Plastic pipe that is installed in a
vehicular traffic or other similar vault or any other below grade enclo-
causes, either by being placed at a safe sure must be completely encased in
436
gas-tight metal pipe and fittings that (3) Not allowed to exceed the pipe
are adequately protected from corro- temperature limits specified in
sion. § 192.123.
(c) Plastic pipe must be installed so [35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by
as to minimize shear or tensile Amdt. 192–78, 61 FR 28784, June 6, 1996; Amdt.
stresses. 192–85, 63 FR 37503, July 13, 1998; Amdt. 192–
(d) Thermoplastic pipe that is not en- 93, 68 FR 53900, Sept. 15, 2003; Amdt. 192–94, 69
cased must have a minimum wall FR 32895, June 14, 2004]
thickness of 0.090 inch (2.29 millime-
ters), except that pipe with an outside § 192.323 Casing.
diameter of 0.875 inch (22.3 millimeters) Each casing used on a transmission
or less may have a minimum wall line or main under a railroad or high-
thickness of 0.062 inch (1.58 millime- way must comply with the following:
ters). (a) The casing must be designed to
(e) Plastic pipe that is not encased withstand the superimposed loads.
must have an electrically conducting (b) If there is a possibility of water
wire or other means of locating the entering the casing, the ends must be
pipe while it is underground. Tracer sealed.
wire may not be wrapped around the (c) If the ends of an unvented casing
pipe and contact with the pipe must be are sealed and the sealing is strong
minimized but is not prohibited. Tracer enough to retain the maximum allow-
wire or other metallic elements in- able operating pressure of the pipe, the
stalled for pipe locating purposes must casing must be designed to hold this
be resistant to corrosion damage, ei- pressure at a stress level of not more
ther by use of coated copper wire or by than 72 percent of SMYS.
other means. (d) If vents are installed on a casing,
(f) Plastic pipe that is being encased the vents must be protected from the
must be inserted into the casing pipe in weather to prevent water from enter-
a manner that will protect the plastic. ing the casing.
The leading end of the plastic must be
closed before insertion. § 192.325 Underground clearance.
(g) Uncased plastic pipe may be tem- (a) Each transmission line must be
porarily installed above ground level installed with at least 12 inches (305
under the following conditions: millimeters) of clearance from any
(1) The operator must be able to dem- other underground structure not asso-
onstrate that the cumulative above- ciated with the transmission line. If
ground exposure of the pipe does not this clearance cannot be attained, the
exceed the manufacturer’s rec- transmission line must be protected
ommended maximum period of expo- from damage that might result from
sure or 2 years, whichever is less. the proximity of the other structure.
(2) The pipe either is located where (b) Each main must be installed with
damage by external forces is unlikely enough clearance from any other un-
or is otherwise protected against such derground structure to allow proper
damage. maintenance and to protect against
(3) The pipe adequately resists expo- damage that might result from prox-
sure to ultraviolet light and high and imity to other structures.
low temperatures. (c) In addition to meeting the re-
(h) Plastic pipe may be installed on quirements of paragraph (a) or (b) of
bridges provided that it is: this section, each plastic transmission
(1) Installed with protection from line or main must be installed with suf-
mechanical damage, such as installa- ficient clearance, or must be insulated,
tion in a metallic casing; from any source of heat so as to pre-
(2) Protected from ultraviolet radi- vent the heat from impairing the serv-
ation; and iceability of the pipe.
437
§ 192.327 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)
(d) Each pipe-type or bottle-type consolidated rock between the top of

holder must be installed with a min- the pipe and the underwater natural
imum clearance from any other holder bottom (as determined by recognized
as prescribed in § 192.175(b). and generally accepted practices).
[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by (f) All pipe installed offshore, except
Amdt. 192–85, 63 FR 37503, July 13, 1998] in the Gulf of Mexico and its inlets,
under water not more than 200 feet (60
§ 192.327 Cover. meters) deep, as measured from the
(a) Except as provided in paragraphs mean low tide, must be installed as fol-
(c), (e), (f), and (g) of this section, each lows:
buried transmission line must be in- (1) Except as provided in paragraph
stalled with a minimum cover as fol- (c) of this section, pipe under water
lows: less than 12 feet (3.66 meters) deep,
must be installed with a minimum
Consoli-
Location Normal soil dated rock cover of 36 inches (914 millimeters) in
soil or 18 inches (457 millimeters) in
Inches (Millimeters).
Class 1 locations ........................... 30 (762) 18 (457)
consolidated rock between the top of
Class 2, 3, and 4 locations ........... 36 (914) 24 (610) the pipe and the natural bottom.
Drainage ditches of public roads (2) Pipe under water at least 12 feet
and railroad crossings ............... 36 (914) 24 (610)
(3.66 meters) deep must be installed so
(b) Except as provided in paragraphs that the top of the pipe is below the
(c) and (d) of this section, each buried natural bottom, unless the pipe is sup-
main must be installed with at least 24 ported by stanchions, held in place by
inches (610 millimeters) of cover. anchors or heavy concrete coating, or
(c) Where an underground structure protected by an equivalent means.
prevents the installation of a trans- (g) All pipelines installed under
mission line or main with the min- water in the Gulf of Mexico and its in-
imum cover, the transmission line or lets, as defined in § 192.3, must be in-
main may be installed with less cover stalled in accordance with
if it is provided with additional protec- § 192.612(b)(3).
tion to withstand anticipated external [35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by
loads. Amdt. 192–27, 41 FR 34606, Aug. 16, 1976;
(d) A main may be installed with less Amdt. 192–78, 61 FR 28785, June 6, 1996; Amdt.
than 24 inches (610 millimeters) of 192–85, 63 FR 37503, July 13, 1998; Amdt. 192–
cover if the law of the State or munici- 98, 69 FR 48406, Aug. 10, 2004]
pality:
(1) Establishes a minimum cover of § 192.328 Additional construction re-
less than 24 inches (610 millimeters); quirements for steel pipe using al-
(2) Requires that mains be installed ternative maximum allowable oper-
ating pressure.
in a common trench with other utility
lines; and For a new or existing pipeline seg-
(3) Provides adequately for preven- ment to be eligible for operation at the
tion of damage to the pipe by external alternative maximum allowable oper-
forces. ating pressure calculated under
(e) Except as provided in paragraph § 192.620, a segment must meet the fol-
(c) of this section, all pipe installed in lowing additional construction require-
a navigable river, stream, or harbor ments. Records must be maintained,
must be installed with a minimum for the useful life of the pipeline, dem-
cover of 48 inches (1,219 millimeters) in onstrating compliance with these re-
soil or 24 inches (610 millimeters) in quirements:
To address this construction The pipeline segment must meet this additional construction requirement:
issue:
(a) Quality assurance ............... (1) The construction of the pipeline segment must be done under a quality assurance plan ad-
dressing pipe inspection, hauling and stringing, field bending, welding, non-destructive ex-
amination of girth welds, applying and testing field applied coating, lowering of the pipeline
into the ditch, padding and backfilling, and hydrostatic testing.
(2) The quality assurance plan for applying and testing field applied coating to girth welds
must be:
(i) Equivalent to that required under § 192.112(f)(3) for pipe; and
438
To address this construction The pipeline segment must meet this additional construction requirement:
issue:
(ii) Performed by an individual with the knowledge, skills, and ability to assure effective coating
application.
(b) Girth welds .......................... (1) All girth welds on a new pipeline segment must be non-destructively examined in accord-
ance with § 192.243(b) and (c).
(c) Depth of cover ..................... (1) Notwithstanding any lesser depth of cover otherwise allowed in § 192.327, there must be at
least 36 inches (914 millimeters) of cover or equivalent means to protect the pipeline from
outside force damage.
(2) In areas where deep tilling or other activities could threaten the pipeline, the top of the
pipeline must be installed at least one foot below the deepest expected penetration of the
soil.
(d) Initial strength testing .......... (1) The pipeline segment must not have experienced failures indicative of systemic material
defects during strength testing, including initial hydrostatic testing. A root cause analysis, in-
cluding metallurgical examination of the failed pipe, must be performed for any failure expe-
rienced to verify that it is not indicative of a systemic concern. The results of this root cause
analysis must be reported to each PHMSA pipeline safety regional office where the pipe is
in service at least 60 days prior to operating at the alternative MAOP. An operator must also
notify a State pipeline safety authority when the pipeline is located in a State where PHMSA
has an interstate agent agreement, or an intrastate pipeline is regulated by that State.
(e) Interference currents ........... (1) For a new pipeline segment, the construction must address the impacts of induced alter-
nating current from parallel electric transmission lines and other known sources of potential
interference with corrosion control.
[72 FR 62176, Oct. 17, 2008] a separate metering or regulating

building.
Subpart H—Customer Meters, [35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by
Service Regulators, and Serv- Amdt 192–85, 63 FR 37503, July 13, 1998; Amdt.
ice Lines 192–93, 68 FR 53900, Sept. 15, 2003]
§ 192.351 Scope. § 192.355 Customer meters and regu-

This subpart prescribes minimum re- lators: Protection from damage.
quirements for installing customer me- (a) Protection from vacuum or back
ters, service regulators, service lines, pressure. If the customer’s equipment
service line valves, and service line might create either a vacuum or a back
connections to mains. pressure, a device must be installed to
protect the system.
§ 192.353 Customer meters and regu-
lators: Location. (b) Service regulator vents and relief
vents. Service regulator vents and re-
(a) Each meter and service regulator, lief vents must terminate outdoors,
whether inside or outside a building, and the outdoor terminal must—
must be installed in a readily acces- (1) Be rain and insect resistant;
sible location and be protected from
(2) Be located at a place where gas
corrosion and other damage, including,
if installed outside a building, vehic- from the vent can escape freely into
ular damage that may be anticipated. the atmosphere and away from any
However, the upstream regulator in a opening into the building; and
series may be buried. (3) Be protected from damage caused
(b) Each service regulator installed by submergence in areas where flood-
within a building must be located as ing may occur.
near as practical to the point of service (c) Pits and vaults. Each pit or vault
line entrance. that houses a customer meter or regu-
(c) Each meter installed within a lator at a place where vehicular traffic
building must be located in a venti- is anticipated, must be able to support
lated place and not less than 3 feet (914 that traffic.
millimeters) from any source of igni-
tion or any source of heat which might
Amdt. 192–58, 53 FR 1635, Jan. 21, 1988]
damage the meter.

(d) Where feasible, the upstream reg-
ulator in a series must be located out-
side the building, unless it is located in
439
§ 192.357 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)
§ 192.357 Customer meters and regu- so as to drain into the main or into
lators: Installation. drips at the low points in the service
(a) Each meter and each regulator line.
must be installed so as to minimize an- (d) Protection against piping strain and
ticipated stresses upon the connecting external loading. Each service line must
piping and the meter. be installed so as to minimize antici-
(b) When close all-thread nipples are pated piping strain and external load-
used, the wall thickness remaining ing.
after the threads are cut must meet (e) Installation of service lines into
the minimum wall thickness require- buildings. Each underground service
ments of this part. line installed below grade through the
(c) Connections made of lead or other outer foundation wall of a building
easily damaged material may not be must:
used in the installation of meters or (1) In the case of a metal service line,
regulators. be protected against corrosion;
(d) Each regulator that might release (2) In the case of a plastic service
gas in its operation must be vented to line, be protected from shearing action
the outside atmosphere. and backfill settlement; and
(3) Be sealed at the foundation wall
§ 192.359 Customer meter installations:
Operating pressure. to prevent leakage into the building.
(f) Installation of service lines under
(a) A meter may not be used at a buildings. Where an underground serv-
pressure that is more than 67 percent ice line is installed under a building:
of the manufacturer’s shell test pres-
(1) It must be encased in a gas tight
sure.
conduit;
(b) Each newly installed meter manu-
factured after November 12, 1970, must (2) The conduit and the service line
have been tested to a minimum of 10 must, if the service line supplies the
p.s.i. (69 kPa) gage. building it underlies, extend into a nor-
(c) A rebuilt or repaired tinned steel mally usable and accessible part of the
case meter may not be used at a pres- building; and
sure that is more than 50 percent of the (3) The space between the conduit
pressure used to test the meter after and the service line must be sealed to
rebuilding or repairing. prevent gas leakage into the building
and, if the conduit is sealed at both
[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by ends, a vent line from the annular
Amdt. 192–1, 35 FR 17660, Nov. 17, 1970; Amdt.
space must extend to a point where gas
192–85, 63 FR 37503, July 13, 1998]
would not be a hazard, and extend
§ 192.361 Service lines: Installation. above grade, terminating in a rain and
insect resistant fitting.
(a) Depth. Each buried service line
must be installed with at least 12 (g) Locating underground service lines.
inches (305 millimeters) of cover in pri- Each underground nonmetallic service
vate property and at least 18 inches line that is not encased must have a
(457 millimeters) of cover in streets and means of locating the pipe that com-
roads. However, where an underground plies with § 192.321(e).
structure prevents installation at [35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by
those depths, the service line must be Amdt. 192–75, 61 FR 18517, Apr. 26, 1996; Amdt.
able to withstand any anticipated ex- 192–85, 63 FR 37503, July 13, 1998; Amdt. 192–
ternal load. 93, 68 FR 53900, Sept. 15, 2003]
(b) Support and backfill. Each service
line must be properly supported on un- § 192.363 Service lines: Valve require-
disturbed or well-compacted soil, and ments.
material used for backfill must be free (a) Each service line must have a
of materials that could damage the service-line valve that meets the appli-
pipe or its coating. cable requirements of subparts B and D
(c) Grading for drainage. Where con- of this part. A valve incorporated in a
densate in the gas might cause inter- meter bar, that allows the meter to be
ruption in the gas supply to the cus- bypassed, may not be used as a service-
tomer, the service line must be graded line valve.
440
(b) A soft seat service line valve may § 192.369 Service lines: Connections to
not be used if its ability to control the cast iron or ductile iron mains.
flow of gas could be adversely affected (a) Each service line connected to a
by exposure to anticipated heat. cast iron or ductile iron main must be
(c) Each service-line valve on a high- connected by a mechanical clamp, by
pressure service line, installed above drilling and tapping the main, or by
ground or in an area where the blowing another method meeting the require-
of gas would be hazardous, must be de- ments of § 192.273.
signed and constructed to minimize the (b) If a threaded tap is being inserted,
possibility of the removal of the core of the requirements of § 192.151 (b) and (c)
the valve with other than specialized must also be met.
tools.
§ 192.371 Service lines: Steel.
§ 192.365 Service lines: Location of Each steel service line to be operated
valves.
at less than 100 p.s.i. (689 kPa) gage
(a) Relation to regulator or meter. Each must be constructed of pipe designed
service-line valve must be installed up- for a minimum of 100 p.s.i. (689 kPa)
stream of the regulator or, if there is gage.
no regulator, upstream of the meter. [Amdt. 192–1, 35 FR 17660, Nov. 17, 1970, as
(b) Outside valves. Each service line amended by Amdt. 192–85, 63 FR 37503, July
must have a shut-off valve in a readily 13, 1998]
accessible location that, if feasible, is
outside of the building. § 192.373 Service lines: Cast iron and
(c) Underground valves. Each under- ductile iron.
ground service-line valve must be lo- (a) Cast or ductile iron pipe less than
cated in a covered durable curb box or 6 inches (152 millimeters) in diameter
standpipe that allows ready operation may not be installed for service lines.
of the valve and is supported independ- (b) If cast iron pipe or ductile iron
ently of the service lines. pipe is installed for use as a service
line, the part of the service line which
§ 192.367 Service lines: General re- extends through the building wall must
quirements for connections to main be of steel pipe.
piping. (c) A cast iron or ductile iron service
(a) Location. Each service line con- line may not be installed in unstable
nection to a main must be located at soil or under a building.
the top of the main or, if that is not [35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by
practical, at the side of the main, un- Amdt. 192–85, 63 FR 37503, July 13, 1998]
less a suitable protective device is in-
stalled to minimize the possibility of § 192.375 Service lines: Plastic.
dust and moisture being carried from (a) Each plastic service line outside a
the main into the service line. building must be installed below
(b) Compression-type connection to ground level, except that—
main. Each compression-type service (1) It may be installed in accordance
line to main connection must: with § 192.321(g); and
(1) Be designed and installed to effec- (2) It may terminate above ground
tively sustain the longitudinal pull-out level and outside the building, if—
or thrust forces caused by contraction (i) The above ground level part of the
or expansion of the piping, or by antici- plastic service line is protected against
pated external or internal loading; and deterioration and external damage; and
(2) If gaskets are used in connecting (ii) The plastic service line is not
the service line to the main connection used to support external loads.
fitting, have gaskets that are compat- (b) Each plastic service line inside a
ible with the kind of gas in the system. building must be protected against ex-
ternal damage.
Amdt. 192–75, 61 FR 18517, Apr. 26, 1996] [35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by
Amdt. 192–78, 61 FR 28785, June 6, 1996]
441
§ 192.377 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)
§ 192.377 Service lines: Copper. cubic feet per hour (.01 cubic meters
per hour); and
Each copper service line installed
within a building must be protected (4) Not close when the pressure is less
against external damage. than the manufacturer’s minimum
specified operating pressure and the
§ 192.379 New service lines not in use. flow rate is below the manufacturer’s
minimum specified closure flow rate.
Each service line that is not placed
in service upon completion of installa- (b) An excess flow valve must meet
tion must comply with one of the fol- the applicable requirements of Sub-
lowing until the customer is supplied parts B and D of this part.
with gas: (c) An operator must mark or other-
(a) The valve that is closed to pre- wise identify the presence of an excess
vent the flow of gas to the customer flow valve in the service line.
must be provided with a locking device (d) An operator shall locate an excess
or other means designed to prevent the flow valve as near as practical to the
opening of the valve by persons other fitting connecting the service line to
than those authorized by the operator. its source of gas supply.
(b) A mechanical device or fitting (e) An operator should not install an
that will prevent the flow of gas must excess flow valve on a service line
be installed in the service line or in the where the operator has prior experi-
meter assembly. ence with contaminants in the gas
(c) The customer’s piping must be stream, where these contaminants
physically disconnected from the gas could be expected to cause the excess
supply and the open pipe ends sealed. flow valve to malfunction or where the
excess flow valve would interfere with
[Amdt. 192–8, 37 FR 20694, Oct. 3, 1972] necessary operation and maintenance
activities on the service, such as blow-
§ 192.381 Service lines: Excess flow
valve performance standards. ing liquids from the line.
(a) Excess flow valves to be used on [Amdt. 192–79, 61 FR 31459, June 20, 1996, as
single residence service lines that oper- amended by Amdt. 192–80, 62 FR 2619, Jan. 17,
ate continuously throughout the year 1997; Amdt. 192–85, 63 FR 37504, July 13, 1998]
at a pressure not less than 10 p.s.i. (69
§ 192.383 Excess flow valve installa-
kPa) gage must be manufactured and tion.
tested by the manufacturer according
to an industry specification, or the (a) Definitions. As used in this sec-
manufacturer’s written specification, tion:
to ensure that each valve will: Replaced service line means a gas serv-
(1) Function properly up to the max- ice line where the fitting that connects
imum operating pressure at which the the service line to the main is replaced
valve is rated; or the piping connected to this fitting
(2) Function properly at all tempera- is replaced.
tures reasonably expected in the oper- Service line serving single-family resi-
ating environment of the service line; dence means a gas service line that be-
(3) At 10 p.s.i. (69 kPa) gage: gins at the fitting that connects the
(i) Close at, or not more than 50 per- service line to the main and serves
cent above, the rated closure flow rate only one single-family residence.
specified by the manufacturer; and (b) Installation required. An excess
(ii) Upon closure, reduce gas flow— flow valve (EFV) installation must
(A) For an excess flow valve designed comply with the performance stand-
to allow pressure to equalize across the ards in § 192.381. The operator must in-
valve, to no more than 5 percent of the stall an EFV on any new or replaced
manufacturer’s specified closure flow service line serving a single-family res-
rate, up to a maximum of 20 cubic feet idence after February 12, 2010, unless
per hour (0.57 cubic meters per hour); one or more of the following conditions
or is present:
(B) For an excess flow valve designed (1) The service line does not operate
to prevent equalization of pressure at a pressure of 10 psig or greater
across the valve, to no more than 0.4 throughout the year;
442
(2) The operator has prior experience (b) Regulated onshore gathering lines.
with contaminants in the gas stream For any regulated onshore gathering
that could interfere with the EFV’s op- line under § 192.9 existing on April 14,
eration or cause loss of service to a res- 2006, that was not previously subject to
idence; this part, and for any onshore gath-
(3) An EFV could interfere with nec- ering line that becomes a regulated on-
essary operation or maintenance ac- shore gathering line under § 192.9 after
tivities, such as blowing liquids from April 14, 2006, because of a change in
the line; or class location or increase in dwelling
(4) An EFV meeting performance density:
standards in § 192.381 is not commer- (1) The requirements of this subpart
cially available to the operator. specifically applicable to pipelines in-
stalled before August 1, 1971, apply to
(c) Reporting. Each operator must re-
the gathering line regardless of the
port the EFV measures detailed in the
date the pipeline was actually in-
annual report required by § 191.11. stalled; and
[Amdt. 192–113, 74 FR 63934, Dec. 4, 2009, as (2) The requirements of this subpart
amended at 75 FR 5244, Feb. 2, 2010; 76 FR specifically applicable to pipelines in-
5499, Feb. 1, 2011] stalled after July 31, 1971, apply only if
the pipeline substantially meets those
Subpart I—Requirements for requirements.
Corrosion Control [Amdt. 192–30, 42 FR 60148, Nov. 25, 1977, as
amended by Amdt. 192–102, 71 FR 13303, Mar.
15, 2006]
SOURCE: Amdt. 192–4, 36 FR 12302, June 30,
1971, unless otherwise noted. § 192.453 General.
§ 192.451 Scope. The corrosion control procedures re-
quired by § 192.605(b)(2), including those
(a) This subpart prescribes minimum for the design, installation, operation,
requirements for the protection of me- and maintenance of cathodic protec-
tallic pipelines from external, internal, tion systems, must be carried out by,
and atmospheric corrosion. or under the direction of, a person
(b) [Reserved] qualified in pipeline corrosion control
[Amdt. 192–4, 36 FR 12302, June 30, 1971, as methods.
amended by Amdt. 192–27, 41 FR 34606, Aug. [Amdt. 192–71, 59 FR 6584, Feb. 11, 1994]
16, 1976; Amdt. 192–33, 43 FR 39389, Sept. 5,
1978] § 192.455 External corrosion control:
Buried or submerged pipelines in-
§ 192.452 How does this subpart apply stalled after July 31, 1971.
to converted pipelines and regu-
lated onshore gathering lines? (a) Except as provided in paragraphs
(b), (c), and (f) of this section, each bur-
(a) Converted pipelines. Notwith- ied or submerged pipeline installed
standing the date the pipeline was in- after July 31, 1971, must be protected
stalled or any earlier deadlines for against external corrosion, including
compliance, each pipeline which quali- the following:
fies for use under this part in accord- (1) It must have an external protec-
ance with § 192.14 must meet the re- tive coating meeting the requirements
quirements of this subpart specifically of § 192.461.
applicable to pipelines installed before (2) It must have a cathodic protec-
August 1, 1971, and all other applicable tion system designed to protect the
requirements within 1 year after the pipeline in accordance with this sub-
pipeline is readied for service. How- part, installed and placed in operation
ever, the requirements of this subpart within 1 year after completion of con-
specifically applicable to pipelines in- struction.
stalled after July 31, 1971, apply if the (b) An operator need not comply with
pipeline substantially meets those re- paragraph (a) of this section, if the op-
quirements before it is readied for serv- erator can demonstrate by tests, inves-
ice or it is a segment which is replaced, tigation, or experience in the area of
relocated, or substantially altered. application, including, as a minimum,
443
§ 192.457 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)
soil resistivity measurements and tests (2) The fitting is designed to prevent
for corrosion accelerating bacteria, leakage caused by localized corrosion
that a corrosive environment does not pitting.
exist. However, within 6 months after [Amdt. 192–4, 36 FR 12302, June 30, 1971, as
an installation made pursuant to the amended at Amdt. 192–28, 42 FR 35654, July
preceding sentence, the operator shall 11, 1977; Amdt. 192–39, 47 FR 9844, Mar. 8, 1982;
conduct tests, including pipe-to-soil Amdt. 192–78, 61 FR 28785, June 6, 1996; Amdt.
potential measurements with respect 192–85, 63 FR 37504, July 13, 1998]
to either a continuous reference elec- § 192.457 External corrosion control:
trode or an electrode using close spac- Buried or submerged pipelines in-
ing, not to exceed 20 feet (6 meters), stalled before August 1, 1971.
and soil resistivity measurements at (a) Except for buried piping at com-
potential profile peak locations, to pressor, regulator, and measuring sta-
adequately evaluate the potential pro- tions, each buried or submerged trans-
file along the entire pipeline. If the mission line installed before August 1,
tests made indicate that a corrosive 1971, that has an effective external
condition exists, the pipeline must be coating must be cathodically protected
cathodically protected in accordance along the entire area that is effectively
with paragraph (a)(2) of this section. coated, in accordance with this sub-
(c) An operator need not comply with part. For the purposes of this subpart,
paragraph (a) of this section, if the op- a pipeline does not have an effective
erator can demonstrate by tests, inves- external coating if its cathodic protec-
tigation, or experience that— tion current requirements are substan-
(1) For a copper pipeline, a corrosive tially the same as if it were bare. The
environment does not exist; or operator shall make tests to determine
(2) For a temporary pipeline with an the cathodic protection current re-
operating period of service not to ex- quirements.
ceed 5 years beyond installation, corro- (b) Except for cast iron or ductile
iron, each of the following buried or
sion during the 5-year period of service
submerged pipelines installed before
of the pipeline will not be detrimental
August 1, 1971, must be cathodically
to public safety.
protected in accordance with this sub-
(d) Notwithstanding the provisions of part in areas in which active corrosion
paragraph (b) or (c) of this section, if a is found:
pipeline is externally coated, it must (1) Bare or ineffectively coated trans-
be cathodically protected in accord- mission lines.
ance with paragraph (a)(2) of this sec- (2) Bare or coated pipes at com-
tion. pressor, regulator, and measuring sta-
(e) Aluminum may not be installed in tions.
a buried or submerged pipeline if that (3) Bare or coated distribution lines.
aluminum is exposed to an environ-
[Amdt. 192–4, 36 FR 12302, June 30, 1971, as
ment with a natural pH in excess of 8, amended by Amdt. 192–33, 43 FR 39390, Sept.
unless tests or experience indicate its 5, 1978; Amdt. 192–93, 68 FR 53900, Sept. 15,
suitability in the particular environ- 2003]
ment involved.
(f) This section does not apply to § 192.459 External corrosion control:
Examination of buried pipeline
electrically isolated, metal alloy fit- when exposed.
tings in plastic pipelines, if:
(1) For the size fitting to be used, an Whenever an operator has knowledge
operator can show by test, investiga- that any portion of a buried pipeline is
exposed, the exposed portion must be
tion, or experience in the area of appli-
examined for evidence of external cor-
cation that adequate corrosion control
rosion if the pipe is bare, or if the coat-
is provided by the alloy composition; ing is deteriorated. If external corro-
and sion requiring remedial action under

§§ 192.483 through 192.489 is found, the
operator shall investigate circumferen-
tially and longitudinally beyond the
444
exposed portion (by visual examina- (b) If amphoteric metals are included
tion, indirect method, or both) to de- in a buried or submerged pipeline con-
termine whether additional corrosion taining a metal of different anodic po-
requiring remedial action exists in the tential—
vicinity of the exposed portion. (1) The amphoteric metals must be
[Amdt. 192–87, 64 FR 56981, Oct. 22, 1999] electrically isolated from the remain-
der of the pipeline and cathodically
§ 192.461 External corrosion control: protected; or
Protective coating. (2) The entire buried or submerged
(a) Each external protective coating, pipeline must be cathodically pro-
whether conductive or insulating, ap- tected at a cathodic potential that
plied for the purpose of external corro- meets the requirements of appendix D
sion control must— of this part for amphoteric metals.
(1) Be applied on a properly prepared (c) The amount of cathodic protec-
surface; tion must be controlled so as not to
(2) Have sufficient adhesion to the damage the protective coating or the
metal surface to effectively resist pipe.
underfilm migration of moisture;
(3) Be sufficiently ductile to resist § 192.465 External corrosion control:
cracking; Monitoring.
(4) Have sufficient strength to resist (a) Each pipeline that is under ca-
damage due to handling and soil stress; thodic protection must be tested at
and least once each calendar year, but with
(5) Have properties compatible with intervals not exceeding 15 months, to
any supplemental cathodic protection. determine whether the cathodic protec-
(b) Each external protective coating tion meets the requirements of
which is an electrically insulating type § 192.463. However, if tests at those in-
must also have low moisture absorp- tervals are impractical for separately
tion and high electrical resistance. protected short sections of mains or
(c) Each external protective coating transmission lines, not in excess of 100
must be inspected just prior to low- feet (30 meters), or separately pro-
ering the pipe into the ditch and back- tected service lines, these pipelines
filling, and any damage detrimental to
may be surveyed on a sampling basis.
effective corrosion control must be re-
At least 10 percent of these protected
paired.
structures, distributed over the entire
(d) Each external protective coating
system must be surveyed each calendar
must be protected from damage result-
year, with a different 10 percent
ing from adverse ditch conditions or
checked each subsequent year, so that
damage from supporting blocks.
the entire system is tested in each 10–
(e) If coated pipe is installed by bor-
ing, driving, or other similar method, year period.
precautions must be taken to minimize (b) Each cathodic protection rectifier
damage to the coating during installa- or other impressed current power
tion. source must be inspected six times
each calendar year, but with intervals
§ 192.463 External corrosion control: not exceeding 21⁄2 months, to insure
Cathodic protection. that it is operating.
(a) Each cathodic protection system (c) Each reverse current switch, each
required by this subpart must provide a diode, and each interference bond
level of cathodic protection that com- whose failure would jeopardize struc-
plies with one or more of the applicable ture protection must be electrically
criteria contained in appendix D of this checked for proper performance six
part. If none of these criteria is appli- times each calendar year, but with in-
cable, the cathodic protection system tervals not exceeding 21⁄2 months. Each
must provide a level of cathodic pro- other interference bond must be

tection at least equal to that provided checked at least once each calendar
by compliance with one or more of year, but with intervals not exceeding
these criteria. 15 months.
445
§ 192.467 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)
(d) Each operator shall take prompt precautions are taken to prevent arc-
remedial action to correct any defi- ing.
ciencies indicated by the monitoring. (f) Where a pipeline is located in
(e) After the initial evaluation re- close proximity to electrical trans-
quired by §§ 192.455(b) and (c) and mission tower footings, ground cables
192.457(b), each operator must, not less or counterpoise, or in other areas
than every 3 years at intervals not ex- where fault currents or unusual risk of
ceeding 39 months, reevaluate its un- lightning may be anticipated, it must
protected pipelines and cathodically be provided with protection against
protect them in accordance with this damage due to fault currents or light-
subpart in areas in which active corro- ning, and protective measures must
sion is found. The operator must deter- also be taken at insulating devices.
mine the areas of active corrosion by [Amdt. 192–4, 36 FR 12302, June 30, 1971, as
electrical survey. However, on distribu- amended by Amdt. 192–33, 43 FR 39390, Sept.
tion lines and where an electrical sur- 5, 1978]
vey is impractical on transmission
lines, areas of active corrosion may be § 192.469 External corrosion control:
determined by other means that in- Test stations.
clude review and analysis of leak re- Each pipeline under cathodic protec-
pair and inspection records, corrosion tion required by this subpart must
monitoring records, exposed pipe in- have sufficient test stations or other
spection records, and the pipeline envi- contact points for electrical measure-
ronment. ment to determine the adequacy of ca-
[Amdt. 192–4, 36 FR 12302, June 30, 1971, as thodic protection.
amended by Amdt. 192–33, 43 FR 39390, Sept. [Amdt. 192–27, 41 FR 34606, Aug. 16, 1976]
5, 1978; Amdt. 192–35A, 45 FR 23441, Apr. 7,
1980; Amdt. 192–85, 63 FR 37504, July 13, 1998; § 192.471 External corrosion control:
Amdt. 192–93, 68 FR 53900, Sept. 15, 2003; Test leads.
Amdt. 192–114, 75 FR 48603, Aug. 11, 2010]
(a) Each test lead wire must be con-
§ 192.467 External corrosion control: nected to the pipeline so as to remain
Electrical isolation. mechanically secure and electrically
(a) Each buried or submerged pipe- conductive.
line must be electrically isolated from (b) Each test lead wire must be at-
other underground metallic structures, tached to the pipeline so as to mini-
unless the pipeline and the other struc- mize stress concentration on the pipe.
tures are electrically interconnected (c) Each bared test lead wire and
and cathodically protected as a single bared metallic area at point of connec-
unit. tion to the pipeline must be coated
(b) One or more insulating devices with an electrical insulating material
must be installed where electrical iso- compatible with the pipe coating and
lation of a portion of a pipeline is nec- the insulation on the wire.
essary to facilitate the application of
corrosion control. § 192.473 External corrosion control:
Interference currents.
(c) Except for unprotected copper in-
serted in ferrous pipe, each pipeline (a) Each operator whose pipeline sys-
must be electrically isolated from me- tem is subjected to stray currents shall
tallic casings that are a part of the un- have in effect a continuing program to
derground system. However, if isola- minimize the detrimental effects of
tion is not achieved because it is im- such currents.
practical, other measures must be (b) Each impressed current type ca-
taken to minimize corrosion of the thodic protection system or galvanic
pipeline inside the casing. anode system must be designed and in-
(d) Inspection and electrical tests stalled so as to minimize any adverse
must be made to assure that electrical effects on existing adjacent under-
isolation is adequate. ground metallic structures.

(e) An insulating device may not be [Amdt. 192–4, 36 FR 12302, June 30, 1971, as
installed in an area where a combus- amended by Amdt. 192–33, 43 FR 39390, Sept.
tible atmosphere is anticipated unless 5, 1978]
446
§ 192.475 Internal corrosion control: (b) Exceptions to applicability. The de-

General. sign and construction requirements of
(a) Corrosive gas may not be trans- paragraph (a) of this section do not
ported by pipeline, unless the corrosive apply to the following:
effect of the gas on the pipeline has (1) Offshore pipeline; and
been investigated and steps have been (2) Pipeline installed or line pipe,
taken to minimize internal corrosion. valve, fitting or other line component
(b) Whenever any pipe is removed replaced before May 23, 2007.
from a pipeline for any reason, the in- (c) Change to existing transmission line.
ternal surface must be inspected for When an operator changes the configu-
evidence of corrosion. If internal corro- ration of a transmission line, the oper-
sion is found— ator must evaluate the impact of the
(1) The adjacent pipe must be inves- change on internal corrosion risk to
tigated to determine the extent of in- the downstream portion of an existing
ternal corrosion; onshore transmission line and provide
(2) Replacement must be made to the for removal of liquids and monitoring
extent required by the applicable para- of internal corrosion as appropriate.
graphs of §§ 192.485, 192.487, or 192.489; (d) Records. An operator must main-
and tain records demonstrating compliance
(3) Steps must be taken to minimize with this section. Provided the records
the internal corrosion. show why incorporating design fea-
(c) Gas containing more than 0.25 tures addressing paragraph (a)(1),
grain of hydrogen sulfide per 100 cubic (a)(2), or (a)(3) of this section is im-
feet (5.8 milligrams/m.3) at standard practicable or unnecessary, an operator
conditions (4 parts per million) may may fulfill this requirement through
not be stored in pipe-type or bottle- written procedures supported by as-
type holders. built drawings or other construction
[Amdt. 192–4, 36 FR 12302, June 30, 1971, as records.
amended by Amdt. 192–33, 43 FR 39390, Sept.
[72 FR 20059, Apr. 23, 2007]
5, 1978; Amdt. 192–78, 61 FR 28785, June 6, 1996;
Amdt. 192–85, 63 FR 37504, July 13, 1998]
§ 192.477 Internal corrosion control:
§ 192.476 Internal corrosion control: Monitoring.
Design and construction of trans- If corrosive gas is being transported,
mission line. coupons or other suitable means must
(a) Design and construction. Except as be used to determine the effectiveness
provided in paragraph (b) of this sec- of the steps taken to minimize internal
tion, each new transmission line and corrosion. Each coupon or other means
each replacement of line pipe, valve, of monitoring internal corrosion must
fitting, or other line component in a be checked two times each calendar
transmission line must have features year, but with intervals not exceeding
incorporated into its design and con- 71⁄2 months.
struction to reduce the risk of internal
[Amdt. 192–33, 43 FR 39390, Sept. 5, 1978]
corrosion. At a minimum, unless it is
impracticable or unnecessary to do so,
§ 192.479 Atmospheric corrosion con-
each new transmission line or replace- trol: General.
ment of line pipe, valve, fitting, or
other line component in a transmission (a) Each operator must clean and
line must: coat each pipeline or portion of pipe-
(1) Be configured to reduce the risk line that is exposed to the atmosphere,
that liquids will collect in the line; except pipelines under paragraph (c) of
(2) Have effective liquid removal fea- this section.
tures whenever the configuration (b) Coating material must be suitable
would allow liquids to collect; and for the prevention of atmospheric cor-
(3) Allow use of devices for moni- rosion.

toring internal corrosion at locations (c) Except portions of pipelines in off-
with significant potential for internal shore splash zones or soil-to-air inter-
corrosion. faces, the operator need not protect
447
§ 192.481 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)
from atmospheric corrosion any pipe- must be cathodically protected in ac-

line for which the operator dem- cordance with this subpart.
onstrates by test, investigation, or ex-
perience appropriate to the environ- § 192.485 Remedial measures: Trans-
ment of the pipeline that corrosion mission lines.
will— (a) General corrosion. Each segment of
(1) Only be a light surface oxide; or transmission line with general corro-
(2) Not affect the safe operation of sion and with a remaining wall thick-
the pipeline before the next scheduled ness less than that required for the
inspection. MAOP of the pipeline must be replaced
[Amdt. 192–93, 68 FR 53901, Sept. 15, 2003] or the operating pressure reduced com-
mensurate with the strength of the
§ 192.481 Atmospheric corrosion con- pipe based on actual remaining wall
trol: Monitoring. thickness. However, corroded pipe may
(a) Each operator must inspect each be repaired by a method that reliable
pipeline or portion of pipeline that is engineering tests and analyses show
exposed to the atmosphere for evidence can permanently restore the service-
of atmospheric corrosion, as follows: ability of the pipe. Corrosion pitting so
closely grouped as to affect the overall
If the pipeline is lo- strength of the pipe is considered gen-
Then the frequency of inspection is:
cated:
eral corrosion for the purpose of this
Onshore ................. At least once every 3 calendar years, paragraph.
but with intervals not exceeding 39
months
(b) Localized corrosion pitting. Each
Offshore ................. At least once each calendar year, but segment of transmission line pipe with
with intervals not exceeding 15 localized corrosion pitting to a degree
months where leakage might result must be re-
placed or repaired, or the operating
(b) During inspections the operator pressure must be reduced commensu-
must give particular attention to pipe rate with the strength of the pipe,
at soil-to-air interfaces, under thermal based on the actual remaining wall
insulation, under disbonded coatings, thickness in the pits.
at pipe supports, in splash zones, at (c) Under paragraphs (a) and (b) of
deck penetrations, and in spans over this section, the strength of pipe based
water. on actual remaining wall thickness
(c) If atmospheric corrosion is found
may be determined by the procedure in
during an inspection, the operator
ASME/ANSI B31G or the procedure in
must provide protection against the
AGA Pipeline Research Committee
corrosion as required by § 192.479.
Project PR 3–805 (with RSTRENG
[Amdt. 192–93, 68 FR 53901, Sept. 15, 2003] disk). Both procedures apply to cor-
roded regions that do not penetrate the
§ 192.483 Remedial measures: General. pipe wall, subject to the limitations
(a) Each segment of metallic pipe prescribed in the procedures.
that replaces pipe removed from a bur- [Amdt. 192–4, 36 FR 12302, June 30, 1971, as
ied or submerged pipeline because of amended by Amdt. 192–33, 43 FR 39390, Sept.
external corrosion must have a prop- 5, 1978; Amdt. 192–78, 61 FR 28785, June 6, 1996;
erly prepared surface and must be pro- Amdt. 192–88, 64 FR 69664, Dec. 14, 1999]
vided with an external protective coat-
ing that meets the requirements of § 192.487 Remedial measures: Distribu-
§ 192.461. tion lines other than cast iron or
(b) Each segment of metallic pipe ductile iron lines.
that replaces pipe removed from a bur- (a) General corrosion. Except for cast
ied or submerged pipeline because of iron or ductile iron pipe, each segment
external corrosion must be cathodi- of generally corroded distribution line
cally protected in accordance with this pipe with a remaining wall thickness
subpart. less than that required for the MAOP
(c) Except for cast iron or ductile of the pipeline, or a remaining wall
iron pipe, each segment of buried or thickness less than 30 percent of the
submerged pipe that is required to be nominal wall thickness, must be re-
repaired because of external corrosion placed. However, corroded pipe may be
448
2 In § 192.925(b), the provision regarding detection of coat-
repaired by a method that reliable en- ing damage applies only to pipelines subject to subpart O of
gineering tests and analyses show can this part.
permanently restore the serviceability
of the pipe. Corrosion pitting so closely [Amdt. 192–101, 70 FR 61575, Oct. 25, 2005]
grouped as to affect the overall
strength of the pipe is considered gen- § 192.491 Corrosion control records.
eral corrosion for the purpose of this (a) Each operator shall maintain
paragraph. records or maps to show the location of
(b) Localized corrosion pitting. Except cathodically protected piping, cathodic
for cast iron or ductile iron pipe, each protection facilities, galvanic anodes,
segment of distribution line pipe with and neighboring structures bonded to
localized corrosion pitting to a degree the cathodic protection system.
where leakage might result must be re- Records or maps showing a stated num-
placed or repaired. ber of anodes, installed in a stated
[Amdt. 192–4, 36 FR 12302, June 30, 1971, as manner or spacing, need not show spe-
amended by Amdt. 192–88, 64 FR 69665, Dec. cific distances to each buried anode.
14, 1999] (b) Each record or map required by
paragraph (a) of this section must be
§ 192.489 Remedial measures: Cast retained for as long as the pipeline re-
iron and ductile iron pipelines. mains in service.
(a) General graphitization. Each seg- (c) Each operator shall maintain a
ment of cast iron or ductile iron pipe record of each test, survey, or inspec-
on which general graphitization is tion required by this subpart in suffi-
found to a degree where a fracture or cient detail to demonstrate the ade-
any leakage might result, must be re- quacy of corrosion control measures or
placed. that a corrosive condition does not
(b) Localized graphitization. Each seg- exist. These records must be retained
ment of cast iron or ductile iron pipe for at least 5 years, except that records
on which localized graphitization is related to §§ 192.465 (a) and (e) and
found to a degree where any leakage 192.475(b) must be retained for as long
might result, must be replaced or reas the pipeline remains in service.
paired, or sealed by internal sealing
methods adequate to prevent or arrest [Amdt. 192–78, 61 FR 28785, June 6, 1996]
any leakage.
Subpart J—Test Requirements
§ 192.490 Direct assessment.
Each operator that uses direct as- § 192.501 Scope.
sessment as defined in § 192.903 on an This subpart prescribes minimum
onshore transmission line made pri- leak-test and strength-test require-
marily of steel or iron to evaluate the ments for pipelines.
effects of a threat in the first column
must carry out the direct assessment § 192.503 General requirements.
according to the standard listed in the (a) No person may operate a new seg-
second column. These standards do not ment of pipeline, or return to service a
apply to methods associated with di- segment of pipeline that has been relo-
rect assessment, such as close interval cated or replaced, until—
surveys, voltage gradient surveys, or (1) It has been tested in accordance
examination of exposed pipelines, when with this subpart and § 192.619 to sub-
used separately from the direct assess- stantiate the maximum allowable oper-
ment process. ating pressure; and
Threat Standard 1 (2) Each potentially hazardous leak
has been located and eliminated.
External corrosion ..................................... § 192.925 2
Internal corrosion in pipelines that trans- § 192.927 (b) The test medium must be liquid,
port dry gas. air, natural gas, or inert gas that is—
Stress corrosion cracking ......................... § 192.929 (1) Compatible with the material of
1 For lines not subject to subpart O of this part, the terms which the pipeline is constructed;
‘‘covered segment’’ and ‘‘covered pipeline segment’’ in
§§ 192.925, 192.927, and 192.929 refer to the pipeline seg- (2) Relatively free of sedimentary
ment on which direct assessment is performed. materials; and
449
§ 192.505 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)
(3) Except for natural gas, nonflam- (c) Except as provided in paragraph
mable. (e) of this section, the strength test
(c) Except as provided in § 192.505(a), must be conducted by maintaining the
if air, natural gas, or inert gas is used pressure at or above the test pressure
as the test medium, the following max- for at least 8 hours.
imum hoop stress limitations apply: (d) If a component other than pipe is
the only item being replaced or added
Maximum hoop stress allowed as per- to a pipeline, a strength test after in-
centage of SMYS
Class location stallation is not required, if the manu-
Natural gas Air or inert gas facturer of the component certifies
1 ......................... 80 80 that—
2 ......................... 30 75 (1) The component was tested to at
3 ......................... 30 50 least the pressure required for the pipe-
4 ......................... 30 40 line to which it is being added;
(2) The component was manufactured
(d) Each joint used to tie in a test under a quality control system that en-
segment of pipeline is excepted from sures that each item manufactured is
the specific test requirements of this at least equal in strength to a proto-
subpart, but each non-welded joint type and that the prototype was tested
must be leak tested at not less than its to at least the pressure required for the
operating pressure. pipeline to which it is being added; or
[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by (3) The component carries a pressure
Amdt. 192–58, 53 FR 1635, Jan. 21, 1988; Amdt. rating established through applicable
192–60, 53 FR 36029, Sept. 16, 1988; Amdt. 192– ASME/ANSI, MSS specifications, or by
60A, 54 FR 5485, Feb. 3, 1989] unit strength calculations as described
in § 192.143.
§ 192.505 Strength test requirements (e) For fabricated units and short
for steel pipeline to operate at a sections of pipe, for which a post in-
hoop stress of 30 percent or more of stallation test is impractical, a pre-
SMYS.
installation strength test must be con-
(a) Except for service lines, each seg- ducted by maintaining the pressure at
ment of a steel pipeline that is to oper- or above the test pressure for at least
ate at a hoop stress of 30 percent or 4 hours.
more of SMYS must be strength tested
in accordance with this section to sub-
Amdt. 192–85, 63 FR 37504, July 13, 1998;
stantiate the proposed maximum al- Amdt. 192–94, 69 FR 32895, June 14, 2004;
lowable operating pressure. In addi- Amdt. 195–94, 69 FR 54592, Sept. 9, 2004]
tion, in a Class 1 or Class 2 location, if
there is a building intended for human § 192.507 Test requirements for pipe-
occupancy within 300 feet (91 meters) of lines to operate at a hoop stress less
a pipeline, a hydrostatic test must be than 30 percent of SMYS and at or
conducted to a test pressure of at least above 100 p.s.i. (689 kPa) gage.
125 percent of maximum operating Except for service lines and plastic
pressure on that segment of the pipe- pipelines, each segment of a pipeline
line within 300 feet (91 meters) of such that is to be operated at a hoop stress
a building, but in no event may the less than 30 percent of SMYS and at or
test section be less than 600 feet (183 above 100 p.s.i. (689 kPa) gage must be
meters) unless the length of the newly tested in accordance with the fol-
installed or relocated pipe is less than lowing:
600 feet (183 meters). However, if the (a) The pipeline operator must use a
buildings are evacuated while the hoop test procedure that will ensure dis-
stress exceeds 50 percent of SMYS, air covery of all potentially hazardous
or inert gas may be used as the test leaks in the segment being tested.
medium. (b) If, during the test, the segment is
(b) In a Class 1 or Class 2 location, to be stressed to 20 percent or more of
each compressor station regulator sta- SMYS and natural gas, inert gas, or air
tion, and measuring station, must be is the test medium—
tested to at least Class 3 location test (1) A leak test must be made at a
requirements. pressure between 100 p.s.i. (689 kPa)
450
gage and the pressure required to that each segment of a steel service
produce a hoop stress of 20 percent of line stressed to 20 percent or more of
SMYS; or SMYS must be tested in accordance
(2) The line must be walked to check with § 192.507 of this subpart.
for leaks while the hoop stress is held
at approximately 20 percent of SMYS. [35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by
Amdt. 192–74, 61 FR 18517, Apr. 26, 1996; Amdt
(c) The pressure must be maintained
192–85, 63 FR 37504, July 13, 1998]
at or above the test pressure for at
least 1 hour. § 192.513 Test requirements for plastic
[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by pipelines.
Amdt. 192–58, 53 FR 1635, Jan. 21, 1988; Amdt.
(a) Each segment of a plastic pipeline
192–85, 63 FR 37504, July 13, 1998]
must be tested in accordance with this
§ 192.509 Test requirements for pipe- section.
lines to operate below 100 p.s.i. (689 (b) The test procedure must insure
kPa) gage. discovery of all potentially hazardous
Except for service lines and plastic leaks in the segment being tested.
pipelines, each segment of a pipeline (c) The test pressure must be at least
that is to be operated below 100 p.s.i. 150 percent of the maximum operating
(689 kPa) gage must be leak tested in pressure or 50 p.s.i. (345 kPa) gage,
accordance with the following: whichever is greater. However, the
(a) The test procedure used must en- maximum test pressure may not be
sure discovery of all potentially haz- more than three times the pressure de-
ardous leaks in the segment being test- termined under § 192.121, at a tempera-
ed. ture not less than the pipe temperature
(b) Each main that is to be operated during the test.
at less than 1 p.s.i. (6.9 kPa) gage must (d) During the test, the temperature
be tested to at least 10 p.s.i. (69 kPa) of thermoplastic material may not be
gage and each main to be operated at more than 100 °F (38 °C), or the tem-
or above 1 p.s.i. (6.9 kPa) gage must be perature at which the material’s long-
tested to at least 90 p.s.i. (621 kPa) term hydrostatic strength has been de-
gage. termined under the listed specification,
[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by whichever is greater.
Amdt. 192–58, 53 FR 1635, Jan. 21, 1988; Amdt.
192–85, 63 FR 37504, July 13, 1998] [35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by
Amdt. 192–77, 61 FR 27793, June 3, 1996; 61 FR
§ 192.511 Test requirements for service 45905, Aug. 30, 1996; Amdt. 192–85, 63 FR 37504,
lines. July 13, 1998]
(a) Each segment of a service line § 192.515 Environmental protection
(other than plastic) must be leak test- and safety requirements.
ed in accordance with this section be-
fore being placed in service. If feasible, (a) In conducting tests under this
the service line connection to the main subpart, each operator shall insure
must be included in the test; if not fea- that every reasonable precaution is
sible, it must be given a leakage test at taken to protect its employees and the
the operating pressure when placed in general public during the testing.
service. Whenever the hoop stress of the seg-
(b) Each segment of a service line ment of the pipeline being tested will
(other than plastic) intended to be op- exceed 50 percent of SMYS, the oper-
erated at a pressure of at least 1 p.s.i. ator shall take all practicable steps to
(6.9 kPa) gage but not more than 40 keep persons not working on the test-
p.s.i. (276 kPa) gage must be given a ing operation outside of the testing
leak test at a pressure of not less than area until the pressure is reduced to or
50 p.s.i. (345 kPa) gage. below the proposed maximum allow-
(c) Each segment of a service line able operating pressure.
(other than plastic) intended to be op- (b) The operator shall insure that the
erated at pressures of more than 40 test medium is disposed of in a manner
p.s.i. (276 kPa) gage must be tested to that will minimize damage to the envi-
at least 90 p.s.i. (621 kPa) gage, except ronment.
451
§ 192.517 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)
§ 192.517 Records. tain for the life of the segment a record

(a) Each operator shall make, and re- of each investigation required by this
tain for the useful life of the pipeline, subpart, of all work performed, and of
a record of each test performed under each pressure test conducted, in con-
§§ 192.505 and 192.507. The record must nection with the uprating.
contain at least the following informa- (c) Written plan. Each operator who
tion: uprates a segment of pipeline shall es-
(1) The operator’s name, the name of tablish a written procedure that will
the operator’s employee responsible for ensure that each applicable require-
making the test, and the name of any ment of this subpart is complied with.
test company used. (d) Limitation on increase in maximum
(2) Test medium used. allowable operating pressure. Except as
(3) Test pressure. provided in § 192.555(c), a new maximum
(4) Test duration. allowable operating pressure estab-
(5) Pressure recording charts, or lished under this subpart may not ex-
other record of pressure readings. ceed the maximum that would be al-
(6) Elevation variations, whenever lowed under §§ 192.619 and 192.621 for a
significant for the particular test. new segment of pipeline constructed of
(7) Leaks and failures noted and their the same materials in the same loca-
disposition. tion. However, when uprating a steel
(b) Each operator must maintain a pipeline, if any variable necessary to
record of each test required by determine the design pressure under
§§ 192.509, 192.511, and 192.513 for at least the design formula (§ 192.105) is un-
5 years. known, the MAOP may be increased as
provided in § 192.619(a)(1).
Amdt. 192–93, 68 FR 53901, Sept. 15, 2003] [35 FR 13257, Aug. 10, 1970, as amended by
Amdt. 192–78, 61 FR 28785, June 6, 1996; Amdt.
192–93, 68 FR 53901, Sept. 15, 2003]
Subpart K—Uprating
§ 192.555 Uprating to a pressure that
§ 192.551 Scope. will produce a hoop stress of 30 per-
This subpart prescribes minimum recent or more of SMYS in steel pipe-
quirements for increasing maximum lines.
allowable operating pressures (a) Unless the requirements of this
(uprating) for pipelines. section have been met, no person may
subject any segment of a steel pipeline
§ 192.553 General requirements. to an operating pressure that will
(a) Pressure increases. Whenever the produce a hoop stress of 30 percent or
requirements of this subpart require more of SMYS and that is above the es-
that an increase in operating pressure tablished maximum allowable oper-
be made in increments, the pressure ating pressure.
must be increased gradually, at a rate (b) Before increasing operating pres-
that can be controlled, and in accord- sure above the previously established
ance with the following: maximum allowable operating pressure
(1) At the end of each incremental in- the operator shall:
crease, the pressure must be held con- (1) Review the design, operating, and
stant while the entire segment of pipe- maintenance history and previous test-
line that is affected is checked for ing of the segment of pipeline and de-
leaks. termine whether the proposed increase
(2) Each leak detected must be re- is safe and consistent with the require-
paired before a further pressure in- ments of this part; and
crease is made, except that a leak de- (2) Make any repairs, replacements,
termined not to be potentially haz- or alterations in the segment of pipe-
ardous need not be repaired, if it is line that are necessary for safe oper-
monitored during the pressure increase ation at the increased pressure.
and it does not become potentially haz- (c) After complying with paragraph
ardous. (b) of this section, an operator may in-
(b) Records. Each operator who crease the maximum allowable oper-
uprates a segment of pipeline shall re- ating pressure of a segment of pipeline
452
constructed before September 12, 1970, SMYS and that is above the previously
to the highest pressure that is per- established maximum allowable oper-
mitted under § 192.619, using as test ating pressure; or
pressure the highest pressure to which (2) A plastic, cast iron, or ductile
the segment of pipeline was previously iron pipeline segment to an operating
subjected (either in a strength test or pressure that is above the previously
in actual operation). established maximum allowable oper-
(d) After complying with paragraph ating pressure.
(b) of this section, an operator that (b) Before increasing operating pres-
does not qualify under paragraph (c) of sure above the previously established
this section may increase the pre- maximum allowable operating pres-
viously established maximum allow- sure, the operator shall:
able operating pressure if at least one (1) Review the design, operating, and
of the following requirements is met: maintenance history of the segment of
(1) The segment of pipeline is suc- pipeline;
cessfully tested in accordance with the
(2) Make a leakage survey (if it has
requirements of this part for a new line
been more than 1 year since the last
of the same material in the same loca-
survey) and repair any leaks that are
tion.
found, except that a leak determined
(2) An increased maximum allowable
not to be potentially hazardous need
operating pressure may be established
not be repaired, if it is monitored dur-
for a segment of pipeline in a Class 1
ing the pressure increase and it does
location if the line has not previously
not become potentially hazardous;
been tested, and if:
(i) It is impractical to test it in ac- (3) Make any repairs, replacements,
cordance with the requirements of this or alterations in the segment of pipe-
part; line that are necessary for safe oper-
(ii) The new maximum operating ation at the increased pressure;
pressure does not exceed 80 percent of (4) Reinforce or anchor offsets, bends
that allowed for a new line of the same and dead ends in pipe joined by com-
design in the same location; and pression couplings or bell and spigot
(iii) The operator determines that joints to prevent failure of the pipe
the new maximum allowable operating joint, if the offset, bend, or dead end is
pressure is consistent with the condi- exposed in an excavation;
tion of the segment of pipeline and the (5) Isolate the segment of pipeline in
design requirements of this part. which the pressure is to be increased
(e) Where a segment of pipeline is from any adjacent segment that will
uprated in accordance with paragraph continue to be operated at a lower
(c) or (d)(2) of this section, the increase pressure; and
in pressure must be made in incre- (6) If the pressure in mains or service
ments that are equal to: lines, or both, is to be higher than the
(1) 10 percent of the pressure before pressure delivered to the customer, in-
the uprating; or stall a service regulator on each serv-
(2) 25 percent of the total pressure in- ice line and test each regulator to de-
crease, termine that it is functioning. Pressure
whichever produces the fewer number may be increased as necessary to test
of increments. each regulator, after a regulator has
been installed on each pipeline subject
§ 192.557 Uprating: Steel pipelines to a to the increased pressure.
pressure that will produce a hoop (c) After complying with paragraph
stress less than 30 percent of SMYS: (b) of this section, the increase in max-
plastic, cast iron, and ductile iron imum allowable operating pressure
pipelines. must be made in increments that are
(a) Unless the requirements of this equal to 10 p.s.i. (69 kPa) gage or 25 per-
section have been met, no person may cent of the total pressure increase,
subject: whichever produces the fewer number

(1) A segment of steel pipeline to an of increments. Whenever the require-
operating pressure that will produce a ments of paragraph (b)(6) of this sec-
hoop stress less than 30 percent of tion apply, there must be at least two
453
§ 192.601 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)
approximately equal incremental in- (2) Unless the actual maximum cover
creases. depth is known, the operator shall
(d) If records for cast iron or ductile measure the actual cover in at least
iron pipeline facilities are not com- three places where the cover is most
plete enough to determine stresses pro- likely to be greatest and shall use the
duced by internal pressure, trench greatest cover measured.
loading, rolling loads, beam stresses, (3) Unless the actual nominal wall
and other bending loads, in evaluating thickness is known, the operator shall
the level of safety of the pipeline when
determine the wall thickness by cut-
operating at the proposed increased
pressure, the following procedures ting and measuring coupons from at
must be followed: least three separate pipe lengths. The
(1) In estimating the stresses, if the coupons must be cut from pipe lengths
original laying conditions cannot be in areas where the cover depth is most
ascertained, the operator shall assume likely to be the greatest. The average
that cast iron pipe was supported on of all measurements taken must be in-
blocks with tamped backfill and that creased by the allowance indicated in
ductile iron pipe was laid without the following table:
blocks with tamped backfill.
Allowance inches (millimeters)
Cast iron pipe

Pipe size inches (millimeters)
Ductile iron pipe
Centrifugally cast
Pit cast pipe pipe
3 to 8 (76 to 203) ............................................................................ 0.075 (1.91) 0.065 (1.65) 0.065 (1.65)

10 to 12 (254 to 305) ...................................................................... 0.08 (2.03) 0.07 (1.78) 0.07 (1.78)
14 to 24 (356 to 610) ...................................................................... 0.08 (2.03) 0.08 (2.03) 0.075 (1.91)
30 to 42 (762 to 1067) .................................................................... 0.09 (2.29) 0.09 (2.29) 0.075 (1.91)
48 (1219) ......................................................................................... 0.09 (2.29) 0.09 (2.29) 0.08 (2.03)
54 to 60 (1372 to 1524) .................................................................. 0.09 (2.29) .............................. ..............................
(4) For cast iron pipe, unless the pipe (c) The Administrator or the State
manufacturing process is known, the Agency that has submitted a current
operator shall assume that the pipe is certification under the pipeline safety
pit cast pipe with a bursting tensile laws, (49 U.S.C. 60101 et seq.) with re-
strength of 11,000 p.s.i. (76 MPa) gage spect to the pipeline facility governed
and a modulus of rupture of 31,000 p.s.i. by an operator’s plans and procedures
(214 MPa) gage. may, after notice and opportunity for
[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by hearing as provided in 49 CFR 190.237 or
Amdt. 192–37, 46 FR 10160, Feb. 2, 1981; Amdt. the relevant State procedures, require
192–62, 54 FR 5628, Feb. 6, 1989; Amdt. 195–85, the operator to amend its plans and
63 FR 37504, July 13, 1998] procedures as necessary to provide a
reasonable level of safety.
Subpart L—Operations [35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by
Amdt. 192–66, 56 FR 31090, July 9, 1991; Amdt.
§ 192.601 Scope. 192–71, 59 FR 6584, Feb. 11, 1994; Amdt. 192–75,
This subpart prescribes minimum re- 61 FR 18517, Apr. 26, 1996]
quirements for the operation of pipe-
line facilities. § 192.605 Procedural manual for oper-
ations, maintenance, and emer-
§ 192.603 General provisions. gencies.
(a) No person may operate a segment (a) General. Each operator shall pre-
of pipeline unless it is operated in ac- pare and follow for each pipeline, a
cordance with this subpart. manual of written procedures for con-

(b) Each operator shall keep records ducting operations and maintenance
necessary to administer the procedures activities and for emergency response.
established under § 192.605. For transmission lines, the manual
454
must also include procedures for han- including a breathing apparatus and, a
dling abnormal operations. This man- rescue harness and line.
ual must be reviewed and updated by (10) Systematic and routine testing
the operator at intervals not exceeding and inspection of pipe-type or bottle-
15 months, but at least once each cal- type holders including—
endar year. This manual must be pre- (i) Provision for detecting external
pared before operations of a pipeline corrosion before the strength of the
system commence. Appropriate parts container has been impaired;
of the manual must be kept at loca- (ii) Periodic sampling and testing of
tions where operations and mainte- gas in storage to determine the dew
nance activities are conducted. point of vapors contained in the stored
(b) Maintenance and normal oper- gas which, if condensed, might cause
ations. The manual required by para- internal corrosion or interfere with the
graph (a) of this section must include safe operation of the storage plant; and
procedures for the following, if applica- (iii) Periodic inspection and testing
ble, to provide safety during mainte- of pressure limiting equipment to de-
nance and operations. termine that it is in safe operating
(1) Operating, maintaining, and re- condition and has adequate capacity.
pairing the pipeline in accordance with (11) Responding promptly to a report
each of the requirements of this sub- of a gas odor inside or near a building,
part and subpart M of this part. unless the operator’s emergency proce-
(2) Controlling corrosion in accord- dures under § 192.615(a)(3) specifically
ance with the operations and mainte- apply to these reports.
nance requirements of subpart I of this (12) Implementing the applicable con-
part. trol room management procedures re-
quired by § 192.631.
(3) Making construction records,
(c) Abnormal operation. For trans-
maps, and operating history available
mission lines, the manual required by
to appropriate operating personnel.
paragraph (a) of this section must in-
(4) Gathering of data needed for re- clude procedures for the following to
porting incidents under Part 191 of this provide safety when operating design
chapter in a timely and effective man- limits have been exceeded:
ner. (1) Responding to, investigating, and
(5) Starting up and shutting down correcting the cause of:
any part of the pipeline in a manner (i) Unintended closure of valves or
designed to assure operation within the shutdowns;
MAOP limits prescribed by this part, (ii) Increase or decrease in pressure
plus the build-up allowed for operation or flow rate outside normal operating
of pressure-limiting and control de- limits;
vices. (iii) Loss of communications;
(6) Maintaining compressor stations, (iv) Operation of any safety device;
including provisions for isolating units and
or sections of pipe and for purging be- (v) Any other foreseeable malfunc-
fore returning to service. tion of a component, deviation from
(7) Starting, operating and shutting normal operation, or personnel error,
down gas compressor units. which may result in a hazard to per-
(8) Periodically reviewing the work sons or property.
done by operator personnel to deter- (2) Checking variations from normal
mine the effectiveness, and adequacy of operation after abnormal operation has
the procedures used in normal oper- ended at sufficient critical locations in
ation and maintenance and modifying the system to determine continued in-
the procedures when deficiencies are tegrity and safe operation.
found. (3) Notifying responsible operator
(9) Taking adequate precautions in personnel when notice of an abnormal
excavated trenches to protect per- operation is received.
sonnel from the hazards of unsafe accu- (4) Periodically reviewing the re-
mulations of vapor or gas, and making sponse of operator personnel to deter-
available when needed at the exca- mine the effectiveness of the proce-
vation, emergency rescue equipment, dures controlling abnormal operation
455
§ 192.607 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)
and taking corrective action where de- ating hoop stress, taking pressure gra-
ficiencies are found. dient into account, for the segment of
(5) The requirements of this para- pipeline involved; and
graph (c) do not apply to natural gas (f) The actual area affected by the
distribution operators that are oper- population density increase, and phys-
ating transmission lines in connection ical barriers or other factors which
with their distribution system. may limit further expansion of the
(d) Safety-related condition reports. more densely populated area.
The manual required by paragraph (a)
of this section must include instruc- § 192.611 Change in class location:
tions enabling personnel who perform Confirmation or revision of max-
operation and maintenance activities imum allowable operating pressure.
to recognize conditions that poten-
(a) If the hoop stress corresponding
tially may be safety-related conditions
to the established maximum allowable
that are subject to the reporting re-
quirements of § 191.23 of this sub- operating pressure of a segment of
chapter. pipeline is not commensurate with the
(e) Surveillance, emergency response, present class location, and the segment
and accident investigation. The proce- is in satisfactory physical condition,
dures required by §§ 192.613(a), 192.615, the maximum allowable operating
and 192.617 must be included in the pressure of that segment of pipeline
manual required by paragraph (a) of must be confirmed or revised according
this section. to one of the following requirements:
(1) If the segment involved has been
[Amdt. 192–71, 59 FR 6584, Feb. 11, 1994, as
amended by Amdt. 192–71A, 60 FR 14381, Mar. previously tested in place for a period
17, 1995; Amdt. 192–93, 68 FR 53901, Sept. 15, of not less than 8 hours:
2003; Amdt. 192–112, 74 FR 63327, Dec. 3, 2009] (i) The maximum allowable operating
pressure is 0.8 times the test pressure
§ 192.607 [Reserved] in Class 2 locations, 0.667 times the test
§ 192.609 Change in class location: Re- pressure in Class 3 locations, or 0.555
quired study. times the test pressure in Class 4 loca-
tions. The corresponding hoop stress
Whenever an increase in population
may not exceed 72 percent of the SMYS
density indicates a change in class lo-
of the pipe in Class 2 locations, 60 per-
cation for a segment of an existing
steel pipeline operating at hoop stress cent of SMYS in Class 3 locations, or 50
that is more than 40 percent of SMYS, percent of SMYS in Class 4 locations.
or indicates that the hoop stress cor- (ii) The alternative maximum allow-
responding to the established max- able operating pressure is 0.8 times the
imum allowable operating pressure for test pressure in Class 2 locations and
a segment of existing pipeline is not 0.667 times the test pressure in Class 3
commensurate with the present class locations. For pipelines operating at
location, the operator shall imme- alternative maximum allowable pres-
diately make a study to determine: sure per § 192.620, the corresponding
(a) The present class location for the hoop stress may not exceed 80 percent
segment involved. of the SMYS of the pipe in Class 2 loca-
(b) The design, construction, and tions and 67 percent of SMYS in Class
testing procedures followed in the 3 locations.
original construction, and a compari- (2) The maximum allowable oper-
son of these procedures with those re- ating pressure of the segment involved
quired for the present class location by must be reduced so that the cor-
the applicable provisions of this part. responding hoop stress is not more
(c) The physical condition of the seg- than that allowed by this part for new
ment to the extent it can be segments of pipelines in the existing
ascertained from available records;
class location.
(d) The operating and maintenance

history of the segment; (3) The segment involved must be
(e) The maximum actual operating tested in accordance with the applica-
pressure and the corresponding oper- ble requirements of subpart J of this
456
part, and its maximum allowable oper- § 192.612 Underwater inspection and
ating pressure must then be estab- reburial of pipelines in the Gulf of
lished according to the following cri- Mexico and its inlets.
teria: (a) Each operator shall prepare and
(i) The maximum allowable operating follow a procedure to identify its pipe-
pressure after the requalification test lines in the Gulf of Mexico and its in-
is 0.8 times the test pressure for Class lets in waters less than 15 feet (4.6 me-
2 locations, 0.667 times the test pres- ters) deep as measured from mean low
sure for Class 3 locations, and 0.555 water that are at risk of being an ex-
times the test pressure for Class 4 loca- posed underwater pipeline or a hazard
tions. to navigation. The procedures must be
(ii) The corresponding hoop stress in effect August 10, 2005.
may not exceed 72 percent of the SMYS (b) Each operator shall conduct ap-
of the pipe in Class 2 locations, 60 per- propriate periodic underwater inspec-
cent of SMYS in Class 3 locations, or 50 tions of its pipelines in the Gulf of
percent of SMYS in Class 4 locations. Mexico and its inlets in waters less
(iii) For pipeline operating at an al- than 15 feet (4.6 meters) deep as meas-
ternative maximum allowable oper- ured from mean low water based on the
ating pressure per § 192.620, the alter- identified risk.
native maximum allowable operating (c) If an operator discovers that its
pressure after the requalification test pipeline is an exposed underwater pipe-
is 0.8 times the test pressure for Class line or poses a hazard to navigation,
2 locations and 0.667 times the test the operator shall—
pressure for Class 3 locations. The cor- (1) Promptly, but not later than 24
responding hoop stress may not exceed hours after discovery, notify the Na-
80 percent of the SMYS of the pipe in tional Response Center, telephone: 1–
Class 2 locations and 67 percent of 800–424–8802, of the location and, if
SMYS in Class 3 locations. available, the geographic coordinates
(b) The maximum allowable oper- of that pipeline.
ating pressure confirmed or revised in (2) Promptly, but not later than 7
accordance with this section, may not days after discovery, mark the location
exceed the maximum allowable oper- of the pipeline in accordance with 33
ating pressure established before the CFR part 64 at the ends of the pipeline
confirmation or revision. segment and at intervals of not over
(c) Confirmation or revision of the 500 yards (457 meters) long, except that
maximum allowable operating pressure a pipeline segment less than 200 yards
of a segment of pipeline in accordance (183 meters) long need only be marked
with this section does not preclude the at the center; and
application of §§ 192.553 and 192.555. (3) Within 6 months after discovery,
(d) Confirmation or revision of the or not later than November 1 of the fol-
maximum allowable operating pressure lowing year if the 6 month period is
that is required as a result of a study later than November 1 of the year of
under § 192.609 must be completed with- discovery, bury the pipeline so that the
in 24 months of the change in class lo- top of the pipe is 36 inches (914 milli-
cation. Pressure reduction under parameters) below the underwater natural
graph (a) (1) or (2) of this section with- bottom (as determined by recognized
in the 24-month period does not pre- and generally accepted practices) for
clude establishing a maximum allow- normal excavation or 18 inches (457
able operating pressure under para- millimeters) for rock excavation.
graph (a)(3) of this section at a later (i) An operator may employ engi-
date. neered alternatives to burial that meet
[Amdt. 192–63A, 54 FR 24174, June 6, 1989 as or exceed the level of protection pro-
amended by Amdt. 192–78, 61 FR 28785, June vided by burial.

6, 1996; Amdt. 192–94, 69 FR 32895, June 14, (ii) If an operator cannot obtain re-
2004; 73 FR 62177, Oct. 17, 2008] quired state or Federal permits in time
to comply with this section, it must
457
§ 192.613 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)
notify OPS; specify whether the re- line system must be covered by a quali-
quired permit is State or Federal; and, fied one-call system where there is one
justify the delay. in place. For the purpose of this sec-
[Amdt. 192–98, 69 FR 48406, Aug. 10, 2004]
tion, a one-call system is considered a
‘‘qualified one-call system’’ if it meets
§ 192.613 Continuing surveillance. the requirements of section (b)(1) or
(b)(2) of this section.
(a) Each operator shall have a proce-
dure for continuing surveillance of its (1) The state has adopted a one-call
facilities to determine and take appro- damage prevention program under
priate action concerning changes in § 198.37 of this chapter; or
class location, failures, leakage his- (2) The one-call system:
tory, corrosion, substantial changes in (i) Is operated in accordance with
cathodic protection requirements, and § 198.39 of this chapter;
other unusual operating and mainte- (ii) Provides a pipeline operator an
nance conditions. opportunity similar to a voluntary par-
(b) If a segment of pipeline is deter- ticipant to have a part in management
mined to be in unsatisfactory condition responsibilities; and
but no immediate hazard exists, the op- (iii) Assesses a participating pipeline
erator shall initiate a program to re- operator a fee that is proportionate to
condition or phase out the segment in- the costs of the one-call system’s cov-
volved, or, if the segment cannot be re- erage of the operator’s pipeline.
conditioned or phased out, reduce the (c) The damage prevention program
maximum allowable operating pressure required by paragraph (a) of this sec-
in accordance with § 192.619 (a) and (b). tion must, at a minimum:
(1) Include the identity, on a current
§ 192.614 Damage prevention program.
basis, of persons who normally engage
(a) Except as provided in paragraphs in excavation activities in the area in
(d) and (e) of this section, each oper- which the pipeline is located.
ator of a buried pipeline must carry (2) Provides for notification of the
out, in accordance with this section, a public in the vicinity of the pipeline
written program to prevent damage to and actual notification of the persons
that pipeline from excavation activi- identified in paragraph (c)(1) of this
ties. For the purposes of this section, section of the following as often as
the term ‘‘excavation activities’’ in- needed to make them aware of the
cludes excavation, blasting, boring, damage prevention program:
tunneling, backfilling, the removal of (i) The program’s existence and pur-
aboveground structures by either ex- pose; and
plosive or mechanical means, and other
(ii) How to learn the location of un-
earthmoving operations.
derground pipelines before excavation
(b) An operator may comply with any
of the requirements of paragraph (c) of activities are begun.
this section through participation in a (3) Provide a means of receiving and
public service program, such as a one- recording notification of planned exca-
call system, but such participation vation activities.
does not relieve the operator of respon- (4) If the operator has buried pipe-
sibility for compliance with this sec- lines in the area of excavation activity,
tion. However, an operator must per- provide for actual notification of per-
form the duties of paragraph (c)(3) of sons who give notice of their intent to
this section through participation in a excavate of the type of temporary
one-call system, if that one-call system marking to be provided and how to
is a qualified one-call system. In areas identify the markings.
that are covered by more than one (5) Provide for temporary marking of
qualified one-call system, an operator buried pipelines in the area of exca-
need only join one of the qualified one- vation activity before, as far as prac-
call systems if there is a central tele- tical, the activity begins.
phone number for excavators to call for (6) Provide as follows for inspection
excavation activities, or if the one-call of pipelines that an operator has rea-
systems in those areas communicate son to believe could be damaged by ex-
with one another. An operator’s pipe- cavation activities:
458
(i) The inspection must be done as (4) The availability of personnel,

frequently as necessary during and equipment, tools, and materials, as
after the activities to verify the integ- needed at the scene of an emergency.
rity of the pipeline; and (5) Actions directed toward pro-
(ii) In the case of blasting, any in- tecting people first and then property.
spection must include leakage surveys. (6) Emergency shutdown and pressure
(d) A damage prevention program reduction in any section of the opera-
under this section is not required for tor’s pipeline system necessary to min-
the following pipelines: imize hazards to life or property.
(1) Pipelines located offshore. (7) Making safe any actual or poten-
tial hazard to life or property.
(2) Pipelines, other than those lo-
(8) Notifying appropriate fire, police,
cated offshore, in Class 1 or 2 locations
and other public officials of gas pipe-
until September 20, 1995.
line emergencies and coordinating with
(3) Pipelines to which access is phys- them both planned responses and ac-
ically controlled by the operator. tual responses during an emergency.
(e) Pipelines operated by persons (9) Safely restoring any service out-
other than municipalities (including age.
operators of master meters) whose pri- (10) Beginning action under § 192.617,
mary activity does not include the if applicable, as soon after the end of
transportation of gas need not comply the emergency as possible.
with the following: (11) Actions required to be taken by a
(1) The requirement of paragraph (a) controller during an emergency in ac-
of this section that the damage preven- cordance with § 192.631.
tion program be written; and (b) Each operator shall:
(2) The requirements of paragraphs (1) Furnish its supervisors who are
(c)(1) and (c)(2) of this section. responsible for emergency action a
copy of that portion of the latest edi-
[Amdt. 192–40, 47 FR 13824, Apr. 1, 1982, as
tion of the emergency procedures es-
amended by Amdt. 192–57, 52 FR 32800, Aug.
31, 1987; Amdt. 192–73, 60 FR 14650, Mar. 20, tablished under paragraph (a) of this
1995; Amdt. 192–78, 61 FR 28785, June 6, 1996; section as necessary for compliance
Amdt.192–82, 62 FR 61699, Nov. 19, 1997; Amdt. with those procedures.
192–84, 63 FR 38758, July 20, 1998] (2) Train the appropriate operating
personnel to assure that they are
§ 192.615 Emergency plans. knowledgeable of the emergency proce-
(a) Each operator shall establish dures and verify that the training is ef-
written procedures to minimize the fective.
hazard resulting from a gas pipeline (3) Review employee activities to de-
emergency. At a minimum, the proce- termine whether the procedures were
dures must provide for the following: effectively followed in each emergency.
(c) Each operator shall establish and
(1) Receiving, identifying, and
maintain liaison with appropriate fire,
classifying notices of events which re-
police, and other public officials to:
quire immediate response by the oper- (1) Learn the responsibility and re-
ator. sources of each government organiza-
(2) Establishing and maintaining ade- tion that may respond to a gas pipeline
quate means of communication with emergency;
appropriate fire, police, and other pub- (2) Acquaint the officials with the op-
lic officials. erator’s ability in responding to a gas
(3) Prompt and effective response to a pipeline emergency;
notice of each type of emergency, in- (3) Identify the types of gas pipeline
cluding the following: emergencies of which the operator no-
(i) Gas detected inside or near a tifies the officials; and
building. (4) Plan how the operator and offi-
(ii) Fire located near or directly in- cials can engage in mutual assistance
volving a pipeline facility. to minimize hazards to life or property.

(iii) Explosion occurring near or di- [Amdt. 192–24, 41 FR 13587, Mar. 31, 1976, as
rectly involving a pipeline facility. amended by Amdt. 192–71, 59 FR 6585, Feb. 11,
(iv) Natural disaster. 1994; Amdt. 192–112, 74 FR 63327, Dec. 3, 2009]
459
§ 192.616 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)
§ 192.616 Public awareness. (h) Operators in existence on June 20,

2005, must have completed their writ-
(a) Except for an operator of a master
meter or petroleum gas system covered ten programs no later than June 20,
under paragraph (j) of this section, 2006. The operator of a master meter or
each pipeline operator must develop petroleum gas system covered under
and implement a written continuing paragraph (j) of this section must com-
public education program that follows plete development of its written proce-
the guidance provided in the American dure by June 13, 2008. Upon request, op-
Petroleum Institute’s (API) Rec- erators must submit their completed
ommended Practice (RP) 1162 (incor- programs to PHMSA or, in the case of
porated by reference, see § 192.7). an intrastate pipeline facility operator,
(b) The operator’s program must fol- the appropriate State agency.
low the general program recommenda- (i) The operator’s program docu-
tions of API RP 1162 and assess the mentation and evaluation results must
unique attributes and characteristics be available for periodic review by ap-
of the operator’s pipeline and facilities. propriate regulatory agencies.
(c) The operator must follow the gen- (j) Unless the operator transports gas
eral program recommendations, includ- as a primary activity, the operator of a
ing baseline and supplemental require- master meter or petroleum gas system
ments of API RP 1162, unless the oper- is not required to develop a public
ator provides justification in its pro- awareness program as prescribed in
gram or procedural manual as to why paragraphs (a) through (g) of this sec-
compliance with all or certain provi-
tion. Instead the operator must develop
sions of the recommended practice is
and implement a written procedure to
not practicable and not necessary for
provide its customers public awareness
safety.
messages twice annually. If the master
(d) The operator’s program must spe-
cifically include provisions to educate meter or petroleum gas system is lo-
the public, appropriate government or- cated on property the operator does
ganizations, and persons engaged in ex- not control, the operator must provide
cavation related activities on: similar messages twice annually to
(1) Use of a one-call notification sys- persons controlling the property. The
tem prior to excavation and other dam- public awareness message must in-
age prevention activities; clude:
(2) Possible hazards associated with (1) A description of the purpose and
unintended releases from a gas pipeline reliability of the pipeline;
facility; (2) An overview of the hazards of the
(3) Physical indications that such a pipeline and prevention measures used;
release may have occurred; (3) Information about damage preven-
(4) Steps that should be taken for tion;
public safety in the event of a gas pipe- (4) How to recognize and respond to a
line release; and leak; and
(5) Procedures for reporting such an (5) How to get additional informa-
event. tion.
(e) The program must include activi-
ties to advise affected municipalities, [Amdt. 192–100, 70 FR 28842, May 19, 2005; 70
school districts, businesses, and resi- FR 35041, June 16, 2005; 72 FR 70810, Dec. 13,
2007]
dents of pipeline facility locations.
(f) The program and the media used § 192.617 Investigation of failures.
must be as comprehensive as necessary
to reach all areas in which the operator Each operator shall establish proce-
transports gas. dures for analyzing accidents and fail-
(g) The program must be conducted ures, including the selection of samples
in English and in other languages com- of the failed facility or equipment for
monly understood by a significant laboratory examination, where appro-

number and concentration of the non- priate, for the purpose of determining
English speaking population in the op- the causes of the failure and mini-
erator’s area. mizing the possibility of a recurrence.
460
§ 192.619 Maximum allowable oper- (i) For plastic pipe in all locations,
ating pressure: Steel or plastic pipe- the test pressure is divided by a factor
lines. of 1.5.
(a) No person may operate a segment (ii) For steel pipe operated at 100
of steel or plastic pipeline at a pressure p.s.i. (689 kPa) gage or more, the test
that exceeds a maximum allowable op- pressure is divided by a factor deter-
erating pressure determined under mined in accordance with the following
paragraph (c) or (d) of this section, or table:
the lowest of the following:
Factors 1, segment—
(1) The design pressure of the weak-
est element in the segment, deter- Class location Installed Installed Converted
before
mined in accordance with subparts C (Nov. 12, after (Nov. under
11, 1970) § 192.14
and D of this part. However, for steel 1970)
pipe in pipelines being converted under 1 ............................... 1.1 1.1 1.25
§ 192.14 or uprated under subpart K of 2 ............................... 1.25 1.25 1.25
this part, if any variable necessary to 3 ............................... 1.4 1.5 1.5
determine the design pressure under 4 ............................... 1.4 1.5 1.5
the design formula (§ 192.105) is un- 1 For offshore segments installed, uprated or converted after
known, one of the following pressures July 31, 1977, that are not located on an offshore platform,
the factor is 1.25. For segments installed, uprated or con-
is to be used as design pressure: verted after July 31, 1977, that are located on an offshore
(i) Eighty percent of the first test platform or on a platform in inland navigable waters, including
a pipe riser, the factor is 1.5.
pressure that produces yield under sec-
tion N5 of Appendix N of ASME B31.8 (3) The highest actual operating pres-
(incorporated by reference, see § 192.7), sure to which the segment was sub-
reduced by the appropriate factor in jected during the 5 years preceding the
paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section; or applicable date in the second column.
(ii) If the pipe is 123⁄4 inches (324 mm) This pressure restriction applies unless
or less in outside diameter and is not the segment was tested according to
tested to yield under this paragraph, the requirements in paragraph (a)(2) of
200 p.s.i. (1379 kPa). this section after the applicable date in
(2) The pressure obtained by dividing the third column or the segment was
the pressure to which the segment was uprated according to the requirements
tested after construction as follows: in subpart K of this part:
Pipeline segment Pressure date Test date
—Onshore gathering line that first be- March 15, 2006, or date line becomes 5 years preceding applicable date in sec-
came subject to this part (other than subject to this part, whichever is later. ond column.
§ 192.612) after April 13, 2006.
—Onshore transmission line that was a
gathering line not subject to this part
before March 15, 2006.
Offshore gathering lines ........................... July 1, 1976 ............................................. July 1, 1971.
All other pipelines ..................................... July 1, 1970 ............................................. July 1, 1965.
(4) The pressure determined by the in the following instance. An operator

operator to be the maximum safe pres- may operate a segment of pipeline
sure after considering the history of found to be in satisfactory condition,
the segment, particularly known corro- considering its operating and mainte-
sion and the actual operating pressure. nance history, at the highest actual op-
(b) No person may operate a segment erating pressure to which the segment
to which paragraph (a)(4) of this sec- was subjected during the 5 years pre-
tion is applicable, unless over-pressure ceding the applicable date in the sec-
protective devices are installed on the ond column of the table in paragraph
segment in a manner that will prevent (a)(3) of this section. An operator must
the maximum allowable operating still comply with § 192.611.
pressure from being exceeded, in ac- (d) The operator of a pipeline seg-
cordance with § 192.195.
ment of steel pipeline meeting the con-
(c) The requirements on pressure re- ditions prescribed in § 192.620(b) may
strictions in this section do not apply
461
§ 192.620 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)
elect to operate the segment at a max- Class location Alternative test

imum allowable operating pressure de- factor
termined under § 192.620(a). 3 ..................................................................... 1.50
[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970] 1 For Class 2 alternative maximum allowable operating
pressure segments installed prior to December 22, 2008 the
EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER ci- alternative test factor is 1.25.
tations affecting § 192.619, see the List of CFR
Sections Affected, which appears in the (b) When may an operator use the alter-
Finding Aids section of the printed volume native maximum allowable operating pres-
and at www.fdsys.gov. sure calculated under paragraph (a) of
this section? An operator may use an al-
§ 192.620 Alternative maximum allow- ternative maximum allowable oper-
able operating pressure for certain ating pressure calculated under para-
steel pipelines. graph (a) of this section if the fol-
(a) How does an operator calculate the lowing conditions are met:
alternative maximum allowable operating (1) The pipeline segment is in a Class
pressure? An operator calculates the al- 1, 2, or 3 location;
ternative maximum allowable oper- (2) The pipeline segment is con-
ating pressure by using different fac- structed of steel pipe meeting the addi-
tors in the same formulas used for cal- tional design requirements in § 192.112;
culating maximum allowable operating (3) A supervisory control and data ac-
pressure under § 192.619(a) as follows: quisition system provides remote mon-
(1) In determining the alternative de- itoring and control of the pipeline seg-
sign pressure under § 192.105, use a de- ment. The control provided must in-
sign factor determined in accordance clude monitoring of pressures and
with § 192.111(b), (c), or (d) or, if none of flows, monitoring compressor start-ups
these paragraphs apply, in accordance
and shut-downs, and remote closure of
with the following table:
valves per paragraph (d)(3) of this sec-
Alternative de- tion;
Class location sign factor (F) (4) The pipeline segment meets the
1 ..................................................................... 0.80 additional construction requirements
2 ..................................................................... 0.67 described in § 192.328;
3 ..................................................................... 0.56 (5) The pipeline segment does not
contain any mechanical couplings used
(i) For facilities installed prior to De- in place of girth welds;
cember 22, 2008, for which § 192.111(b), (6) If a pipeline segment has been pre-
(c), or (d) applies, use the following de- viously operated, the segment has not
sign factors as alternatives for the fac- experienced any failure during normal
tors specified in those paragraphs: operations indicative of a systemic
§ 192.111(b)¥0.67 or less; 192.111(c) and fault in material as determined by a
(d)¥0.56 or less.
root cause analysis, including met-
(ii) [Reserved] allurgical examination of the failed
(2) The alternative maximum allow- pipe. The results of this root cause
able operating pressure is the lower of analysis must be reported to each
the following: PHMSA pipeline safety regional office
(i) The design pressure of the weakest where the pipeline is in service at least
element in the pipeline segment, deter- 60 days prior to operation at the alter-
mined under subparts C and D of this
native MAOP. An operator must also
part.
notify a State pipeline safety authority
(ii) The pressure obtained by dividing when the pipeline is located in a State
the pressure to which the pipeline seg-
where PHMSA has an interstate agent
ment was tested after construction by
agreement, or an intrastate pipeline is
a factor determined in the following
regulated by that State; and
table:
(7) At least 95 percent of girth welds
Class location Alternative test on a segment that was constructed

factor
prior to December 22, 2008, must have
1 ..................................................................... 1.25 been non-destructively examined in ac-
2 ..................................................................... 1 1.50 cordance with § 192.243(b) and (c).
462
(c) What is an operator electing to use (ii) For a pipeline segment in exist-
the alternative maximum allowable oper- ence prior to December 22, 2008, certify,
ating pressure required to do? If an oper- under paragraph (c)(2) of this section,
ator elects to use the alternative max- that the strength test performed under
imum allowable operating pressure cal- § 192.505 was conducted at test pressure
culated under paragraph (a) of this sec- calculated under paragraph (a) of this
tion for a pipeline segment, the oper- section, or conduct a new strength test
ator must do each of the following: in accordance with paragraph (c)(4)(i)
(1) Notify each PHMSA pipeline safe- of this section.
ty regional office where the pipeline is
(5) Comply with the additional oper-
in service of its election with respect
ation and maintenance requirements
to a segment at least 180 days before
described in paragraph (d) of this sec-
operating at the alternative maximum
tion.
allowable operating pressure. An oper-
ator must also notify a State pipeline (6) If the performance of a construc-
safety authority when the pipeline is tion task associated with imple-
located in a State where PHMSA has menting alternative MAOP that occurs
an interstate agent agreement, or an after December 22, 2008, can affect the
intrastate pipeline is regulated by that integrity of the pipeline segment, treat
State. that task as a ‘‘covered task’’, notwith-
(2) Certify, by signature of a senior standing the definition in § 192.801(b)
executive officer of the company, as and implement the requirements of
follows: subpart N as appropriate.
(i) The pipeline segment meets the (7) Maintain, for the useful life of the
conditions described in paragraph (b) of pipeline, records demonstrating com-
this section; and pliance with paragraphs (b), (c)(6), and
(ii) The operating and maintenance (d) of this section.
procedures include the additional oper- (8) A Class 1 and Class 2 pipeline loca-
ating and maintenance requirements of tion can be upgraded one class due to
paragraph (d) of this section; and class changes per § 192.611(a)(3)(i). All
(iii) The review and any needed pro- class location changes from Class 1 to
gram upgrade of the damage preven- Class 2 and from Class 2 to Class 3 must
tion program required by paragraph have all anomalies evaluated and reme-
(d)(4)(v) of this section has been com- diated per: The ‘‘original pipeline class
pleted.
grade’’ § 192.620(d)(11) anomaly repair
(3) Send a copy of the certification
requirements; and all anomalies with a
required by paragraph (c)(2) of this sec-
wall loss equal to or greater than 40
tion to each PHMSA pipeline safety re-
percent must be excavated and remedi-
gional office where the pipeline is in
service 30 days prior to operating at ated. Pipelines in Class 4 may not oper-
the alternative MAOP. An operator ate at an alternative MAOP.
must also send a copy to a State pipe- (d) What additional operation and
line safety authority when the pipeline maintenance requirements apply to oper-
is located in a State where PHMSA has ation at the alternative maximum allow-
an interstate agent agreement, or an able operating pressure? In addition to
intrastate pipeline is regulated by that compliance with other applicable safe-
State. ty standards in this part, if an operator
(4) For each pipeline segment, do one establishes a maximum allowable oper-
of the following: ating pressure for a pipeline segment
(i) Perform a strength test as de- under paragraph (a) of this section, an
scribed in § 192.505 at a test pressure operator must comply with the addi-
calculated under paragraph (a) of this tional operation and maintenance re-
section or quirements as follows:
463
§ 192.620 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)
To address increased risk of a

maximum allowable operating
pressure based on higher Take the following additional step:
stress levels in the following
areas:
(1) Identifying and evaluating Develop a threat matrix consistent with § 192.917 to do the following:
threats. (i) Identify and compare the increased risk of operating the pipeline at the increased stress
level under this section with conventional operation; and
(ii) Describe and implement procedures used to mitigate the risk.
(2) Notifying the public ............. (i) Recalculate the potential impact circle as defined in § 192.903 to reflect use of the alter-
native maximum operating pressure calculated under paragraph (a) of this section and pipe-
line operating conditions; and
(ii) In implementing the public education program required under § 192.616, perform the fol-
lowing:
(A) Include persons occupying property within 220 yards of the centerline and within the po-
tential impact circle within the targeted audience; and
(B) Include information about the integrity management activities performed under this section
within the message provided to the audience.
(3) Responding to an emer- (i) Ensure that the identification of high consequence areas reflects the larger potential impact
gency in an area defined as circle recalculated under paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section.
a high consequence area in
§ 192.903.
(ii) If personnel response time to mainline valves on either side of the high consequence area
exceeds one hour (under normal driving conditions and speed limits) from the time the event
is identified in the control room, provide remote valve control through a supervisory control
and data acquisition (SCADA) system, other leak detection system, or an alternative method
of control.
(iii) Remote valve control must include the ability to close and monitor the valve position (open
or closed), and monitor pressure upstream and downstream.
(iv) A line break valve control system using differential pressure, rate of pressure drop or other
widely-accepted method is an acceptable alternative to remote valve control.
(4) Protecting the right-of-way .. (i) Patrol the right-of-way at intervals not exceeding 45 days, but at least 12 times each cal-
endar year, to inspect for excavation activities, ground movement, wash outs, leakage, or
other activities or conditions affecting the safety operation of the pipeline.
(ii) Develop and implement a plan to monitor for and mitigate occurrences of unstable soil and
ground movement.
(iii) If observed conditions indicate the possible loss of cover, perform a depth of cover study
and replace cover as necessary to restore the depth of cover or apply alternative means to
provide protection equivalent to the originally-required depth of cover.
(iv) Use line-of-sight line markers satisfying the requirements of § 192.707(d) except in agricul-
tural areas, large water crossings or swamp, steep terrain, or where prohibited by Federal
Energy Regulatory Commission orders, permits, or local law.
(v) Review the damage prevention program under § 192.614(a) in light of national consensus
practices, to ensure the program provides adequate protection of the right-of-way. Identify
the standards or practices considered in the review, and meet or exceed those standards or
practices by incorporating appropriate changes into the program.
(vi) Develop and implement a right-of-way management plan to protect the pipeline segment
from damage due to excavation activities.
(5) Controlling internal corro- (i) Develop and implement a program to monitor for and mitigate the presence of, deleterious
sion. gas stream constituents.
(ii) At points where gas with potentially deleterious contaminants enters the pipeline, use filter
separators or separators and gas quality monitoring equipment.
(iii) Use gas quality monitoring equipment that includes a moisture analyzer, chromatograph,
and periodic hydrogen sulfide sampling.
(iv) Use cleaning pigs and sample accumulated liquids. Use inhibitors when corrosive gas or
liquids are present.
(v) Address deleterious gas stream constituents as follows:
(A) Limit carbon dioxide to 3 percent by volume;
(B) Allow no free water and otherwise limit water to seven pounds per million cubic feet of
gas; and
(C) Limit hydrogen sulfide to 1.0 grain per hundred cubic feet (16 ppm) of gas, where the hy-
drogen sulfide is greater than 0.5 grain per hundred cubic feet (8 ppm) of gas, implement a
pigging and inhibitor injection program to address deleterious gas stream constituents, in-
cluding follow-up sampling and quality testing of liquids at receipt points.
(vi) Review the program at least quarterly based on the gas stream experience and implement
adjustments to monitor for, and mitigate the presence of, deleterious gas stream constitu-
ents.
(6) Controlling interference that (i) Prior to operating an existing pipeline segment at an alternate maximum allowable oper-
can impact external corrosion. ating pressure calculated under this section, or within six months after placing a new pipe-
line segment in service at an alternate maximum allowable operating pressure calculated
under this section, address any interference currents on the pipeline segment.
(ii) To address interference currents, perform the following:
(A) Conduct an interference survey to detect the presence and level of any electrical current
that could impact external corrosion where interference is suspected;
(B) Analyze the results of the survey; and
464

areas:
(C) Take any remedial action needed within 6 months after completing the survey to protect
the pipeline segment from deleterious current.
(7) Confirming external corro- (i) Within six months after placing the cathodic protection of a new pipeline segment in oper-
sion control through indirect ation, or within six months after certifying a segment under § 192.620(c)(1) of an existing
assessment. pipeline segment under this section, assess the adequacy of the cathodic protection through
an indirect method such as close-interval survey, and the integrity of the coating using direct
current voltage gradient (DCVG) or alternating current voltage gradient (ACVG).
(ii) Remediate any construction damaged coating with a voltage drop classified as moderate or
severe (IR drop greater than 35% for DCVG or 50 dBμv for ACVG) under section 4 of
NACE RP–0502–2002 (incorporated by reference, see § 192.7).
(iii) Within six months after completing the baseline internal inspection required under para-
graph (d)(9) of this section, integrate the results of the indirect assessment required under
paragraph (d)(7)(i) of this section with the results of the baseline internal inspection and take
any needed remedial actions.
(iv) For all pipeline segments in high consequence areas, perform periodic assessments as
follows:
(A) Conduct periodic close interval surveys with current interrupted to confirm voltage drops in
association with periodic assessments under subpart O of this part.
(B) Locate pipe-to-soil test stations at half-mile intervals within each high consequence area
ensuring at least one station is within each high consequence area, if practicable.
(C) Integrate the results with those of the baseline and periodic assessments for integrity done
under paragraphs (d)(9) and (d)(10) of this section.
(8) Controlling external corro- (i) If an annual test station reading indicates cathodic protection below the level of protection
sion through cathodic protec- required in subpart I of this part, complete remedial action within six months of the failed
tion. reading or notify each PHMSA pipeline safety regional office where the pipeline is in service
demonstrating that the integrity of the pipeline is not compromised if the repair takes longer
than 6 months. An operator must also notify a State pipeline safety authority when the pipe-
line is located in a State where PHMSA has an interstate agent agreement, or an intrastate
pipeline is regulated by that State; and
(ii) After remedial action to address a failed reading, confirm restoration of adequate corrosion
control by a close interval survey on either side of the affected test station to the next test
station unless the reason for the failed reading is determined to be a rectifier connection or
power input problem that can be remediated and otherwise verified.
(iii) If the pipeline segment has been in operation, the cathodic protection system on the pipe-
line segment must have been operational within 12 months of the completion of construc-
tion.
(9) Conducting a baseline as- (i) Except as provided in paragraph (d)(9)(iii) of this section, for a new pipeline segment oper-
sessment of integrity. ating at the new alternative maximum allowable operating pressure, perform a baseline in-
ternal inspection of the entire pipeline segment as follows:
(A) Assess using a geometry tool after the initial hydrostatic test and backfill and within six
months after placing the new pipeline segment in service; and
(B) Assess using a high resolution magnetic flux tool within three years after placing the new
pipeline segment in service at the alternative maximum allowable operating pressure.
(ii) Except as provided in paragraph (d)(9)(iii) of this section, for an existing pipeline segment,
perform a baseline internal assessment using a geometry tool and a high resolution mag-
netic flux tool before, but within two years prior to, raising pressure to the alternative max-
imum allowable operating pressure as allowed under this section.
(iii) If headers, mainline valve by-passes, compressor station piping, meter station piping, or
other short portion of a pipeline segment operating at alternative maximum allowable oper-
ating pressure cannot accommodate a geometry tool and a high resolution magnetic flux
tool, use direct assessment (per § 192.925, § 192.927 and/or § 192.929) or pressure testing
(per subpart J of this part) to assess that portion.
(10) Conducting periodic as- (i) Determine a frequency for subsequent periodic integrity assessments as if all the alternative
sessments of integrity. maximum allowable operating pressure pipeline segments were covered by subpart O of
this part and
(ii) Conduct periodic internal inspections using a high resolution magnetic flux tool on the fre-
quency determined under paragraph (d)(10)(i) of this section, or
(iii) Use direct assessment (per § 192.925, § 192.927 and/or § 192.929) or pressure testing
(per subpart J of this part) for periodic assessment of a portion of a segment to the extent
permitted for a baseline assessment under paragraph (d)(9)(iii) of this section.
(11) Making repairs .................. (i) Perform the following when evaluating an anomaly:
(A) Use the most conservative calculation for determining remaining strength or an alternative
validated calculation based on pipe diameter, wall thickness, grade, operating pressure, op-
erating stress level, and operating temperature: and
(B) Take into account the tolerances of the tools used for the inspection.
(ii) Repair a defect immediately if any of the following apply:

(A) The defect is a dent discovered during the baseline assessment for integrity under para-
graph (d)(9) of this section and the defect meets the criteria for immediate repair in
§ 192.309(b).
(B) The defect meets the criteria for immediate repair in § 192.933(d).
465
§ 192.621 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

areas:
(C) The alternative maximum allowable operating pressure was based on a design factor of
0.67 under paragraph (a) of this section and the failure pressure is less than 1.25 times the
alternative maximum allowable operating pressure.
(D) The alternative maximum allowable operating pressure was based on a design factor of
0.56 under paragraph (a) of this section and the failure pressure is less than or equal to 1.4
times the alternative maximum allowable operating pressure.
(iii) If paragraph (d)(11)(ii) of this section does not require immediate repair, repair a defect
within one year if any of the following apply:
(A) The defect meets the criteria for repair within one year in § 192.933(d).
(B) The alternative maximum allowable operating pressure was based on a design factor of
(C) The alternative maximum allowable operating pressure was based on a design factor of
(D) The alternative maximum allowable operating pressure was based on a design factor of
0.56 under paragraph (a) of this section and the failure pressure is less than or equal to
1.80 times the alternative maximum allowable operating pressure.
(iv) Evaluate any defect not required to be repaired under paragraph (d)(11)(ii) or (iii) of this
section to determine its growth rate, set the maximum interval for repair or re-inspection,
and repair or re-inspect within that interval.
(e) Is there any change in overpressure p.s.i. (414 kPa) gage, unless the service
protection associated with operating at lines in the segment are equipped with
the alternative maximum allowable oper- service regulators or other pressure
ating pressure? Notwithstanding the re- limiting devices in series that meet the
quired capacity of pressure relieving requirements of § 192.197(c).
and limiting stations otherwise re- (3) 25 p.s.i. (172 kPa) gage in segments
quired by § 192.201, if an operator estab- of cast iron pipe in which there are
lishes a maximum allowable operating unreinforced bell and spigot joints.
pressure for a pipeline segment in ac- (4) The pressure limits to which a
cordance with paragraph (a) of this sec- joint could be subjected without the
tion, an operator must: possibility of its parting.
(1) Provide overpressure protection (5) The pressure determined by the
that limits mainline pressure to a max-
operator to be the maximum safe pres-
imum of 104 percent of the maximum
sure after considering the history of
allowable operating pressure; and
the segment, particularly known corro-
(2) Develop and follow a procedure for
sion and the actual operating pres-
establishing and maintaining accurate
sures.
set points for the supervisory control
and data acquisition system. (b) No person may operate a segment
of pipeline to which paragraph (a)(5) of
[73 FR 62177, Oct. 17, 2008, as amended by this section applies, unless over-
Amdt. 192–111, 74 FR 62505, Nov. 30, 2009] pressure protective devices are in-
stalled on the segment in a manner
§ 192.621 Maximum allowable oper-
ating pressure: High-pressure dis- that will prevent the maximum allow-
tribution systems. able operating pressure from being ex-
ceeded, in accordance with § 192.195.
(a) No person may operate a segment
of a high pressure distribution system [35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by
at a pressure that exceeds the lowest of Amdt 192–85, 63 FR 37504, July 13, 1998]
the following pressures, as applicable:
(1) The design pressure of the weak- § 192.623 Maximum and minimum al-
est element in the segment, deter- lowable operating pressure; Low-
pressure distribution systems.
mined in accordance with subparts C
and D of this part. (a) No person may operate a low-pres-

(2) 60 p.s.i. (414 kPa) gage, for a seg- sure distribution system at a pressure
ment of a distribution system other- high enough to make unsafe the oper-
wise designed to operate at over 60 ation of any connected and properly
466
adjusted low-pressure gas burning the products of combustion will be ex-

equipment. posed.
(b) No person may operate a low pres- (d) The odorant may not be soluble in
sure distribution system at a pressure water to an extent greater than 2.5
lower than the minimum pressure at parts to 100 parts by weight.
which the safe and continuing oper- (e) Equipment for odorization must
ation of any connected and properly introduce the odorant without wide
adjusted low-pressure gas burning variations in the level of odorant.
equipment can be assured. (f) To assure the proper concentra-
§ 192.625 Odorization of gas. tion of odorant in accordance with this
section, each operator must conduct
(a) A combustible gas in a distribu- periodic sampling of combustible gases
tion line must contain a natural odor- using an instrument capable of deter-
ant or be odorized so that at a con- mining the percentage of gas in air at
centration in air of one-fifth of the which the odor becomes readily detect-
lower explosive limit, the gas is readily able. Operators of master meter sys-
detectable by a person with a normal tems may comply with this require-
sense of smell. ment by—
(b) After December 31, 1976, a com-
(1) Receiving written verification
bustible gas in a transmission line in a
from their gas source that the gas has
Class 3 or Class 4 location must comply
the proper concentration of odorant;
with the requirements of paragraph (a)
and
of this section unless:
(1) At least 50 percent of the length of (2) Conducting periodic ‘‘sniff’’ tests
the line downstream from that location at the extremities of the system to
is in a Class 1 or Class 2 location; confirm that the gas contains odorant.
(2) The line transports gas to any of [35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970]
the following facilities which received
EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER ci-
gas without an odorant from that line
tations affecting § 192.625, see the List of CFR
before May 5, 1975; Sections Affected, which appears in the
(i) An underground storage field; Finding Aids section of the printed volume
(ii) A gas processing plant; and at www.fdsys.gov.
(iii) A gas dehydration plant; or
(iv) An industrial plant using gas in a § 192.627 Tapping pipelines under
process where the presence of an odor- pressure.
ant: Each tap made on a pipeline under
(A) Makes the end product unfit for pressure must be performed by a crew
the purpose for which it is intended; qualified to make hot taps.
(B) Reduces the activity of a cata-
lyst; or § 192.629 Purging of pipelines.
(C) Reduces the percentage comple-
tion of a chemical reaction; (a) When a pipeline is being purged of
(3) In the case of a lateral line which air by use of gas, the gas must be re-
transports gas to a distribution center, leased into one end of the line in a
at least 50 percent of the length of that moderately rapid and continuous flow.
line is in a Class 1 or Class 2 location; If gas cannot be supplied in sufficient
or quantity to prevent the formation of a
(4) The combustible gas is hydrogen hazardous mixture of gas and air, a
intended for use as a feedstock in a slug of inert gas must be released into
manufacturing process. the line before the gas.
(c) In the concentrations in which it (b) When a pipeline is being purged of
is used, the odorant in combustible gas by use of air, the air must be re-
gases must comply with the following: leased into one end of the line in a
(1) The odorant may not be delete- moderately rapid and continuous flow.
rious to persons, materials, or pipe. If air cannot be supplied in sufficient
(2) The products of combustion from quantity to prevent the formation of a

the odorant may not be toxic when hazardous mixture of gas and air, a
breathed nor may they be corrosive or slug of inert gas must be released into
harmful to those materials to which the line before the air.
467
§ 192.631 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)
§ 192.631 Control room management. even if the controller is not the first to
(a) General. detect the condition, including the con-
(1) This section applies to each oper- troller’s responsibility to take specific
ator of a pipeline facility with a con- actions and to communicate with oth-
troller working in a control room who ers;
monitors and controls all or part of a (3) A controller’s role during an
pipeline facility through a SCADA sys- emergency, even if the controller is not
tem. Each operator must have and fol- the first to detect the emergency, in-
low written control room management cluding the controller’s responsibility
procedures that implement the require- to take specific actions and to commu-
ments of this section, except that for nicate with others; and
each control room where an operator’s (4) A method of recording controller
activities are limited to either or both shift-changes and any hand-over of re-
of: sponsibility between controllers.
(i) Distribution with less than 250,000 (c) Provide adequate information. Each
services, or operator must provide its controllers
(ii) Transmission without a com- with the information, tools, processes
pressor station, the operator must have and procedures necessary for the con-
and follow written procedures that im- trollers to carry out the roles and re-
plement only paragraphs (d) (regarding sponsibilities the operator has defined
fatigue), (i) (regarding compliance vali- by performing each of the following:
dation), and (j) (regarding compliance (1) Implement sections 1, 4, 8, 9, 11.1,
and deviations) of this section. and 11.3 of API RP 1165 (incorporated
(2) The procedures required by this by reference, see § 192.7) whenever a
section must be integrated, as appro- SCADA system is added, expanded or
priate, with operating and emergency replaced, unless the operator dem-
procedures required by §§ 192.605 and
onstrates that certain provisions of
192.615. An operator must develop the
sections 1, 4, 8, 9, 11.1, and 11.3 of API
procedures no later than August 1, 2011,
RP 1165 are not practical for the
and must implement the procedures ac-
SCADA system used;
cording to the following schedule. The
procedures required by paragraphs (b), (2) Conduct a point-to-point
(c)(5), (d)(2) and (d)(3), (f) and (g) of this verification between SCADA displays
section must be implemented no later and related field equipment when field
than October 1, 2011. The procedures re- equipment is added or moved and when
quired by paragraphs (c)(1) through (4), other changes that affect pipeline safe-
(d)(1), (d)(4), and (e) must be imple- ty are made to field equipment or
mented no later than August 1, 2012. SCADA displays;
The training procedures required by (3) Test and verify an internal com-
paragraph (h) must be implemented no munication plan to provide adequate
later than August 1, 2012, except that means for manual operation of the
any training required by another para- pipeline safely, at least once each cal-
graph of this section must be imple- endar year, but at intervals not to ex-
mented no later than the deadline for ceed 15 months;
that paragraph. (4) Test any backup SCADA systems
(b) Roles and responsibilities. Each op- at least once each calendar year, but at
erator must define the roles and re- intervals not to exceed 15 months; and
sponsibilities of a controller during (5) Establish and implement proce-
normal, abnormal, and emergency op- dures for when a different controller
erating conditions. To provide for a assumes responsibility, including the
controller’s prompt and appropriate re- content of information to be ex-
sponse to operating conditions, an op- changed.
erator must define each of the fol- (d) Fatigue mitigation. Each operator
lowing: must implement the following methods
(1) A controller’s authority and re- to reduce the risk associated with con-
sponsibility to make decisions and troller fatigue that could inhibit a con-
take actions during normal operations; troller’s ability to carry out the roles
(2) A controller’s role when an abnor- and responsibilities the operator has
mal operating condition is detected, defined:
468
(1) Establish shift lengths and sched- affect control room operations are co-
ule rotations that provide controllers ordinated with the control room per-
off-duty time sufficient to achieve sonnel by performing each of the fol-
eight hours of continuous sleep; lowing:
(2) Educate controllers and super- (1) Establish communications be-
visors in fatigue mitigation strategies tween control room representatives,
and how off-duty activities contribute operator’s management, and associated
to fatigue; field personnel when planning and im-
(3) Train controllers and supervisors plementing physical changes to pipe-
to recognize the effects of fatigue; and line equipment or configuration;
(4) Establish a maximum limit on (2) Require its field personnel to con-
controller hours-of-service, which may tact the control room when emergency
provide for an emergency deviation conditions exist and when making field
from the maximum limit if necessary changes that affect control room oper-
for the safe operation of a pipeline fa- ations; and
cility. (3) Seek control room or control
(e) Alarm management. Each operator room management participation in
using a SCADA system must have a planning prior to implementation of
written alarm management plan to significant pipeline hydraulic or con-
provide for effective controller re- figuration changes.
sponse to alarms. An operator’s plan (g) Operating experience. Each oper-
must include provisions to: ator must assure that lessons learned
(1) Review SCADA safety-related from its operating experience are in-
alarm operations using a process that corporated, as appropriate, into its
ensures alarms are accurate and sup- control room management procedures
port safe pipeline operations; by performing each of the following:
(2) Identify at least once each cal- (1) Review incidents that must be re-
endar month points affecting safety ported pursuant to 49 CFR part 191 to
that have been taken off scan in the determine if control room actions con-
SCADA host, have had alarms inhib- tributed to the event and, if so, cor-
ited, generated false alarms, or that rect, where necessary, deficiencies re-
have had forced or manual values for lated to:
periods of time exceeding that required (i) Controller fatigue;
for associated maintenance or oper- (ii) Field equipment;
ating activities; (iii) The operation of any relief de-
(3) Verify the correct safety-related vice;
alarm set-point values and alarm de- (iv) Procedures;
scriptions at least once each calendar (v) SCADA system configuration; and
year, but at intervals not to exceed 15 (vi) SCADA system performance.
months; (2) Include lessons learned from the
(4) Review the alarm management operator’s experience in the training
plan required by this paragraph at program required by this section.
least once each calendar year, but at (h) Training. Each operator must es-
intervals not exceeding 15 months, to tablish a controller training program
determine the effectiveness of the plan; and review the training program con-
(5) Monitor the content and volume tent to identify potential improve-
of general activity being directed to ments at least once each calendar year,
and required of each controller at least but at intervals not to exceed 15
once each calendar year, but at inter- months. An operator’s program must
vals not to exceed 15 months, that will provide for training each controller to
assure controllers have sufficient time carry out the roles and responsibilities
to analyze and react to incoming defined by the operator. In addition,
alarms; and the training program must include the
(6) Address deficiencies identified following elements:
through the implementation of para- (1) Responding to abnormal operating
graphs (e)(1) through (e)(5) of this sec- conditions likely to occur simulta-
tion. neously or in sequence;
(f) Change management. Each operator (2) Use of a computerized simulator
must assure that changes that could or non-computerized (tabletop) method
469
§ 192.701 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)
for training controllers to recognize line right-of-way for indications of

abnormal operating conditions; leaks, construction activity, and other
(3) Training controllers on their re- factors affecting safety and operation.
sponsibilities for communication under (b) The frequency of patrols is deter-
the operator’s emergency response pro- mined by the size of the line, the oper-
cedures; ating pressures, the class location, ter-
(4) Training that will provide a con- rain, weather, and other relevant fac-
troller a working knowledge of the tors, but intervals between patrols may
pipeline system, especially during the not be longer than prescribed in the
development of abnormal operating following table:
conditions; and
(5) For pipeline operating setups that Maximum interval between patrols
are periodically, but infrequently used, Class loca- At highway and rail-
providing an opportunity for control- At all other places
tion of line road crossings
lers to review relevant procedures in
1, 2 ........... 7 ⁄ months; but at
12 15 months; but at
advance of their application. least twice each cal- least once each cal-
(i) Compliance validation. Upon re- endar year. endar year.
quest, operators must submit their pro- 3 ................ 41⁄2 months; but at 71⁄2 months; but at
cedures to PHMSA or, in the case of an least four times least twice each cal-
each calendar year. endar year.
intrastate pipeline facility regulated
4 ................ 4 ⁄2 months; but at
1 4 ⁄2 months; but at
1
by a State, to the appropriate State least four times least four times
agency. each calendar year. each calendar year.
(j) Compliance and deviations. An oper-
ator must maintain for review during (c) Methods of patrolling include
inspection: walking, driving, flying or other appro-
(1) Records that demonstrate compli- priate means of traversing the right-of-
ance with the requirements of this sec- way.
tion; and
(2) Documentation to demonstrate [Amdt. 192–21, 40 FR 20283, May 9, 1975, as
that any deviation from the procedures amended by Amdt. 192–43, 47 FR 46851, Oct.
21, 1982; Amdt. 192–78, 61 FR 28786, June 6,
required by this section was necessary
1996]
for the safe operation of a pipeline fa-
cility. § 192.706 Transmission lines: Leakage
[Amdt. 192–112, 74 FR 63327, Dec. 3, 2009, as surveys.
amended at 75 FR 5537, Feb. 3, 2010; 76 FR
Leakage surveys of a transmission
35135, June 16, 2011]
line must be conducted at intervals not
exceeding 15 months, but at least once
Subpart M—Maintenance each calendar year. However, in the
§ 192.701 Scope. case of a transmission line which
transports gas in conformity with
This subpart prescribes minimum re- § 192.625 without an odor or odorant,
quirements for maintenance of pipeline leakage surveys using leak detector
facilities. equipment must be conducted—
§ 192.703 General. (a) In Class 3 locations, at intervals
not exceeding 71⁄2 months, but at least
(a) No person may operate a segment twice each calendar year; and
of pipeline, unless it is maintained in
(b) In Class 4 locations, at intervals
accordance with this subpart.
not exceeding 41⁄2 months, but at least
(b) Each segment of pipeline that be-
four times each calendar year.
comes unsafe must be replaced, re-
paired, or removed from service. [Amdt. 192–21, 40 FR 20283, May 9, 1975, as
(c) Hazardous leaks must be repaired amended by Amdt. 192–43, 47 FR 46851, Oct.
promptly. 21, 1982; Amdt. 192–71, 59 FR 6585, Feb. 11,
1994]
§ 192.705 Transmission lines: Patrol-
ling. § 192.707 Line markers for mains and

transmission lines.
(a) Each operator shall have a patrol
program to observe surface conditions (a) Buried pipelines. Except as pro-
on and adjacent to the transmission vided in paragraph (b) of this section, a
470
line marker must be placed and main- (a) The date, location, and descrip-
tained as close as practical over each tion of each repair made to pipe (in-
buried main and transmission line: cluding pipe-to-pipe connections) must
(1) At each crossing of a public road be retained for as long as the pipe re-
and railroad; and mains in service.
(2) Wherever necessary to identify (b) The date, location, and descrip-
the location of the transmission line or tion of each repair made to parts of the
main to reduce the possibility of dam- pipeline system other than pipe must
age or interference. be retained for at least 5 years. How-
(b) Exceptions for buried pipelines. Line ever, repairs generated by patrols, sur-
markers are not required for the fol- veys, inspections, or tests required by
lowing pipelines: subparts L and M of this part must be
(1) Mains and transmission lines lo- retained in accordance with paragraph
cated offshore, or at crossings of or (c) of this section.
under waterways and other bodies of (c) A record of each patrol, survey,
water. inspection, and test required by sub-
(2) Mains in Class 3 or Class 4 loca- parts L and M of this part must be re-
tions where a damage prevention pro- tained for at least 5 years or until the
gram is in effect under § 192.614. next patrol, survey, inspection, or test
is completed, whichever is longer.
(3) Transmission lines in Class 3 or 4
locations until March 20, 1996. [Amdt. 192–78, 61 FR 28786, June 6, 1996]
(4) Transmission lines in Class 3 or 4
locations where placement of a line § 192.711 Transmission lines: General
marker is impractical. requirements for repair procedures.
(c) Pipelines aboveground. Line mark- (a) Temporary repairs. Each operator
ers must be placed and maintained must take immediate temporary meas-
along each section of a main and trans- ures to protect the public whenever:
mission line that is located above- (1) A leak, imperfection, or damage
ground in an area accessible to the that impairs its serviceability is found
public. in a segment of steel transmission line
(d) Marker warning. The following operating at or above 40 percent of the
must be written legibly on a back- SMYS; and
ground of sharply contrasting color on (2) It is not feasible to make a perma-
each line marker: nent repair at the time of discovery.
(1) The word ‘‘Warning,’’ ‘‘Caution,’’ (b) Permanent repairs. An operator
or ‘‘Danger’’ followed by the words must make permanent repairs on its
‘‘Gas (or name of gas transported) pipeline system according to the fol-
Pipeline’’ all of which, except for lowing:
markers in heavily developed urban (1) Non integrity management re-
areas, must be in letters at least 1 inch pairs: The operator must make perma-
(25 millimeters) high with 1⁄4 inch (6.4 nent repairs as soon as feasible.
millimeters) stroke. (2) Integrity management repairs:
(2) The name of the operator and the When an operator discovers a condition
telephone number (including area code) on a pipeline covered under Subpart O–
where the operator can be reached at Gas Transmission Pipeline Integrity
all times. Management, the operator must reme-
diate the condition as prescribed by
[Amdt. 192–20, 40 FR 13505, Mar. 27, 1975; § 192.933(d).
Amdt. 192–27, 41 FR 39752, Sept. 16, 1976, as (c) Welded patch. Except as provided
amended by Amdt. 192–20A, 41 FR 56808, Dec.
30, 1976; Amdt. 192–44, 48 FR 25208, June 6,
in § 192.717(b)(3), no operator may use a
1983; Amdt. 192–73, 60 FR 14650, Mar. 20, 1995; welded patch as a means of repair.
Amdt. 192–85, 63 FR 37504, July 13, 1998] [Amdt. 192–114, 75 FR 48604, Aug. 11, 2010]
§ 192.709 Transmission lines: Record § 192.713 Transmission lines: Perma-

keeping. nent field repair of imperfections

Each operator shall maintain the fol- and damages.
lowing records for transmission lines (a) Each imperfection or damage that
for the periods specified: impairs the serviceability of pipe in a
471
§ 192.715 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)
steel transmission line operating at or (2) If the leak is due to a corrosion

above 40 percent of SMYS must be— pit, install a properly designed bolt-on-
(1) Removed by cutting out and re- leak clamp.
placing a cylindrical piece of pipe; or (3) If the leak is due to a corrosion
(2) Repaired by a method that reli- pit and on pipe of not more than 40,000
able engineering tests and analyses psi (267 Mpa) SMYS, fillet weld over
show can permanently restore the serv- the pitted area a steel plate patch with
iceability of the pipe. rounded corners, of the same or greater
(b) Operating pressure must be at a thickness than the pipe, and not more
safe level during repair operations. than one-half of the diameter of the
[Amdt. 192–88, 64 FR 69665, Dec. 14, 1999] pipe in size.
(4) If the leak is on a submerged off-
§ 192.715 Transmission lines: Perma- shore pipeline or submerged pipeline in
nent field repair of welds. inland navigable waters, mechanically
Each weld that is unacceptable under apply a full encirclement split sleeve of
§ 192.241(c) must be repaired as follows: appropriate design.
(a) If it is feasible to take the seg- (5) Apply a method that reliable engi-
ment of transmission line out of serv- neering tests and analyses show can
ice, the weld must be repaired in ac- permanently restore the serviceability
cordance with the applicable require- of the pipe.
ments of § 192.245.
[Amdt. 192–88, 64 FR 69665, Dec. 14, 1999]
(b) A weld may be repaired in accord-
ance with § 192.245 while the segment of § 192.719 Transmission lines: Testing
transmission line is in service if: of repairs.
(1) The weld is not leaking;
(2) The pressure in the segment is re- (a) Testing of replacement pipe. If a
duced so that it does not produce a segment of transmission line is re-
stress that is more than 20 percent of paired by cutting out the damaged por-
the SMYS of the pipe; and tion of the pipe as a cylinder, the re-
(3) Grinding of the defective area can placement pipe must be tested to the
be limited so that at least 1⁄8-inch (3.2 pressure required for a new line in-
millimeters) thickness in the pipe weld stalled in the same location. This test
remains. may be made on the pipe before it is in-
(c) A defective weld which cannot be stalled.
repaired in accordance with paragraph (b) Testing of repairs made by welding.
(a) or (b) of this section must be re- Each repair made by welding in accord-
paired by installing a full encirclement ance with §§ 192.713, 192.715, and 192.717
welded split sleeve of appropriate de- must be examined in accordance with
sign. § 192.241.
[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by [35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by
Amdt. 192–85, 63 FR 37504, July 13, 1998] Amdt. 192–54, 51 FR 41635, Nov. 18, 1986]
§ 192.717 Transmission lines: Perma- § 192.721 Distribution systems: Patrol-

nent field repair of leaks. ling.
Each permanent field repair of a leak (a) The frequency of patrolling mains
on a transmission line must be made must be determined by the severity of
by— the conditions which could cause fail-
(a) Removing the leak by cutting out ure or leakage, and the consequent haz-
and replacing a cylindrical piece of ards to public safety.
pipe; or (b) Mains in places or on structures
(b) Repairing the leak by one of the where anticipated physical movement
following methods:
or external loading could cause failure
(1) Install a full encirclement welded or leakage must be patrolled—
split sleeve of appropriate design, un-

(1) In business districts, at intervals
less the transmission line is joined by
mechanical couplings and operates at not exceeding 41⁄2 months, but at least
less than 40 percent of SMYS. four times each calendar year; and
472
(2) Outside business districts, at in- ner as a new service line, before recon-
tervals not exceeding 71⁄2 months, but necting. However, if provisions are
at least twice each calendar year. made to maintain continuous service,
such as by installation of a bypass, any
Amdt. 192–43, 47 FR 46851, Oct. 21, 1982; Amdt. part of the original service line used to
192–78, 61 FR 28786, June 6, 1996] maintain continuous service need not
be tested.
§ 192.723 Distribution systems: Leak-
age surveys. § 192.727 Abandonment or deactiva-
(a) Each operator of a distribution tion of facilities.
system shall conduct periodic leakage (a) Each operator shall conduct aban-
surveys in accordance with this sec- donment or deactivation of pipelines in
tion. accordance with the requirements of
(b) The type and scope of the leakage this section.
control program must be determined (b) Each pipeline abandoned in place
by the nature of the operations and the must be disconnected from all sources
local conditions, but it must meet the and supplies of gas; purged of gas; in
following minimum requirements: the case of offshore pipelines, filled
(1) A leakage survey with leak detec- with water or inert materials; and
tor equipment must be conducted in sealed at the ends. However, the pipe-
business districts, including tests of line need not be purged when the vol-
the atmosphere in gas, electric, tele- ume of gas is so small that there is no
phone, sewer, and water system man- potential hazard.
holes, at cracks in pavement and side- (c) Except for service lines, each in-
walks, and at other locations providing active pipeline that is not being main-
an opportunity for finding gas leaks, at tained under this part must be discon-
intervals not exceeding 15 months, but nected from all sources and supplies of
at least once each calendar year. gas; purged of gas; in the case of off-
(2) A leakage survey with leak detec- shore pipelines, filled with water or
tor equipment must be conducted out- inert materials; and sealed at the ends.
side business districts as frequently as However, the pipeline need not be
necessary, but at least once every 5 purged when the volume of gas is so
calendar years at intervals not exceed- small that there is no potential hazard.
ing 63 months. However, for cathodi- (d) Whenever service to a customer is
cally unprotected distribution lines discontinued, one of the following must
subject to § 192.465(e) on which elec- be complied with:
trical surveys for corrosion are imprac- (1) The valve that is closed to prevent
tical, a leakage survey must be con- the flow of gas to the customer must be
ducted at least once every 3 calendar provided with a locking device or other
years at intervals not exceeding 39 means designed to prevent the opening
months. of the valve by persons other than
[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by those authorized by the operator.
Amdt. 192–43, 47 FR 46851, Oct. 21, 1982; Amdt. (2) A mechanical device or fitting
192–70, 58 FR 54528, 54529, Oct. 22, 1993; Amdt. that will prevent the flow of gas must
192–71, 59 FR 6585, Feb. 11, 1994; Amdt. 192–94, be installed in the service line or in the
69 FR 32895, June 14, 2004; Amdt. 192–94, 69 FR
54592, Sept. 9, 2004]
meter assembly.
(3) The customer’s piping must be
§ 192.725 Test requirements for rein- physically disconnected from the gas
stating service lines. supply and the open pipe ends sealed.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (e) If air is used for purging, the oper-
(b) of this section, each disconnected ator shall insure that a combustible
service line must be tested in the same mixture is not present after purging.
manner as a new service line, before (f) Each abandoned vault must be
being reinstated. filled with a suitable compacted mate-
(b) Each service line temporarily dis- rial.

connected from the main must be test- (g) For each abandoned offshore pipe-
ed from the point of disconnection to line facility or each abandoned onshore
the service line valve in the same man- pipeline facility that crosses over,
473
§ 192.731 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)
under or through a commercially navi- (2) [Reserved]

gable waterway, the last operator of [Amdt. 192–8, 37 FR 20695, Oct. 3, 1972, as
that facility must file a report upon amended by Amdt. 192–27, 41 FR 34607, Aug.
abandonment of that facility. 16, 1976; Amdt. 192–71, 59 FR 6585, Feb. 11,
(1) The preferred method to submit 1994; Amdt. 192–89, 65 FR 54443, Sept. 8, 2000;
data on pipeline facilities abandoned 65 FR 57861, Sept. 26, 2000; 70 FR 11139, Mar.
8, 2005; Amdt. 192–103, 72 FR 4656, Feb. 1, 2007;
after October 10, 2000 is to the National
73 FR 16570, Mar. 28, 2008; 74 FR 2894, Jan. 16,
Pipeline Mapping System (NPMS) in 2009]
accordance with the NPMS ‘‘Standards
for Pipeline and Liquefied Natural Gas § 192.731 Compressor stations: Inspec-
Operator Submissions.’’ To obtain a tion and testing of relief devices.
copy of the NPMS Standards, please (a) Except for rupture discs, each
refer to the NPMS homepage at http:// pressure relieving device in a com-
www.npms.phmsa.dot.gov or contact the pressor station must be inspected and
NPMS National Repository at 703–317– tested in accordance with §§ 192.739 and
3073. A digital data format is preferred, 192.743, and must be operated periodi-
but hard copy submissions are accept- cally to determine that it opens at the
able if they comply with the NPMS correct set pressure.
Standards. In addition to the NPMS-re- (b) Any defective or inadequate
quired attributes, operators must sub- equipment found must be promptly re-
mit the date of abandonment, diame- paired or replaced.
ter, method of abandonment, and cer- (c) Each remote control shutdown de-
tification that, to the best of the oper- vice must be inspected and tested at in-
ator’s knowledge, all of the reasonably tervals not exceeding 15 months, but at
least once each calendar year, to deter-
available information requested was
mine that it functions properly.
provided and, to the best of the opera-
tor’s knowledge, the abandonment was [35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by
completed in accordance with applica- Amdt. 192–43, 47 FR 46851, Oct. 21, 1982]
ble laws. Refer to the NPMS Standards
§ 192.735 Compressor stations: Storage
for details in preparing your data for of combustible materials.
submission. The NPMS Standards also
include details of how to submit data. (a) Flammable or combustible mate-
rials in quantities beyond those re-
Alternatively, operators may submit
quired for everyday use, or other than
reports by mail, fax or e-mail to the Of-
those normally used in compressor
fice of Pipeline Safety, Pipeline and
buildings, must be stored a safe dis-
Hazardous Materials Safety Adminis- tance from the compressor building.
tration, U.S. Department of Transpor- (b) Aboveground oil or gasoline stor-
tation, Information Resources Man- age tanks must be protected in accord-
ager, PHP–10, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, ance with National Fire Protection As-
SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001; fax sociation Standard No. 30.
(202) 366–4566; e-mail
InformationResourcesManager@phmsa. § 192.736 Compressor stations: Gas de-
tection.
dot.gov. The information in the report
must contain all reasonably available (a) Not later than September 16, 1996,
information related to the facility, in- each compressor building in a com-
cluding information in the possession pressor station must have a fixed gas
of a third party. The report must con- detection and alarm system, unless the
tain the location, size, date, method of building is—
abandonment, and a certification that (1) Constructed so that at least 50
percent of its upright side area is per-
the facility has been abandoned in ac-
manently open; or
cordance with all applicable laws.
(2) Located in an unattended field
compressor station of 1,000 horsepower
(746 kW) or less.

(b) Except when shutdown of the sys-
tem is necessary for maintenance
under paragraph (c) of this section,
474
each gas detection and alarm system § 192.741 Pressure limiting and regu-
required by this section must— lating stations: Telemetering or re-
(1) Continuously monitor the com- cording gauges.
pressor building for a concentration of (a) Each distribution system supplied
gas in air of not more than 25 percent
by more than one district pressure reg-
of the lower explosive limit; and
(2) If that concentration of gas is de- ulating station must be equipped with
tected, warn persons about to enter the telemetering or recording pressure
building and persons inside the build- gauges to indicate the gas pressure in
ing of the danger. the district.
(c) Each gas detection and alarm sys- (b) On distribution systems supplied
tem required by this section must be by a single district pressure regulating
maintained to function properly. The station, the operator shall determine
maintenance must include performance the necessity of installing telemetering
tests. or recording gauges in the district,
[58 FR 48464, Sept. 16, 1993, as amended by taking into consideration the number
Amdt. 192–85, 63 FR 37504, July 13, 1998] of customers supplied, the operating
pressures, the capacity of the installa-
§ 192.739 Pressure limiting and regu- tion, and other operating conditions.
lating stations: Inspection and test- (c) If there are indications of abnor-
ing.
mally high or low pressure, the regu-
(a) Each pressure limiting station, lator and the auxiliary equipment
relief device (except rupture discs), and must be inspected and the necessary
pressure regulating station and its measures employed to correct any un-
equipment must be subjected at inter-
satisfactory operating conditions.
vals not exceeding 15 months, but at
least once each calendar year, to in- § 192.743 Pressure limiting and regu-
spections and tests to determine that lating stations: Capacity of relief
it is— devices.
(1) In good mechanical condition;
(2) Adequate from the standpoint of (a) Pressure relief devices at pressure
capacity and reliability of operation limiting stations and pressure regu-
for the service in which it is employed; lating stations must have sufficient ca-
(3) Except as provided in paragraph pacity to protect the facilities to which
(b) of this section, set to control or re- they are connected. Except as provided
lieve at the correct pressure consistent in § 192.739(b), the capacity must be
with the pressure limits of § 192.201(a); consistent with the pressure limits of
and § 192.201(a). This capacity must be de-
(4) Properly installed and protected termined at intervals not exceeding 15
from dirt, liquids, or other conditions months, but at least once each cal-
that might prevent proper operation. endar year, by testing the devices in
(b) For steel pipelines whose MAOP is place or by review and calculations.
determined under § 192.619(c), if the (b) If review and calculations are
MAOP is 60 psi (414 kPa) gage or more, used to determine if a device has suffi-
the control or relief pressure limit is as cient capacity, the calculated capacity
follows:
must be compared with the rated or ex-
If the MAOP produces a hoop Then the pressure limit is:
perimentally determined relieving ca-
stress that is:
pacity of the device for the conditions
Greater than 72 percent of MAOP plus 4 percent. under which it operates. After the ini-
SMYS. tial calculations, subsequent calcula-
Unknown as a percentage of A pressure that will prevent
SMYS. unsafe operation of the tions need not be made if the annual
pipeline considering its op- review documents that parameters
erating and maintenance have not changed to cause the rated or
history and MAOP.
experimentally determined relieving
capacity to be insufficient.
(c) If a relief device is of insufficient
Amdt. 192–43, 47 FR 46851, Oct. 21, 1982; Amdt.
192–93, 68 FR 53901, Sept. 15, 2003; Amdt. 192– capacity, a new or additional device
96, 69 FR 27863, May 17, 2004]
475
§ 192.745 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)
must be installed to provide the capac- (d) Each vault cover must be in-
ity required by paragraph (a) of this spected to assure that it does not
section. present a hazard to public safety.
[Amdt. 192–93, 68 FR 53901, Sept. 15, 2003, as [35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by
amended by Amdt. 192–96, 69 FR 27863, May Amdt. 192–43, 47 FR 46851, Oct. 21, 1982; Amdt.
17, 2004] 192–85, 63 FR 37504, July 13, 1998]
§ 192.745 Valve maintenance: Trans- § 192.751 Prevention of accidental igni-

mission lines. tion.
(a) Each transmission line valve that Each operator shall take steps to
might be required during any emer- minimize the danger of accidental igni-
gency must be inspected and partially tion of gas in any structure or area
operated at intervals not exceeding 15 where the presence of gas constitutes a
months, but at least once each cal- hazard of fire or explosion, including
endar year. the following:
(b) Each operator must take prompt (a) When a hazardous amount of gas
remedial action to correct any valve is being vented into open air, each po-
found inoperable, unless the operator tential source of ignition must be re-
designates an alternative valve. moved from the area and a fire extin-
[Amdt. 192–43, 47 FR 46851, Oct. 21, 1982, as guisher must be provided.
amended by Amdt. 192–93, 68 FR 53901, Sept. (b) Gas or electric welding or cutting
15, 2003] may not be performed on pipe or on
pipe components that contain a com-
§ 192.747 Valve maintenance: Distribu- bustible mixture of gas and air in the
tion systems. area of work.
(a) Each valve, the use of which may (c) Post warning signs, where appro-
be necessary for the safe operation of a priate.
distribution system, must be checked
and serviced at intervals not exceeding § 192.753 Caulked bell and spigot
15 months, but at least once each cal- joints.
endar year. (a) Each cast iron caulked bell and
(b) Each operator must take prompt spigot joint that is subject to pressures
remedial action to correct any valve of more than 25 psi (172kPa) gage must
found inoperable, unless the operator be sealed with:
designates an alternative valve. (1) A mechanical leak clamp; or
[Amdt. 192–43, 47 FR 46851, Oct. 21, 1982, as (2) A material or device which:
amended by Amdt. 192–93, 68 FR 53901, Sept. (i) Does not reduce the flexibility of
15, 2003] the joint;
(ii) Permanently bonds, either chemi-
§ 192.749 Vault maintenance. cally or mechanically, or both, with
(a) Each vault housing pressure regu- the bell and spigot metal surfaces or
lating and pressure limiting equip- adjacent pipe metal surfaces; and
ment, and having a volumetric internal (iii) Seals and bonds in a manner that
content of 200 cubic feet (5.66 cubic me- meets the strength, environmental,
ters) or more, must be inspected at in- and chemical compatibility require-
tervals not exceeding 15 months, but at ments of §§ 192.53 (a) and (b) and 192.143.
least once each calendar year, to deter- (b) Each cast iron caulked bell and
mine that it is in good physical condi- spigot joint that is subject to pressures
tion and adequately ventilated. of 25 psi (172kPa) gage or less and is ex-
(b) If gas is found in the vault, the posed for any reason must be sealed by
equipment in the vault must be in- a means other than caulking.
spected for leaks, and any leaks found
must be repaired. [35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by

Amdt. 192–25, 41 FR 23680, June 11, 1976;
(c) The ventilating equipment must Amdt. 192–85, 63 FR 37504, July 13, 1998;
also be inspected to determine that it Amdt. 192–93, 68 FR 53901, Sept. 15, 2003]
is functioning properly.
476
§ 192.755 Protecting cast-iron pipe- (b) Result in a hazard(s) to persons,

lines. property, or the environment.
When an operator has knowledge Evaluation means a process, estab-
that the support for a segment of a lished and documented by the operator,
buried cast-iron pipeline is disturbed: to determine an individual’s ability to
(a) That segment of the pipeline must perform a covered task by any of the
be protected, as necessary, against following:
(a) Written examination;
damage during the disturbance by:
(b) Oral examination;
(1) Vibrations from heavy construc-
(c) Work performance history review;
tion equipment, trains, trucks, buses,
(d) Observation during:
or blasting; (1) Performance on the job,
(2) Impact forces by vehicles; (2) On the job training, or
(3) Earth movement; (3) Simulations;
(4) Apparent future excavations near (e) Other forms of assessment.
the pipeline; or Qualified means that an individual
(5) Other foreseeable outside forces has been evaluated and can:
which may subject that segment of the (a) Perform assigned covered tasks;
pipeline to bending stress. and
(b) As soon as feasible, appropriate (b) Recognize and react to abnormal
steps must be taken to provide perma- operating conditions.
nent protection for the disturbed seg-
ment from damage that might result [Amdt. 192–86, 64 FR 46865, Aug. 27, 1999, as
amended by Amdt. 192–90, 66 FR 43523, Aug.
from external loads, including compli- 20, 2001]
ance with applicable requirements of
§§ 192.317(a), 192.319, and 192.361(b)–(d). § 192.805 Qualification program.
[Amdt. 192–23, 41 FR 13589, Mar. 31, 1976] Each operator shall have and follow a
written qualification program. The
Subpart N—Qualification of program shall include provisions to:
Pipeline Personnel (a) Identify covered tasks;
(b) Ensure through evaluation that
individuals performing covered tasks
SOURCE: Amdt. 192–86, 64 FR 46865, Aug. 27,
are qualified;
1999, unless otherwise noted.
(c) Allow individuals that are not
§ 192.801 Scope. qualified pursuant to this subpart to
perform a covered task if directed and
(a) This subpart prescribes the min- observed by an individual that is quali-
imum requirements for operator qualified;
fication of individuals performing cov- (d) Evaluate an individual if the oper-
ered tasks on a pipeline facility. ator has reason to believe that the in-
(b) For the purpose of this subpart, a dividual’s performance of a covered
covered task is an activity, identified task contributed to an incident as de-
by the operator, that: fined in Part 191;
(1) Is performed on a pipeline facility; (e) Evaluate an individual if the oper-
(2) Is an operations or maintenance ator has reason to believe that the in-
task; dividual is no longer qualified to per-
(3) Is performed as a requirement of form a covered task;
this part; and (f) Communicate changes that affect
(4) Affects the operation or integrity covered tasks to individuals per-
of the pipeline. forming those covered tasks;
(g) Identify those covered tasks and
§ 192.803 Definitions. the intervals at which evaluation of
Abnormal operating condition means a the individual’s qualifications is need-
condition identified by the operator ed;
that may indicate a malfunction of a (h) After December 16, 2004, provide
component or deviation from normal training, as appropriate, to ensure that

operations that may: individuals performing covered tasks
(a) Indicate a condition exceeding de- have the necessary knowledge and
sign limits; or skills to perform the tasks in a manner
477
§ 192.807 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)
that ensures the safe operation of pipe- be used as the sole method of evalua-
line facilities; and tion.
(i) After December 16, 2004, notify the
[Amdt. 192–86, 64 FR 46865, Aug. 27, 1999, as
Administrator or a state agency par- amended by Amdt. 192–90, 66 FR 43524, Aug.
ticipating under 49 U.S.C. Chapter 601 20, 2001; Amdt. 192–100, 70 FR 10335, Mar. 3,
if the operator significantly modifies 2005]
the program after the Administrator or
state agency has verified that it com- Subpart O—Gas Transmission
plies with this section.
Pipeline Integrity Management
[Amdt. 192–86, 64 FR 46865, Aug. 27, 1999, as
amended by Amdt. 192–100, 70 FR 10335, Mar. SOURCE: 68 FR 69817, Dec. 15, 2003, unless
3, 2005]
otherwise noted.
§ 192.807 Recordkeeping. § 192.901 What do the regulations in
Each operator shall maintain records this subpart cover?
that demonstrate compliance with this This subpart prescribes minimum re-
subpart. quirements for an integrity manage-
(a) Qualification records shall in- ment program on any gas transmission
clude: pipeline covered under this part. For
(1) Identification of qualified indi- gas transmission pipelines constructed
vidual(s); of plastic, only the requirements in
(2) Identification of the covered tasks §§ 192.917, 192.921, 192.935 and 192.937
the individual is qualified to perform; apply.
(3) Date(s) of current qualification;
and § 192.903 What definitions apply to this
(4) Qualification method(s). subpart?
(b) Records supporting an individ- The following definitions apply to
ual’s current qualification shall be this subpart:
maintained while the individual is per- Assessment is the use of testing tech-
forming the covered task. Records of niques as allowed in this subpart to as-
prior qualification and records of indi- certain the condition of a covered pipe-
viduals no longer performing covered line segment.
tasks shall be retained for a period of Confirmatory direct assessment is an in-
five years. tegrity assessment method using more
focused application of the principles
§ 192.809 General. and techniques of direct assessment to
(a) Operators must have a written identify internal and external corro-
qualification program by April 27, 2001. sion in a covered transmission pipeline
The program must be available for re- segment.
view by the Administrator or by a Covered segment or covered pipeline seg-
state agency participating under 49 ment means a segment of gas trans-
U.S.C. Chapter 601 if the program is mission pipeline located in a high con-
under the authority of that state agen- sequence area. The terms gas and
cy. transmission line are defined in § 192.3.
(b) Operators must complete the Direct assessment is an integrity as-
qualification of individuals performing sessment method that utilizes a proc-
covered tasks by October 28, 2002. ess to evaluate certain threats (i.e., ex-
(c) Work performance history review ternal corrosion, internal corrosion
may be used as a sole evaluation meth- and stress corrosion cracking) to a cov-
od for individuals who were performing ered pipeline segment’s integrity. The
a covered task prior to October 26, 1999. process includes the gathering and in-
(d) After October 28, 2002, work per- tegration of risk factor data, indirect
formance history may not be used as a examination or analysis to identify

sole evaluation method. areas of suspected corrosion, direct ex-
(e) After December 16, 2004, observa- amination of the pipeline in these
tion of on-the-job performance may not areas, and post assessment evaluation.
478
High consequence area means an area feet) [or 200 meters]/potential impact
established by one of the methods de- radius in feet [or meters] 2).
scribed in paragraphs (1) or (2) as fol- Identified site means each of the fol-
lows: lowing areas:
(1) An area defined as— (a) An outside area or open structure
(i) A Class 3 location under § 192.5; or that is occupied by twenty (20) or more
(ii) A Class 4 location under § 192.5; or persons on at least 50 days in any
(iii) Any area in a Class 1 or Class 2 twelve (12)-month period. (The days
location where the potential impact ra- need not be consecutive.) Examples in-
dius is greater than 660 feet (200 me- clude but are not limited to, beaches,
ters), and the area within a potential playgrounds, recreational facilities,
impact circle contains 20 or more camping grounds, outdoor theaters,
buildings intended for human occu- stadiums, recreational areas near a
pancy; or body of water, or areas outside a rural
(iv) Any area in a Class 1 or Class 2 building such as a religious facility; or
location where the potential impact (b) A building that is occupied by
circle contains an identified site. twenty (20) or more persons on at least
(2) The area within a potential im- five (5) days a week for ten (10) weeks
pact circle containing— in any twelve (12)-month period. (The
(i) 20 or more buildings intended for days and weeks need not be consecu-
human occupancy, unless the exception tive.) Examples include, but are not
in paragraph (4) applies; or limited to, religious facilities, office
(ii) An identified site. buildings, community centers, general
(3) Where a potential impact circle is stores, 4-H facilities, or roller skating
calculated under either method (1) or rinks; or
(2) to establish a high consequence (c) A facility occupied by persons
area, the length of the high con- who are confined, are of impaired mo-
sequence area extends axially along bility, or would be difficult to evac-
the length of the pipeline from the out- uate. Examples include but are not
ermost edge of the first potential im- limited to hospitals, prisons, schools,
pact circle that contains either an day-care facilities, retirement facili-
identified site or 20 or more buildings ties or assisted-living facilities.
intended for human occupancy to the Potential impact circle is a circle of ra-
outermost edge of the last contiguous dius equal to the potential impact ra-
potential impact circle that contains dius (PIR).
Potential impact radius (PIR) means
either an identified site or 20 or more
the radius of a circle within which the
buildings intended for human occu-
potential failure of a pipeline could
pancy. (See figure E.I.A. in appendix
have significant impact on people or
E.)
property. PIR is determined by the for-
(4) If in identifying a high con-
mula r = 0.69* (square root of (p*d 2)),
sequence area under paragraph (1)(iii)
where ‘r’ is the radius of a circular area
of this definition or paragraph (2)(i) of
in feet surrounding the point of failure,
this definition, the radius of the poten-
‘p’ is the maximum allowable oper-
tial impact circle is greater than 660 ating pressure (MAOP) in the pipeline
feet (200 meters), the operator may segment in pounds per square inch and
identify a high consequence area based ‘d’ is the nominal diameter of the pipe-
on a prorated number of buildings in- line in inches.
tended for human occupancy with a
distance of 660 feet (200 meters) from NOTE: 0.69 is the factor for natural gas.
the centerline of the pipeline until De- This number will vary for other gases de-
pending upon their heat of combustion. An
cember 17, 2006. If an operator chooses
operator transporting gas other than natural
this approach, the operator must pro- gas must use section 3.2 of ASME/ANSI
rate the number of buildings intended B31.8S–2001 (Supplement to ASME B31.8; in-
for human occupancy based on the corporated by reference, see § 192.7) to cal-
ratio of an area with a radius of 660 culate the impact radius formula.
feet (200 meters) to the area of the po- Remediation is a repair or mitigation
tential impact circle (i.e., the prorated activity an operator takes on a covered
number of buildings intended for segment to limit or reduce the prob-
human occupancy is equal to 20 × (660 ability of an undesired event occurring
479
§ 192.905 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)
or the expected consequences from the (c) Newly identified areas. When an op-
event. erator has information that the area
[68 FR 69817, Dec. 15, 2003, as amended by
around a pipeline segment not pre-
Amdt. 192–95, 69 FR 18231, Apr. 6, 2004; Amdt. viously identified as a high con-
192–95, 69 FR 29904, May 26, 2004; Amdt. 192– sequence area could satisfy any of the
103, 72 FR 4657, Feb. 1, 2007] definitions in § 192.903, the operator
must complete the evaluation using
§ 192.905 How does an operator iden- method (1) or (2). If the segment is de-
tify a high consequence area? termined to meet the definition as a
(a) General. To determine which seg- high consequence area, it must be in-
ments of an operator’s transmission corporated into the operator’s baseline
pipeline system are covered by this assessment plan as a high consequence
subpart, an operator must identify the area within one year from the date the
high consequence areas. An operator area is identified.
must use method (1) or (2) from the def-
inition in § 192.903 to identify a high § 192.907 What must an operator do to
consequence area. An operator may implement this subpart?
apply one method to its entire pipeline (a) General. No later than December
system, or an operator may apply one 17, 2004, an operator of a covered pipe-
method to individual portions of the line segment must develop and follow a
pipeline system. An operator must de- written integrity management pro-
scribe in its integrity management program that contains all the elements de-
gram which method it is applying to scribed in § 192.911 and that addresses
each portion of the operator’s pipeline the risks on each covered transmission
system. The description must include pipeline segment. The initial integrity
the potential impact radius when uti- management program must consist, at
lized to establish a high consequence a minimum, of a framework that de-
area. (See appendix E.I. for guidance on scribes the process for implementing
identifying high consequence areas.) each program element, how relevant
(b)(1) Identified sites. An operator decisions will be made and by whom, a
must identify an identified site, for time line for completing the work to
purposes of this subpart, from informa- implement the program element, and
tion the operator has obtained from
how information gained from experi-
routine operation and maintenance ac-
ence will be continuously incorporated
tivities and from public officials with
into the program. The framework will
safety or emergency response or plan-
evolve into a more detailed and com-
ning responsibilities who indicate to
prehensive program. An operator must
the operator that they know of loca-
make continual improvements to the
tions that meet the identified site cri-
program.
teria. These public officials could in-
clude officials on a local emergency (b) Implementation Standards. In car-
planning commission or relevant Na- rying out this subpart, an operator
tive American tribal officials. must follow the requirements of this
(2) If a public official with safety or subpart and of ASME/ANSI B31.8S (in-
emergency response or planning re- corporated by reference, see § 192.7) and
sponsibilities informs an operator that its appendices, where specified. An op-
it does not have the information to erator may follow an equivalent stand-
identify an identified site, the operator ard or practice only when the operator
must use one of the following sources, demonstrates the alternative standard
as appropriate, to identify these sites. or practice provides an equivalent level
(i) Visible marking (e.g., a sign); or of safety to the public and property. In
(ii) The site is licensed or registered the event of a conflict between this
by a Federal, State, or local govern- subpart and ASME/ANSI B31.8S, the re-
ment agency; or quirements in this subpart control.
(iii) The site is on a list (including a
list on an internet web site) or map § 192.909 How can an operator change
maintained by or available from a Fed- its integrity management program?
eral, State, or local government agency (a) General. An operator must docu-
and available to the general public. ment any change to its program and
480
the reasons for the change before im- (e) Provisions meeting the require-
plementing the change. ments of § 192.933 for remediating con-
(b) Notification. An operator must no- ditions found during an integrity as-
tify OPS, in accordance with § 192.949, sessment.
of any change to the program that may (f) A process for continual evaluation
substantially affect the program’s im- and assessment meeting the require-
plementation or may significantly ments of § 192.937.
modify the program or schedule for (g) If applicable, a plan for confirm-
carrying out the program elements. An
atory direct assessment meeting the
operator must also notify a State or
requirements of § 192.931.
local pipeline safety authority when ei-
ther a covered segment is located in a (h) Provisions meeting the require-
State where OPS has an interstate ments of § 192.935 for adding preventive
agent agreement, or an intrastate cov- and mitigative measures to protect the
ered segment is regulated by that high consequence area.
State. An operator must provide the (i) A performance plan as outlined in
notification within 30 days after adopt- ASME/ANSI B31.8S, section 9 that in-
ing this type of change into its pro- cludes performance measures meeting
gram. the requirements of § 192.945.
[68 FR 69817, Dec. 15, 2003, as amended by (j) Record keeping provisions meet-
Amdt. 192–95, 69 FR 18231, Apr. 6, 2004] ing the requirements of § 192.947.
(k) A management of change process
§ 192.911 What are the elements of an as outlined in ASME/ANSI B31.8S, sec-
integrity management program? tion 11.
An operator’s initial integrity man- (l) A quality assurance process as
agement program begins with a frame- outlined in ASME/ANSI B31.8S, section
work (see § 192.907) and evolves into a 12.
more detailed and comprehensive in- (m) A communication plan that in-
tegrity management program, as infor- cludes the elements of ASME/ANSI
mation is gained and incorporated into B31.8S, section 10, and that includes
the program. An operator must make procedures for addressing safety con-
continual improvements to its pro- cerns raised by—
gram. The initial program framework
(1) OPS; and
and subsequent program must, at min-
(2) A State or local pipeline safety
imum, contain the following elements.
(When indicated, refer to ASME/ANSI authority when a covered segment is
B31.8S (incorporated by reference, see located in a State where OPS has an
§ 192.7) for more detailed information interstate agent agreement.
on the listed element.) (n) Procedures for providing (when
(a) An identification of all high con- requested), by electronic or other
sequence areas, in accordance with means, a copy of the operator’s risk
§ 192.905. analysis or integrity management pro-
(b) A baseline assessment plan meet- gram to—
ing the requirements of § 192.919 and (1) OPS; and
§ 192.921. (2) A State or local pipeline safety
(c) An identification of threats to authority when a covered segment is
each covered pipeline segment, which located in a State where OPS has an
must include data integration and a interstate agent agreement.
risk assessment. An operator must use (o) Procedures for ensuring that each
the threat identification and risk as- integrity assessment is being con-
sessment to prioritize covered seg- ducted in a manner that minimizes en-
ments for assessment (§ 192.917) and to vironmental and safety risks.
evaluate the merits of additional pre-
(p) A process for identification and
ventive and mitigative measures
assessment of newly-identified high
(§ 192.935) for each covered segment.
consequence areas. (See § 192.905 and

(d) A direct assessment plan, if appli-
cable, meeting the requirements of § 192.921.)
§ 192.923, and depending on the threat [68 FR 69817, Dec. 15, 2003, as amended by
assessed, of §§ 192.925, 192.927, or 192.929. Amdt. 192–95, 69 FR 18231, Apr. 6, 2004]
481
§ 192.913 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)
§ 192.913 When may an operator devi- (viii) An analysis that supports the
ate its program from certain re- desired integrity reassessment interval
quirements of this subpart? and the remediation methods to be
(a) General. ASME/ANSI B31.8S (in- used for all covered segments.
corporated by reference, see § 192.7) pro- (2) In addition to the requirements
vides the essential features of a per- for the performance-based plan, an op-
formance-based or a prescriptive integ- erator must—
rity management program. An oper- (i) Have completed at least two in-
ator that uses a performance-based ap- tegrity assessments on each covered
proach that satisfies the requirements pipeline segment the operator is in-
for exceptional performance in para- cluding under the performance-based
graph (b) of this section may deviate approach, and be able to demonstrate
from certain requirements in this sub- that each assessment effectively ad-
part, as provided in paragraph (c) of dressed the identified threats on the
this section. covered segment.
(b) Exceptional performance. An oper- (ii) Remediate all anomalies identi-
ator must be able to demonstrate the fied in the more recent assessment ac-
exceptional performance of its integ- cording to the requirements in § 192.933,
rity management program through the and incorporate the results and lessons
following actions. learned from the more recent assess-
(1) To deviate from any of the re- ment into the operator’s data integra-
quirements set forth in paragraph (c) of tion and risk assessment.
this section, an operator must have a (c) Deviation. Once an operator has
performance-based integrity manage- demonstrated that it has satisfied the
ment program that meets or exceed the requirements of paragraph (b) of this
performance-based requirements of section, the operator may deviate from
ASME/ANSI B31.8S and includes, at a the prescriptive requirements of
minimum, the following elements— ASME/ANSI B31.8S and of this subpart
(i) A comprehensive process for risk only in the following instances.
analysis; (1) The time frame for reassessment
(ii) All risk factor data used to sup- as provided in § 192.939 except that reas-
port the program; sessment by some method allowed
(iii) A comprehensive data integra- under this subpart (e.g., confirmatory
tion process; direct assessment) must be carried out
(iv) A procedure for applying lessons at intervals no longer than seven
learned from assessment of covered years;
pipeline segments to pipeline segments (2) The time frame for remediation as
not covered by this subpart; provided in § 192.933 if the operator
(v) A procedure for evaluating every demonstrates the time frame will not
incident, including its cause, within jeopardize the safety of the covered
the operator’s sector of the pipeline in- segment.
dustry for implications both to the op- [68 FR 69817, Dec. 15, 2003, as amended by
erator’s pipeline system and to the op- Amdt. 192–95, 69 FR 18231, Apr. 6, 2004]
erator’s integrity management pro-
gram; § 192.915 What knowledge and training
(vi) A performance matrix that dem- must personnel have to carry out
onstrates the program has been effec- an integrity management program?
tive in ensuring the integrity of the (a) Supervisory personnel. The integ-
covered segments by controlling the rity management program must pro-
identified threats to the covered seg- vide that each supervisor whose re-
ments; sponsibilities relate to the integrity
(vii) Semi-annual performance meas- management program possesses and
ures beyond those required in § 192.945 maintains a thorough knowledge of the
that are part of the operator’s perform- integrity management program and of
ance plan. (See § 192.911(i).) An operator the elements for which the supervisor
must submit these measures, by elec- is responsible. The program must pro-
tronic or other means, on a semi-an- vide that any person who qualifies as a
nual frequency to OPS in accordance supervisor for the integrity manage-
with § 192.951; and ment program has appropriate training
482
or experience in the area for which the in ASME/ANSI B31.8S, section 4. At a

person is responsible. minimum, an operator must gather and
(b) Persons who carry out assessments evaluate the set of data specified in Ap-
and evaluate assessment results. The in- pendix A to ASME/ANSI B31.8S, and
tegrity management program must consider both on the covered segment
provide criteria for the qualification of and similar non-covered segments, past
any person— incident history, corrosion control
(1) Who conducts an integrity assess- records, continuing surveillance
ment allowed under this subpart; or records, patrolling records, mainte-
(2) Who reviews and analyzes the re- nance history, internal inspection
sults from an integrity assessment and records and all other conditions spe-
evaluation; or cific to each pipeline.
(3) Who makes decisions on actions (c) Risk assessment. An operator must
to be taken based on these assess-
conduct a risk assessment that follows
ments.
ASME/ANSI B31.8S, section 5, and con-
(c) Persons responsible for preventive
siders the identified threats for each
and mitigative measures. The integrity
covered segment. An operator must use
management program must provide
criteria for the qualification of any the risk assessment to prioritize the
person— covered segments for the baseline and
(1) Who implements preventive and continual reassessments (§§ 192.919,
mitigative measures to carry out this 192.921, 192.937), and to determine what
subpart, including the marking and lo- additional preventive and mitigative
cating of buried structures; or measures are needed (§ 192.935) for the
(2) Who directly supervises exca- covered segment.
vation work carried out in conjunction (d) Plastic transmission pipeline. An op-
with an integrity assessment. erator of a plastic transmission pipe-
line must assess the threats to each
§ 192.917 How does an operator iden- covered segment using the information
tify potential threats to pipeline in- in sections 4 and 5 of ASME B31.8S, and
tegrity and use the threat identi- consider any threats unique to the in-
fication in its integrity program?
tegrity of plastic pipe.
(a) Threat identification. An operator (e) Actions to address particular
must identify and evaluate all poten- threats. If an operator identifies any of
tial threats to each covered pipeline the following threats, the operator
segment. Potential threats that an op- must take the following actions to ad-
erator must consider include, but are dress the threat.
not limited to, the threats listed in
(1) Third party damage. An operator
ASME/ANSI B31.8S (incorporated by
must utilize the data integration re-
reference, see § 192.7), section 2, which
quired in paragraph (b) of this section
are grouped under the following four
categories: and ASME/ANSI B31.8S, Appendix A7
(1) Time dependent threats such as to determine the susceptibility of each
internal corrosion, external corrosion, covered segment to the threat of third
and stress corrosion cracking; party damage. If an operator identifies
(2) Static or resident threats, such as the threat of third party damage, the
fabrication or construction defects; operator must implement comprehen-
(3) Time independent threats such as sive additional preventive measures in
third party damage and outside force accordance with § 192.935 and monitor
damage; and the effectiveness of the preventive
(4) Human error. measures. If, in conducting a baseline
(b) Data gathering and integration. To assessment under § 192.921, or a reas-
identify and evaluate the potential sessment under § 192.937, an operator
threats to a covered pipeline segment, uses an internal inspection tool or ex-
an operator must gather and integrate ternal corrosion direct assessment, the
existing data and information on the operator must integrate data from
entire pipeline that could be relevant these assessments with data related to
to the covered segment. In performing any encroachment or foreign line
this data gathering and integration, an crossing on the covered segment, to de-
operator must follow the requirements fine where potential indications of
483
§ 192.919 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)
third party damage may exist in the any covered or noncovered segment in
covered segment. the pipeline system with such pipe has
An operator must also have proce- experienced seam failure, or operating
dures in its integrity management pro- pressure on the covered segment has
gram addressing actions it will take to increased over the maximum operating
respond to findings from this data inte- pressure experienced during the pre-
gration. ceding five years, an operator must se-
(2) Cyclic fatigue. An operator must lect an assessment technology or tech-
evaluate whether cyclic fatigue or nologies with a proven application ca-
other loading condition (including pable of assessing seam integrity and
ground movement, suspension bridge seam corrosion anomalies. The oper-
condition) could lead to a failure of a
ator must prioritize the covered seg-
deformation, including a dent or gouge,
ment as a high risk segment for the
or other defect in the covered segment.
An evaluation must assume the pres- baseline assessment or a subsequent re-
ence of threats in the covered segment assessment.
that could be exacerbated by cyclic fa- (5) Corrosion. If an operator identifies
tigue. An operator must use the results corrosion on a covered pipeline seg-
from the evaluation together with the ment that could adversely affect the
criteria used to evaluate the signifi- integrity of the line (conditions speci-
cance of this threat to the covered seg- fied in § 192.933), the operator must
ment to prioritize the integrity base- evaluate and remediate, as necessary,
line assessment or reassessment. all pipeline segments (both covered and
(3) Manufacturing and construction de- non-covered) with similar material
fects. If an operator identifies the coating and environmental character-
threat of manufacturing and construc- istics. An operator must establish a
tion defects (including seam defects) in schedule for evaluating and remedi-
the covered segment, an operator must ating, as necessary, the similar seg-
analyze the covered segment to deter- ments that is consistent with the oper-
mine the risk of failure from these de- ator’s established operating and main-
fects. The analysis must consider the tenance procedures under part 192 for
results of prior assessments on the cov- testing and repair.
ered segment. An operator may con-
sider manufacturing and construction [68 FR 69817, Dec. 15, 2003, as amended by
related defects to be stable defects if Amdt. 192–95, 69 FR 18231, Apr. 6, 2004]
the operating pressure on the covered
segment has not increased over the § 192.919 What must be in the baseline
maximum operating pressure experi- assessment plan?
enced during the five years preceding An operator must include each of the
identification of the high consequence following elements in its written base-
area. If any of the following changes line assessment plan:
occur in the covered segment, an oper- (a) Identification of the potential
ator must prioritize the covered seg- threats to each covered pipeline seg-
ment as a high risk segment for the ment and the information supporting
baseline assessment or a subsequent re- the threat identification. (See
assessment. § 192.917.);
(i) Operating pressure increases
(b) The methods selected to assess
above the maximum operating pressure
the integrity of the line pipe, including
experienced during the preceding five
years; an explanation of why the assessment
(ii) MAOP increases; or method was selected to address the
(iii) The stresses leading to cyclic fa- identified threats to each covered seg-
tigue increase. ment. The integrity assessment meth-
(4) ERW pipe. If a covered pipeline od an operator uses must be based on
segment contains low frequency elec- the threats identified to the covered
tric resistance welded pipe (ERW), lap segment. (See § 192.917.) More than one
welded pipe or other pipe that satisfies method may be required to address all
the conditions specified in ASME/ANSI the threats to the covered pipeline seg-
B31.8S, Appendices A4.3 and A4.4, and ment;
484
(c) A schedule for completing the in- notify a State or local pipeline safety
tegrity assessment of all covered seg- authority when either a covered seg-
ments, including risk factors consid- ment is located in a State where OPS
ered in establishing the assessment has an interstate agent agreement, or
schedule; an intrastate covered segment is regu-
(d) If applicable, a direct assessment lated by that State.
plan that meets the requirements of (b) Prioritizing segments. An operator
§§ 192.923, and depending on the threat must prioritize the covered pipeline
to be addressed, of § 192.925, § 192.927, or segments for the baseline assessment
§ 192.929; and according to a risk analysis that con-
(e) A procedure to ensure that the siders the potential threats to each
baseline assessment is being conducted covered segment. The risk analysis
in a manner that minimizes environ- must comply with the requirements in
mental and safety risks. § 192.917.
(c) Assessment for particular threats. In
§ 192.921 How is the baseline assess-
ment to be conducted? choosing an assessment method for the
baseline assessment of each covered
(a) Assessment methods. An operator segment, an operator must take the ac-
must assess the integrity of the line tions required in § 192.917(e) to address
pipe in each covered segment by apply- particular threats that it has identi-
ing one or more of the following meth- fied.
ods depending on the threats to which
(d) Time period. An operator must
the covered segment is susceptible. An
prioritize all the covered segments for
operator must select the method or
assessment in accordance with § 192.917
methods best suited to address the
(c) and paragraph (b) of this section.
threats identified to the covered seg-
An operator must assess at least 50% of
ment (See § 192.917).
the covered segments beginning with
(1) Internal inspection tool or tools
the highest risk segments, by Decem-
capable of detecting corrosion, and any
ber 17, 2007. An operator must complete
other threats to which the covered seg-
the baseline assessment of all covered
ment is susceptible. An operator must
follow ASME/ANSI B31.8S (incor- segments by December 17, 2012.
porated by reference, see § 192.7), sec- (e) Prior assessment. An operator may
tion 6.2 in selecting the appropriate in- use a prior integrity assessment con-
ternal inspection tools for the covered ducted before December 17, 2002 as a
segment. baseline assessment for the covered
(2) Pressure test conducted in accord- segment, if the integrity assessment
ance with subpart J of this part. An op- meets the baseline requirements in this
erator must use the test pressures subpart and subsequent remedial ac-
specified in Table 3 of section 5 of tions to address the conditions listed in
ASME/ANSI B31.8S, to justify an ex- § 192.933 have been carried out. In addi-
tended reassessment interval in accord- tion, if an operator uses this prior as-
ance with § 192.939. sessment as its baseline assessment,
(3) Direct assessment to address the operator must reassess the line
threats of external corrosion, internal pipe in the covered segment according
corrosion, and stress corrosion crack- to the requirements of § 192.937 and
ing. An operator must conduct the di- § 192.939.
rect assessment in accordance with the (f) Newly identified areas. When an op-
requirements listed in § 192.923 and erator identifies a new high con-
with, as applicable, the requirements sequence area (see § 192.905), an operator
specified in §§ 192.925, 192.927 or 192.929; must complete the baseline assessment
(4) Other technology that an operator of the line pipe in the newly identified
demonstrates can provide an equiva- high consequence area within ten (10)
lent understanding of the condition of years from the date the area is identi-
the line pipe. An operator choosing this fied.
option must notify the Office of Pipe- (g) Newly installed pipe. An operator
line Safety (OPS) 180 days before con- must complete the baseline assessment
ducting the assessment, in accordance of a newly-installed segment of pipe
with § 192.949. An operator must also covered by this subpart within ten (10)
485
§ 192.923 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)
years from the date the pipe is in- § 192.925 What are the requirements
stalled. An operator may conduct a for using External Corrosion Direct
pressure test in accordance with para- Assessment (ECDA)?
graph (a)(2) of this section, to satisfy (a) Definition. ECDA is a four-step
the requirement for a baseline assess- process that combines preassessment,
ment. indirect inspection, direct examina-
(h) Plastic transmission pipeline. If the tion, and post assessment to evaluate
threat analysis required in § 192.917(d) the threat of external corrosion to the
on a plastic transmission pipeline indi- integrity of a pipeline.
cates that a covered segment is suscep- (b) General requirements. An operator
tible to failure from causes other than
that uses direct assessment to assess
third-party damage, an operator must
the threat of external corrosion must
conduct a baseline assessment of the
follow the requirements in this section,
segment in accordance with the re-
in ASME/ANSI B31.8S (incorporated by
quirements of this section and of
reference, see § 192.7), section 6.4, and in
§ 192.917. The operator must justify the
NACE SP0502–2008 (incorporated by ref-
use of an alternative assessment meth-
erence, see § 192.7). An operator must
od that will address the identified
develop and implement a direct assess-
threats to the covered segment.
ment plan that has procedures address-
[68 FR 69817, Dec. 15, 2003, as amended by ing preassessment, indirect examina-
Amdt. 192–95, 69 FR 18232, Apr. 6, 2004] tion, direct examination, and post-as-
sessment. If the ECDA detects pipeline
§ 192.923 How is direct assessment coating damage, the operator must
used and for what threats?
also integrate the data from the ECDA
(a) General. An operator may use di- with other information from the data
rect assessment either as a primary as- integration (§ 192.917(b)) to evaluate the
sessment method or as a supplement to covered segment for the threat of third
the other assessment methods allowed party damage, and to address the
under this subpart. An operator may threat as required by § 192.917(e)(1).
only use direct assessment as the pri- (1) Preassessment. In addition to the
mary assessment method to address requirements in ASME/ANSI B31.8S
the identified threats of external corro- section 6.4 and NACE SP0502–2008, sec-
sion (ECDA), internal corrosion tion 3, the plan’s procedures for
(ICDA), and stress corrosion cracking preassessment must include—
(SCCDA). (i) Provisions for applying more re-
(b) Primary method. An operator using strictive criteria when conducting
direct assessment as a primary assess- ECDA for the first time on a covered
ment method must have a plan that segment; and
complies with the requirements in— (ii) The basis on which an operator
(1) ASME/ANSI B31.8S (incorporated selects at least two different, but com-
by reference, see § 192.7), section 6.4; plementary indirect assessment tools
NACE SP0502–2008 (incorporated by ref- to assess each ECDA Region. If an op-
erence, see § 192.7); and § 192.925 if ad- erator utilizes an indirect inspection
dressing external corrosion (ECDA). method that is not discussed in Appen-
(2) ASME/ANSI B31.8S, section 6.4 dix A of NACE SP0502–2008, the oper-
and appendix B2, and § 192.927 if ad- ator must demonstrate the applica-
dressing internal corrosion (ICDA). bility, validation basis, equipment
(3) ASME/ANSI B31.8S, appendix A3, used, application procedure, and utili-
and § 192.929 if addressing stress corro- zation of data for the inspection meth-
sion cracking (SCCDA). od.
(c) Supplemental method. An operator (2) Indirect examination. In addition to
using direct assessment as a supple- the requirements in ASME/ANSI B31.8S
mental assessment method for any ap- section 6.4 and NACE SP0502–2008, sec-
plicable threat must have a plan that tion 4, the plan’s procedures for indi-
follows the requirements for confirm- rect examination of the ECDA regions
atory direct assessment in § 192.931. must include—
[68 FR 69817, Dec. 15, 2003, as amended by (i) Provisions for applying more re-
Amdt. 192–114, 75 FR 48604, Aug. 11, 2010] strictive criteria when conducting
486
ECDA for the first time on a covered of the effectiveness of the ECDA proc-
segment; ess must include—
(ii) Criteria for identifying and docu- (i) Measures for evaluating the long-
menting those indications that must be term effectiveness of ECDA in address-
considered for excavation and direct ing external corrosion in covered seg-
examination. Minimum identification ments; and
criteria include the known sensitivities (ii) Criteria for evaluating whether
of assessment tools, the procedures for conditions discovered by direct exam-
using each tool, and the approach to be ination of indications in each ECDA re-
used for decreasing the physical spac- gion indicate a need for reassessment
ing of indirect assessment tool read- of the covered segment at an interval
ings when the presence of a defect is less than that specified in § 192.939. (See
suspected; Appendix D of NACE SP0502–2008.)
(iii) Criteria for defining the urgency
of excavation and direct examination [68 FR 69817, Dec. 15, 2003, as amended by
of each indication identified during the Amdt. 192–95, 69 FR 29904, May 26, 2004; Amdt.
indirect examination. These criteria 192–114, 75 FR 48604, Aug. 11, 2010]
must specify how an operator will de-
§ 192.927 What are the requirements
fine the urgency of excavating the indi- for using Internal Corrosion Direct
cation as immediate, scheduled or Assessment (ICDA)?
monitored; and
(iv) Criteria for scheduling exca- (a) Definition. Internal Corrosion Di-
vation of indications for each urgency rect Assessment (ICDA) is a process an
level. operator uses to identify areas along
(3) Direct examination. In addition to the pipeline where fluid or other elec-
the requirements in ASME/ANSI B31.8S trolyte introduced during normal oper-
section 6.4 and NACE SP0502–2008, sec- ation or by an upset condition may re-
tion 5, the plan’s procedures for direct side, and then focuses direct examina-
examination of indications from the in- tion on the locations in covered seg-
direct examination must include— ments where internal corrosion is most
(i) Provisions for applying more re- likely to exist. The process identifies
strictive criteria when conducting the potential for internal corrosion
ECDA for the first time on a covered caused by microorganisms, or fluid
segment; with CO2, O2, hydrogen sulfide or other
(ii) Criteria for deciding what action contaminants present in the gas.
should be taken if either: (b) General requirements. An operator
(A) Corrosion defects are discovered using direct assessment as an assess-
that exceed allowable limits (Section ment method to address internal corro-
5.5.2.2 of NACE SP0502–2008), or sion in a covered pipeline segment
(B) Root cause analysis reveals con- must follow the requirements in this
ditions for which ECDA is not suitable section and in ASME/ANSI B31.8S (in-
(Section 5.6.2 of NACE SP0502–2008); corporated by reference, see § 192.7), sec-
(iii) Criteria and notification proce- tion 6.4 and appendix B2. The ICDA
dures for any changes in the ECDA process described in this section ap-
Plan, including changes that affect the plies only for a segment of pipe trans-
severity classification, the priority of porting nominally dry natural gas, and
direct examination, and the time frame not for a segment with electrolyte
for direct examination of indications; nominally present in the gas stream. If
and an operator uses ICDA to assess a cov-
(iv) Criteria that describe how and on ered segment operating with electro-
what basis an operator will reclassify lyte present in the gas stream, the op-
and reprioritize any of the provisions erator must develop a plan that dem-
that are specified in section 5.9 of onstrates how it will conduct ICDA in
NACE SP0502–2008. the segment to effectively address in-
(4) Post assessment and continuing ternal corrosion, and must provide no-
evaluation. In addition to the require- tification in accordance with § 192.921

ments in ASME/ANSI B31.8S section 6.4 (a)(4) or § 192.937(c)(4).
and NACE SP0502–2008, section 6, the (c) The ICDA plan. An operator must
plan’s procedures for post assessment develop and follow an ICDA plan that
487
§ 192.927 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)
provides for preassessment, identifica- the identification process, an operator

tion of ICDA regions and excavation lo- must use the model in GRI 02–0057,
cations, detailed examination of pipe ‘‘Internal Corrosion Direct Assessment
at excavation locations, and post-as- of Gas Transmission Pipelines—Meth-
sessment evaluation and monitoring. odology,’’ (incorporated by reference,
(1) Preassessment. In the see § 192.7). An operator may use an-
preassessment stage, an operator must other model if the operator dem-
gather and integrate data and informa- onstrates it is equivalent to the one
tion needed to evaluate the feasibility shown in GRI 02–0057. A model must
of ICDA for the covered segment, and consider changes in pipe diameter, lo-
to support use of a model to identify cations where gas enters a line (poten-
the locations along the pipe segment tial to introduce liquid) and locations
where electrolyte may accumulate, to down stream of gas draw-offs (where
identify ICDA regions, and to identify gas velocity is reduced) to define the
areas within the covered segment critical pipe angle of inclination above
where liquids may potentially be en- which water film cannot be transported
trained. This data and information in- by the gas.
cludes, but is not limited to— (3) Identification of locations for exca-
(i) All data elements listed in appen- vation and direct examination. An opera-
dix A2 of ASME/ANSI B31.8S; tor’s plan must identify the locations
(ii) Information needed to support where internal corrosion is most likely
use of a model that an operator must in each ICDA region. In the location
use to identify areas along the pipeline identification process, an operator
where internal corrosion is most likely must identify a minimum of two loca-
to occur. (See paragraph (a) of this sections for excavation within each ICDA
tion.) This information, includes, but is Region within a covered segment and
not limited to, location of all gas input must perform a direct examination for
and withdrawal points on the line; lo- internal corrosion at each location,
cation of all low points on covered seg- using ultrasonic thickness measure-
ments such as sags, drips, inclines,
ments, radiography, or other generally
valves, manifolds, dead-legs, and traps;
accepted measurement technique. One
the elevation profile of the pipeline in
location must be the low point (e.g.,
sufficient detail that angles of inclina-
sags, drips, valves, manifolds, dead-
tion can be calculated for all pipe seg-
legs, traps) within the covered segment
ments; and the diameter of the pipe-
nearest to the beginning of the ICDA
line, and the range of expected gas ve-
Region. The second location must be
locities in the pipeline;
further downstream, within a covered
(iii) Operating experience data that
segment, near the end of the ICDA Re-
would indicate historic upsets in gas
conditions, locations where these up- gion. If corrosion exists at either loca-
sets have occurred, and potential dam- tion, the operator must—
age resulting from these upset condi- (i) Evaluate the severity of the defect
tions; and (remaining strength) and remediate
(iv) Information on covered segments the defect in accordance with § 192.933;
where cleaning pigs may not have been (ii) As part of the operator’s current
used or where cleaning pigs may de- integrity assessment either perform
posit electrolytes. additional excavations in each covered
(2) ICDA region identification. An oper- segment within the ICDA region, or use
ator’s plan must identify where all an alternative assessment method al-
ICDA Regions are located in the trans- lowed by this subpart to assess the line
mission system, in which covered seg- pipe in each covered segment within
ments are located. An ICDA Region ex- the ICDA region for internal corrosion;
tends from the location where liquid and
may first enter the pipeline and encom- (iii) Evaluate the potential for inter-
passes the entire area along the pipe- nal corrosion in all pipeline segments
line where internal corrosion may (both covered and non-covered) in the
occur and where further evaluation is operator’s pipeline system with similar
needed. An ICDA Region may encom- characteristics to the ICDA region con-
pass one or more covered segments. In taining the covered segment in which
488
the corrosion was found, and as appro- ICDA for the first time on a covered
priate, remediate the conditions the segment and that become less strin-
operator finds in accordance with gent as the operator gains experience;
§ 192.933. and
(4) Post-assessment evaluation and (iii) Provisions that analysis be car-
monitoring. An operator’s plan must ried out on the entire pipeline in which
provide for evaluating the effectiveness covered segments are present, except
of the ICDA process and continued that application of the remediation cri-
monitoring of covered segments where teria of § 192.933 may be limited to cov-
internal corrosion has been identified. ered segments.
The evaluation and monitoring process
includes— [68 FR 69817, Dec. 15, 2003, as amended by
(i) Evaluating the effectiveness of Amdt. 192–95, 69 FR 18232, Apr. 6, 2004]
ICDA as an assessment method for ad-
dressing internal corrosion and deter- § 192.929 What are the requirements
mining whether a covered segment for using Direct Assessment for
should be reassessed at more frequent Stress Corrosion Cracking
intervals than those specified in (SCCDA)?
§ 192.939. An operator must carry out (a) Definition. Stress Corrosion
this evaluation within a year of con- Cracking Direct Assessment (SCCDA)
ducting an ICDA; and is a process to assess a covered pipe
(ii) Continually monitoring each cov- segment for the presence of SCC pri-
ered segment where internal corrosion marily by systematically gathering
has been identified using techniques and analyzing excavation data for pipe
such as coupons, UT sensors or elec- having similar operational characteris-
tronic probes, periodically drawing off tics and residing in a similar physical
liquids at low points and chemically environment.
analyzing the liquids for the presence (b) General requirements. An operator
of corrosion products. An operator
using direct assessment as an integrity
must base the frequency of the moni-
assessment method to address stress
toring and liquid analysis on results
from all integrity assessments that corrosion cracking in a covered pipe-
have been conducted in accordance line segment must have a plan that
with the requirements of this subpart, provides, at minimum, for—
and risk factors specific to the covered (1) Data gathering and integration. An
segment. If an operator finds any evi- operator’s plan must provide for a sys-
dence of corrosion products in the cov- tematic process to collect and evaluate
ered segment, the operator must take data for all covered segments to iden-
prompt action in accordance with one tify whether the conditions for SCC are
of the two following required actions present and to prioritize the covered
and remediate the conditions the oper- segments for assessment. This process
ator finds in accordance with § 192.933. must include gathering and evaluating
(A) Conduct excavations of covered data related to SCC at all sites an oper-
segments at locations downstream ator excavates during the conduct of
from where the electrolyte might have its pipeline operations where the cri-
entered the pipe; or teria in ASME/ANSI B31.8S (incor-
(B) Assess the covered segment using porated by reference, see § 192.7), appen-
another integrity assessment method dix A3.3 indicate the potential for SCC.
allowed by this subpart. This data includes at minimum, the
(5) Other requirements. The ICDA plan data specified in ASME/ANSI B31.8S,
must also include—
appendix A3.
(i) Criteria an operator will apply in
(2) Assessment method. The plan must
making key decisions (e.g., ICDA feasi-
bility, definition of ICDA Regions, con- provide that if conditions for SCC are
ditions requiring excavation) in imple- identified in a covered segment, an op-
menting each stage of the ICDA proc- erator must assess the covered segment
ess; using an integrity assessment method
(ii) Provisions for applying more re-
strictive criteria when conducting
489
§ 192.931 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)
specified in ASME/ANSI B31.8S, appen- ment using one of the assessment tech-
dix A3, and remediate the threat in ac- niques allowed in § 192.937.
cordance with ASME/ANSI B31.8S, ap- [68 FR 69817, Dec. 15, 2003, as amended by
pendix A3, section A3.4. Amdt. 192–114, 75 FR 48604, Aug. 11, 2010]
§ 192.933 What actions must be taken
Amdt. 192–95, 69 FR 18233, Apr. 6, 2004]
to address integrity issues?
§ 192.931 How may Confirmatory Di- (a) General requirements. An operator
rect Assessment (CDA) be used? must take prompt action to address all
anomalous conditions the operator dis-
An operator using the confirmatory
covers through the integrity assess-
direct assessment (CDA) method as al-
ment. In addressing all conditions, an
lowed in § 192.937 must have a plan that operator must evaluate all anomalous
meets the requirements of this section conditions and remediate those that
and of §§ 192.925 (ECDA) and § 192.927 could reduce a pipeline’s integrity. An
(ICDA). operator must be able to demonstrate
(a) Threats. An operator may only use that the remediation of the condition
CDA on a covered segment to identify will ensure the condition is unlikely to
damage resulting from external corro- pose a threat to the integrity of the
sion or internal corrosion. pipeline until the next reassessment of
(b) External corrosion plan. An opera- the covered segment.
tor’s CDA plan for identifying external (1) Temporary pressure reduction. If an
corrosion must comply with § 192.925 operator is unable to respond within
with the following exceptions. the time limits for certain conditions
(1) The procedures for indirect exam- specified in this section, the operator
ination may allow use of only one indi- must temporarily reduce the operating
rect examination tool suitable for the pressure of the pipeline or take other
application. action that ensures the safety of the
(2) The procedures for direct exam- covered segment. An operator must de-
ination and remediation must provide termine any temporary reduction in
that— operating pressure required by this sec-
tion using ASME/ANSI B31G (incor-
(i) All immediate action indications
porated by reference, see § 192.7) or AGA
must be excavated for each ECDA re-
Pipeline Research Committee Project
gion; and
PR–3–805 (‘‘RSTRENG,’’ incorporated
(ii) At least one high risk indication by reference, see § 192.7) or reduce the
that meets the criteria of scheduled ac- operating pressure to a level not ex-
tion must be excavated in each ECDA ceeding 80 percent of the level at the
region. time the condition was discovered. (See
(c) Internal corrosion plan. An opera- appendix A to this part for information
tor’s CDA plan for identifying internal on availability of incorporation by ref-
corrosion must comply with § 192.927 erence information.) An operator must
except that the plan’s procedures for notify PHMSA in accordance with
identifying locations for excavation § 192.949 if it cannot meet the schedule
may require excavation of only one for evaluation and remediation re-
high risk location in each ICDA region. quired under paragraph (c) of this sec-
(d) Defects requiring near-term remedi- tion and cannot provide safety through
ation. If an assessment carried out temporary reduction in operating pres-
under paragraph (b) or (c) of this sec- sure or other action. An operator must
tion reveals any defect requiring reme- also notify a State pipeline safety au-
diation prior to the next scheduled as- thority when either a covered segment
sessment, the operator must schedule is located in a State where PHMSA has
the next assessment in accordance with an interstate agent agreement, or an
NACE SP0502–2008 (incorporated by ref- intrastate covered segment is regu-
erence, see § 192.7), section 6.2 and 6.3. If lated by that State.
the defect requires immediate remedi- (2) Long-term pressure reduction. When
ation, then the operator must reduce a pressure reduction exceeds 365 days,
pressure consistent with § 192.933 until the operator must notify PHMSA
the operator has completed reassess- under § 192.949 and explain the reasons
490
for the remediation delay. This notice following conditions as immediate re-
must include a technical justification pair conditions:
that the continued pressure reduction (i) A calculation of the remaining
will not jeopardize the integrity of the strength of the pipe shows a predicted
pipeline. The operator also must notify failure pressure less than or equal to
a State pipeline safety authority when 1.1 times the maximum allowable oper-
either a covered segment is located in ating pressure at the location of the
a State where PHMSA has an inter- anomaly. Suitable remaining strength
state agent agreement, or an intrastate calculation methods include, ASME/
covered segment is regulated by that ANSI B31G; RSTRENG; or an alter-
State. native equivalent method of remaining
(b) Discovery of condition. Discovery strength calculation. These documents
of a condition occurs when an operator are incorporated by reference and
has adequate information about a con- available at the addresses listed in ap-
dition to determine that the condition pendix A to part 192.
presents a potential threat to the in- (ii) A dent that has any indication of
tegrity of the pipeline. A condition metal loss, cracking or a stress riser.
that presents a potential threat in- (iii) An indication or anomaly that in
cludes, but is not limited to, those con- the judgment of the person designated
ditions that require remediation or by the operator to evaluate the assess-
monitoring listed under paragraphs ment results requires immediate ac-
(d)(1) through (d)(3) of this section. An tion.
(2) One-year conditions. Except for
operator must promptly, but no later
conditions listed in paragraph (d)(1)
than 180 days after conducting an in-
and (d)(3) of this section, an operator
tegrity assessment, obtain sufficient
must remediate any of the following
information about a condition to make
within one year of discovery of the con-
that determination, unless the oper-
dition:
ator demonstrates that the 180-day pe-
(i) A smooth dent located between
riod is impracticable.
the 8 o’clock and 4 o’clock positions
(c) Schedule for evaluation and remedi- (upper 2⁄3 of the pipe) with a depth
ation. An operator must complete re- greater than 6% of the pipeline diame-
mediation of a condition according to a ter (greater than 0.50 inches in depth
schedule prioritizing the conditions for for a pipeline diameter less than Nomi-
evaluation and remediation. Unless a nal Pipe Size (NPS) 12).
special requirement for remediating (ii) A dent with a depth greater than
certain conditions applies, as provided 2% of the pipeline’s diameter (0.250
in paragraph (d) of this section, an op- inches in depth for a pipeline diameter
erator must follow the schedule in less than NPS 12) that affects pipe cur-
ASME/ANSI B31.8S (incorporated by vature at a girth weld or at a longitu-
reference, see § 192.7), section 7, Figure dinal seam weld.
4. If an operator cannot meet the (3) Monitored conditions. An operator
schedule for any condition, the oper- does not have to schedule the following
ator must explain the reasons why it conditions for remediation, but must
cannot meet the schedule and how the record and monitor the conditions dur-
changed schedule will not jeopardize ing subsequent risk assessments and
public safety. integrity assessments for any change
(d) Special requirements for scheduling that may require remediation:
remediation—(1) Immediate repair condi- (i) A dent with a depth greater than
tions. An operator’s evaluation and re- 6% of the pipeline diameter (greater
mediation schedule must follow ASME/ than 0.50 inches in depth for a pipeline
ANSI B31.8S, section 7 in providing for diameter less than NPS 12) located be-
immediate repair conditions. To main- tween the 4 o’clock position and the 8
tain safety, an operator must tempo- o’clock position (bottom 1⁄3 of the pipe).
rarily reduce operating pressure in ac- (ii) A dent located between the 8
cordance with paragraph (a) of this sec- o’clock and 4 o’clock positions (upper
tion or shut down the pipeline until the 2⁄3 of the pipe) with a depth greater
operator completes the repair of these than 6% of the pipeline diameter

conditions. An operator must treat the (greater than 0.50 inches in depth for a
491
§ 192.935 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)
pipeline diameter less than Nominal an existing damage prevention pro-

Pipe Size (NPS) 12), and engineering gram include, at a minimum—
analyses of the dent demonstrate crit- (i) Using qualified personnel (see
ical strain levels are not exceeded. § 192.915) for work an operator is con-
(iii) A dent with a depth greater than ducting that could adversely affect the
2% of the pipeline’s diameter (0.250 integrity of a covered segment, such as
inches in depth for a pipeline diameter marking, locating, and direct super-
less than NPS 12) that affects pipe cur- vision of known excavation work.
vature at a girth weld or a longitudinal (ii) Collecting in a central database
seam weld, and engineering analyses of information that is location specific on
the dent and girth or seam weld dem- excavation damage that occurs in cov-
onstrate critical strain levels are not ered and non covered segments in the
exceeded. These analyses must consider transmission system and the root
weld properties. cause analysis to support identification
of targeted additional preventative and
Amdt. 192–95, 69 FR 18233, Apr. 6, 2004; Amdt. mitigative measures in the high con-
192–104, 72 FR 39016, July 17, 2007] sequence areas. This information must
include recognized damage that is not
§ 192.935 What additional preventive required to be reported as an incident
and mitigative measures must an under part 191.
operator take? (iii) Participating in one-call systems
(a) General requirements. An operator in locations where covered segments
must take additional measures beyond are present.
those already required by Part 192 to (iv) Monitoring of excavations con-
prevent a pipeline failure and to miti- ducted on covered pipeline segments by
gate the consequences of a pipeline pipeline personnel. If an operator finds
failure in a high consequence area. An physical evidence of encroachment in-
operator must base the additional volving excavation that the operator
measures on the threats the operator did not monitor near a covered seg-
has identified to each pipeline segment, an operator must either exca-
ment. (See § 192.917) An operator must vate the area near the encroachment or
conduct, in accordance with one of the conduct an above ground survey using
risk assessment approaches in ASME/ methods defined in NACE SP0502–2008
ANSI B31.8S (incorporated by ref- (incorporated by reference, see § 192.7).
erence, see § 192.7), section 5, a risk An operator must excavate, and reme-
analysis of its pipeline to identify addi- diate, in accordance with ANSI/ASME
tional measures to protect the high B31.8S and § 192.933 any indication of
consequence area and enhance public coating holidays or discontinuity war-
safety. Such additional measures in- ranting direct examination.
clude, but are not limited to, installing (2) Outside force damage. If an oper-
Automatic Shut-off Valves or Remote ator determines that outside force (e.g.,
Control Valves, installing computer- earth movement, floods, unstable sus-
ized monitoring and leak detection sys- pension bridge) is a threat to the integ-
tems, replacing pipe segments with rity of a covered segment, the operator
pipe of heavier wall thickness, pro- must take measures to minimize the
viding additional training to personnel consequences to the covered segment
on response procedures, conducting from outside force damage. These
drills with local emergency responders measures include, but are not limited
and implementing additional inspec- to, increasing the frequency of aerial,
tion and maintenance programs. foot or other methods of patrols, add-
(b) Third party damage and outside ing external protection, reducing exter-
force damage— nal stress, and relocating the line.
(1) Third party damage. An operator (c) Automatic shut-off valves (ASV) or
must enhance its damage prevention Remote control valves (RCV). If an oper-
program, as required under § 192.614 of ator determines, based on a risk anal-
this part, with respect to a covered seg- ysis, that an ASV or RCV would be an
ment to prevent and minimize the con- efficient means of adding protection to
sequences of a release due to third a high consequence area in the event of
party damage. Enhanced measures to a gas release, an operator must install
492
the ASV or RCV. In making that deter- this section. An operator must reassess
mination, an operator must, at least, a covered segment on which a prior as-
consider the following factors—swift- sessment is credited as a baseline
ness of leak detection and pipe shut- under § 192.921(e) by no later than De-
down capabilities, the type of gas being cember 17, 2009. An operator must reas-
transported, operating pressure, the sess a covered segment on which a
rate of potential release, pipeline pro- baseline assessment is conducted dur-
file, the potential for ignition, and lo- ing the baseline period specified in
cation of nearest response personnel. § 192.921(d) by no later than seven years
(d) Pipelines operating below 30% after the baseline assessment of that
SMYS. An operator of a transmission covered segment unless the evaluation
pipeline operating below 30% SMYS lo- under paragraph (b) of this section in-
cated in a high consequence area must dicates earlier reassessment.
follow the requirements in paragraphs (b) Evaluation. An operator must con-
(d)(1) and (d)(2) of this section. An oper- duct a periodic evaluation as fre-
ator of a transmission pipeline oper- quently as needed to assure the integ-
ating below 30% SMYS located in a rity of each covered segment. The peri-
Class 3 or Class 4 area but not in a high odic evaluation must be based on a
consequence area must follow the re- data integration and risk assessment of
quirements in paragraphs (d)(1), (d)(2) the entire pipeline as specified in
and (d)(3) of this section. § 192.917. For plastic transmission pipe-
(1) Apply the requirements in para- lines, the periodic evaluation is based
graphs (b)(1)(i) and (b)(1)(iii) of this on the threat analysis specified in
section to the pipeline; and 192.917(d). For all other transmission
(2) Either monitor excavations near pipelines, the evaluation must consider
the pipeline, or conduct patrols as re- the past and present integrity assess-
quired by § 192.705 of the pipeline at bi- ment results, data integration and risk
monthly intervals. If an operator finds assessment information (§ 192.917), and
any indication of unreported construc-
decisions about remediation (§ 192.933)
tion activity, the operator must con-
and additional preventive and mitiga-
duct a follow up investigation to deter-
tive actions (§ 192.935). An operator
mine if mechanical damage has oc-
must use the results from this evalua-
curred.
tion to identify the threats specific to
(3) Perform semi-annual leak surveys
each covered segment and the risk rep-
(quarterly for unprotected pipelines or
resented by these threats.
cathodically protected pipe where elec-
trical surveys are impractical). (c) Assessment methods. In conducting
(e) Plastic transmission pipeline. An op- the integrity reassessment, an operator
erator of a plastic transmission pipe- must assess the integrity of the line
line must apply the requirements in pipe in the covered segment by any of
paragraphs (b)(1)(i), (b)(1)(iii) and the following methods as appropriate
(b)(1)(iv) of this section to the covered for the threats to which the covered
segments of the pipeline. segment is susceptible (see § 192.917), or
by confirmatory direct assessment
[68 FR 69817, Dec. 15, 2003, as amended by under the conditions specified in
Amdt. 192–95, 69 FR 18233, Apr. 6, 2004; Amdt. § 192.931.
192–95, 69 FR 29904, May 26, 2004; Amdt. 192–
114, 75 FR 48604, Aug. 11, 2010] (1) Internal inspection tool or tools
capable of detecting corrosion, and any
§ 192.937 What is a continual process other threats to which the covered seg-
of evaluation and assessment to ment is susceptible. An operator must
maintain a pipeline’s integrity? follow ASME/ANSI B31.8S (incor-
(a) General. After completing the porated by reference, see § 192.7), sec-
baseline integrity assessment of a cov- tion 6.2 in selecting the appropriate in-
ered segment, an operator must con- ternal inspection tools for the covered
tinue to assess the line pipe of that segment.
segment at the intervals specified in (2) Pressure test conducted in accord-

§ 192.939 and periodically evaluate the ance with subpart J of this part. An op-
integrity of each covered pipeline seg- erator must use the test pressures
ment as provided in paragraph (b) of specified in Table 3 of section 5 of
493
§ 192.939 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)
ASME/ANSI B31.8S, to justify an ex- this section sets forth the maximum
tended reassessment interval in accord- allowed reassessment intervals.
ance with § 192.939. (1) Pressure test or internal inspection
(3) Direct assessment to address or other equivalent technology. An oper-
threats of external corrosion, internal ator that uses pressure testing or in-
corrosion, or stress corrosion cracking. ternal inspection as an assessment
An operator must conduct the direct method must establish the reassess-
assessment in accordance with the re- ment interval for a covered pipeline
quirements listed in § 192.923 and with segment by—
as applicable, the requirements speci- (i) Basing the interval on the identi-
fied in §§ 192.925, 192.927 or 192.929; fied threats for the covered segment
(4) Other technology that an operator (see § 192.917) and on the analysis of the
demonstrates can provide an equiva- results from the last integrity assess-
lent understanding of the condition of ment and from the data integration
the line pipe. An operator choosing this and risk assessment required by
option must notify the Office of Pipe- § 192.917; or
line Safety (OPS) 180 days before con- (ii) Using the intervals specified for
ducting the assessment, in accordance different stress levels of pipeline (oper-
with § 192.949. An operator must also ating at or above 30% SMYS) listed in
notify a State or local pipeline safety ASME/ANSI B31.8S, section 5, Table 3.
authority when either a covered seg- (2) External Corrosion Direct Assess-
ment is located in a State where OPS ment. An operator that uses ECDA that
has an interstate agent agreement, or meets the requirements of this subpart
an intrastate covered segment is regu- must determine the reassessment in-
lated by that State. terval according to the requirements in
(5) Confirmatory direct assessment paragraphs 6.2 and 6.3 of NACE SP0502–
when used on a covered segment that is 2008 (incorporated by reference, see
scheduled for reassessment at a period § 192.7).
longer than seven years. An operator (3) Internal Corrosion or SCC Direct As-
using this reassessment method must sessment. An operator that uses ICDA
comply with § 192.931. or SCCDA in accordance with the re-
[68 FR 69817, Dec. 15, 2003, as amended by quirements of this subpart must deter-
Amdt. 192–95, 69 FR 18234, Apr. 6, 2004] mine the reassessment interval accord-
ing to the following method. However,
§ 192.939 What are the required reas- the reassessment interval cannot ex-
sessment intervals? ceed those specified for direct assess-
An operator must comply with the ment in ASME/ANSI B31.8S, section 5,
following requirements in establishing Table 3.
the reassessment interval for the oper- (i) Determine the largest defect most
ator’s covered pipeline segments. likely to remain in the covered seg-
(a) Pipelines operating at or above 30% ment and the corrosion rate appro-
SMYS. An operator must establish a re- priate for the pipe, soil and protection
assessment interval for each covered conditions;
segment operating at or above 30% (ii) Use the largest remaining defect
SMYS in accordance with the require- as the size of the largest defect discov-
ments of this section. The maximum ered in the SCC or ICDA segment; and
reassessment interval by an allowable (iii) Estimate the reassessment inter-
reassessment method is seven years. If val as half the time required for the
an operator establishes a reassessment largest defect to grow to a critical size.
interval that is greater than seven (b) Pipelines Operating Below 30%
years, the operator must, within the SMYS. An operator must establish a re-
seven-year period, conduct a confirm- assessment interval for each covered
atory direct assessment on the covered segment operating below 30% SMYS in
segment, and then conduct the follow- accordance with the requirements of
up reassessment at the interval the op- this section. The maximum reassess-
erator has established. A reassessment ment interval by an allowable reassess-

carried out using confirmatory direct ment method is seven years. An oper-
assessment must be done in accordance ator must establish reassessment by at
with § 192.931. The table that follows least one of the following—
494
(1) Reassessment by pressure test, in- accordance with § 192.931, with reassess-
ternal inspection or other equivalent ment by one of the methods listed in
technology following the requirements paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(3) of this
in paragraph (a)(1) of this section ex- section by year 20 of the interval.
cept that the stress level referenced in (5) Reassessment by the low stress
paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section assessment method at 7-year intervals
would be adjusted to reflect the lower in accordance with § 192.941 with reas-
operating stress level. If an established sessment by one of the methods listed
interval is more than seven years, the in paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(3) of
operator must conduct by the seventh this section by year 20 of the interval.
year of the interval either a confirm- (6) The following table sets forth the
atory direct assessment in accordance maximum reassessment intervals. Also
with § 192.931, or a low stress reassess- refer to Appendix E.II for guidance on
ment in accordance with § 192.941. Assessment Methods and Assessment
(2) Reassessment by ECDA following Schedule for Transmission Pipelines
the requirements in paragraph (a)(2) of Operating Below 30% SMYS. In case of
this section. conflict between the rule and the guid-
(3) Reassessment by ICDA or SCCDA ance in the Appendix, the requirements
following the requirements in para- of the rule control. An operator must
graph (a)(3) of this section. comply with the following require-
(4) Reassessment by confirmatory di- ments in establishing a reassessment
rect assessment at 7-year intervals in interval for a covered segment:
MAXIMUM REASSESSMENT INTERVAL
Pipeline operating at or above Pipeline operating at or above Pipeline operating below 30%
Assessment method 50% SMYS 30% SMYS, up to 50% SMYS SMYS
Internal Inspection Tool, Pres- 10 years (*) ............................. 15 years (*) ............................. 20 years.(**)
sure Test or Direct Assess-
ment.
Confirmatory Direct Assess- 7 years ................................... 7 years ................................... 7 years.
ment.
Low Stress Reassessment ...... Not applicable ........................ Not applicable ........................ 7 years + ongoing actions
specified in § 192.941.
(*) A Confirmatory direct assessment as described in § 192.931 must be conducted by year 7 in a 10-year interval and years 7
and 14 of a 15-year interval.
(**) A low stress reassessment or Confirmatory direct assessment must be conducted by years 7 and 14 of the interval.
[68 FR 69817, Dec. 15, 2003, as amended by Amdt. 192–95, 69 FR 18234, Apr. 6, 2004; 192–114, 75
FR 48604, Aug. 11, 2010]
§ 192.941 What is a low stress reassess- on cathodically protected pipe in a cov-

ment? ered segment, an operator must per-
(a) General. An operator of a trans- form an electrical survey (i.e. indirect
mission line that operates below 30% examination tool/method) at least
SMYS may use the following method every 7 years on the covered segment.
to reassess a covered segment in ac- An operator must use the results of
cordance with § 192.939. This method of each survey as part of an overall eval-
reassessment addresses the threats of uation of the cathodic protection and
external and internal corrosion. The corrosion threat for the covered seg-
operator must have conducted a base- ment. This evaluation must consider,
line assessment of the covered segment at minimum, the leak repair and in-
in accordance with the requirements of spection records, corrosion monitoring
§§ 192.919 and 192.921. records, exposed pipe inspection
(b) External corrosion. An operator records, and the pipeline environment.
must take one of the following actions (2) Unprotected pipe or cathodically
to address external corrosion on the protected pipe where electrical surveys are
low stress covered segment. impractical. If an electrical survey is
(1) Cathodically protected pipe. To ad- impractical on the covered segment an
dress the threat of external corrosion operator must—
495
§ 192.943 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)
(i) Conduct leakage surveys as re- ment if the operator demonstrates that
quired by § 192.706 at 4-month intervals; it cannot maintain local product sup-
and ply if it conducts the reassessment
(ii) Every 18 months, identify and re- within the required interval.
mediate areas of active corrosion by (b) How to apply. If one of the condi-
evaluating leak repair and inspection tions specified in paragraph (a) (1) or
records, corrosion monitoring records, (a) (2) of this section applies, an oper-
exposed pipe inspection records, and ator may seek a waiver of the required
the pipeline environment. reassessment interval. An operator
(c) Internal corrosion. To address the
must apply for a waiver in accordance
threat of internal corrosion on a cov-
with 49 U.S.C. 60118(c), at least 180 days
ered segment, an operator must—
(1) Conduct a gas analysis for corro- before the end of the required reassess-
sive agents at least once each calendar ment interval, unless local product
year; supply issues make the period imprac-
(2) Conduct periodic testing of fluids tical. If local product supply issues
removed from the segment. At least make the period impractical, an oper-
once each calendar year test the fluids ator must apply for the waiver as soon
removed from each storage field that as the need for the waiver becomes
may affect a covered segment; and known.
(3) At least every seven (7) years, in-
tegrate data from the analysis and Amdt. 192–95, 69 FR 18234, Apr. 6, 2004]
testing required by paragraphs (c)(1)–
(c)(2) with applicable internal corro- § 192.945 What methods must an oper-
sion leak records, incident reports, ator use to measure program effec-
safety-related condition reports, repair tiveness?
records, patrol records, exposed pipe re-
ports, and test records, and define and (a) General. An operator must include
implement appropriate remediation ac- in its integrity management program
tions. methods to measure whether the pro-
gram is effective in assessing and eval-
[68 FR 69817, Dec. 15, 2003, as amended by uating the integrity of each covered
Amdt. 192–95, 69 FR 18234, Apr. 6, 2004]
pipeline segment and in protecting the
§ 192.943 When can an operator devi- high consequence areas. These meas-
ate from these reassessment inter- ures must include the four overall per-
vals? formance measures specified in ASME/
(a) Waiver from reassessment interval in ANSI B31.8S (incorporated by ref-
limited situations. In the following lim- erence, see § 192.7 of this part), section
ited instances, OPS may allow a waiver 9.4, and the specific measures for each
from a reassessment interval required identified threat specified in ASME/
by § 192.939 if OPS finds a waiver would ANSI B31.8S, Appendix A. An operator
not be inconsistent with pipeline safe- must submit the four overall perform-
ty. ance measures as part of the annual re-
(1) Lack of internal inspection tools. An port required by § 191.17 of this sub-
operator who uses internal inspection chapter.
as an assessment method may be able (b) External Corrosion Direct assess-
to justify a longer reassessment period ment. In addition to the general re-
for a covered segment if internal in- quirements for performance measures
spection tools are not available to as- in paragraph (a) of this section, an op-
sess the line pipe. To justify this, the erator using direct assessment to as-
operator must demonstrate that it can-
sess the external corrosion threat must
not obtain the internal inspection tools
define and monitor measures to deter-
within the required reassessment pe-
mine the effectiveness of the ECDA
riod and that the actions the operator
is taking in the interim ensure the in- process. These measures must meet the
tegrity of the covered segment. requirements of § 192.925.

(2) Maintain product supply. An oper- [68 FR 69817, Dec. 15, 2003, as amended by
ator may be able to justify a longer re- Amdt. 192–95, 69 FR 18234, Apr. 6, 2004; 75 FR
assessment period for a covered seg- 72906, Nov. 26, 2010]
496
§ 192.947 What records must an oper- (a) Sending the notification to the
ator keep? Office of Pipeline Safety, Pipeline and
An operator must maintain, for the Hazardous Materials Safety Adminis-
useful life of the pipeline, records that tration, U.S. Department of Transpor-
demonstrate compliance with the re- tation, Information Resources Man-
quirements of this subpart. At min- ager, PHP–10, 1200 New Jersey Avenue,
imum, an operator must maintain the SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001;
following records for review during an (b) Sending the notification to the
inspection. Information Resources Manager by fac-
(a) A written integrity management simile to (202) 366–7128; or
program in accordance with § 192.907; (c) Entering the information directly
(b) Documents supporting the threat on the Integrity Management Database
identification and risk assessment in (IMDB) Web site at http://
accordance with § 192.917; primis.rspa.dot.gov/gasimp/.
(c) A written baseline assessment [68 FR 69817, Dec. 15, 2003, as amended at 70
plan in accordance with § 192.919; FR 11139, Mar. 8, 2005; Amdt. 192–103, 72 FR
(d) Documents to support any deci- 4657, Feb. 1, 2007; 73 FR 16570, Mar. 28, 2008; 74
sion, analysis and process developed FR 2894, Jan. 16, 2009]
and used to implement and evaluate
each element of the baseline assess- § 192.951 Where does an operator file a
ment plan and integrity management report?
program. Documents include those de- An operator must file any report re-
veloped and used in support of any quired by this subpart electronically to
identification, calculation, amend- the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials
ment, modification, justification, devi- Safety Administration in accordance
ation and determination made, and any with § 191.7 of this subchapter.
action taken to implement and evalu-
[Amdt. No. 192—115, 75 FR 72906, Nov. 26, 2010]
ate any of the program elements;
(e) Documents that demonstrate per-
sonnel have the required training, in- Subpart P—Gas Distribution Pipe-
cluding a description of the training line Integrity Management
program, in accordance with § 192.915; (IM)
(f) Schedule required by § 192.933 that
prioritizes the conditions found during SOURCE: 74 FR 63934, Dec. 4, 2009, unless
an assessment for evaluation and reme- otherwise noted.
diation, including technical justifica-
tions for the schedule. § 192.1001 What definitions apply to
(g) Documents to carry out the re- this subpart?
quirements in §§ 192.923 through 192.929 The following definitions apply to
for a direct assessment plan; this subpart:
(h) Documents to carry out the re- Excavation Damage means any impact
quirements in § 192.931 for confirmatory that results in the need to repair or re-
direct assessment; place an underground facility due to a
(i) Verification that an operator has weakening, or the partial or complete
provided any documentation or notifi- destruction, of the facility, including,
cation required by this subpart to be but not limited to, the protective coat-
provided to OPS, and when applicable, ing, lateral support, cathodic protec-
a State authority with which OPS has tion or the housing for the line device
an interstate agent agreement, and a or facility.
State or local pipeline safety authority Hazardous Leak means a leak that
that regulates a covered pipeline seg- represents an existing or probable haz-
ment within that State. ard to persons or property and requires
[68 FR 69817, Dec. 15, 2003, as amended by immediate repair or continuous action
Amdt. 192–95, 69 FR 18234, Apr. 6, 2004] until the conditions are no longer haz-
ardous.
§ 192.949 How does an operator notify Integrity Management Plan or IM Plan

PHMSA? means a written explanation of the
An operator must provide any notifi- mechanisms or procedures the operator
cation required by this subpart by— will use to implement its integrity
497
§ 192.1003 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)
management program and to ensure gas distribution system developed from

compliance with this subpart. reasonably available information.
Integrity Management Program or IM (1) Identify the characteristics of the
Program means an overall approach by pipeline’s design and operations and
an operator to ensure the integrity of the environmental factors that are nec-
its gas distribution system. essary to assess the applicable threats
Mechanical fitting means a mechan- and risks to its gas distribution pipe-
ical device used to connect sections of line.
pipe. The term ‘‘Mechanical fitting’’ (2) Consider the information gained
applies only to: from past design, operations, and main-
(1) Stab Type fittings; tenance.
(2) Nut Follower Type fittings; (3) Identify additional information
(3) Bolted Type fittings; or needed and provide a plan for gaining
(4) Other Compression Type fittings. that information over time through
normal activities conducted on the
Small LPG Operator means an oper-
pipeline (for example, design, construc-
ator of a liquefied petroleum gas (LPG)
tion, operations or maintenance activi-
distribution pipeline that serves fewer
ties).
than 100 customers from a single
(4) Develop and implement a process
source.
by which the IM program will be re-
[74 FR 63934, Dec. 4, 2009, as amended at 76 viewed periodically and refined and im-
FR 5499, Feb. 1, 2011] proved as needed.
(5) Provide for the capture and reten-
§ 192.1003 What do the regulations in tion of data on any new pipeline in-
this subpart cover? stalled. The data must include, at a
General. This subpart prescribes min- minimum, the location where the new
imum requirements for an IM program pipeline is installed and the material of
for any gas distribution pipeline cov- which it is constructed.
ered under this part, including lique- (b) Identify threats. The operator
fied petroleum gas systems. A gas dis- must consider the following categories
tribution operator, other than a master of threats to each gas distribution
meter operator or a small LPG oper- pipeline: corrosion, natural forces, ex-
ator, must follow the requirements in cavation damage, other outside force
§§ 192.1005–192.1013 of this subpart. A damage, material or welds, equipment
master meter operator or small LPG failure, incorrect operations, and other
operator of a gas distribution pipeline concerns that could threaten the integ-
must follow the requirements in rity of its pipeline. An operator must
§ 192.1015 of this subpart. consider reasonably available informa-
tion to identify existing and potential
§ 192.1005 What must a gas distribu- threats. Sources of data may include,
tion operator (other than a master but are not limited to, incident and
meter or small LPG operator) do to leak history, corrosion control records,
implement this subpart?
continuing surveillance records, pa-
No later than August 2, 2011 a gas dis- trolling records, maintenance history,
tribution operator must develop and and excavation damage experience.
implement an integrity management (c) Evaluate and rank risk. An oper-
program that includes a written integ- ator must evaluate the risks associated
rity management plan as specified in with its distribution pipeline. In this
§ 192.1007. evaluation, the operator must deter-
mine the relative importance of each
§ 192.1007 What are the required ele- threat and estimate and rank the risks
ments of an integrity management posed to its pipeline. This evaluation
plan?
must consider each applicable current
A written integrity management and potential threat, the likelihood of
plan must contain procedures for devel- failure associated with each threat,
oping and implementing the following and the potential consequences of such
elements: a failure. An operator may subdivide
(a) Knowledge. An operator must its pipeline into regions with similar
demonstrate an understanding of its characteristics (e.g., contiguous areas
498
within a distribution pipeline con- gram re-evaluation at least every five

sisting of mains, services and other ap- years. The operator must consider the
purtenances; areas with common mate- results of the performance monitoring
rials or environmental factors), and for in these evaluations.
which similar actions likely would be (g) Report results. Report, on an an-
effective in reducing risk. nual basis, the four measures listed in
(d) Identify and implement measures to paragraphs (e)(1)(i) through (e)(1)(iv) of
address risks. Determine and implement this section, as part of the annual re-
measures designed to reduce the risks port required by § 191.11. An operator
from failure of its gas distribution also must report the four measures to
pipeline. These measures must include the state pipeline safety authority if a
an effective leak management program state exercises jurisdiction over the op-
(unless all leaks are repaired when erator’s pipeline.
found).
[74 FR 63934, Dec. 4, 2009, as amended at 76
(e) Measure performance, monitor re- FR 5499, Feb. 1, 2011]
sults, and evaluate effectiveness.
(1) Develop and monitor performance § 192.1009 What must an operator re-
measures from an established baseline port when a mechanical fitting
to evaluate the effectiveness of its IM fails?
program. An operator must consider (a) Except as provided in paragraph
the results of its performance moni- (b) of this section, each operator of a
toring in periodically re-evaluating the distribution pipeline system must sub-
threats and risks. These performance mit a report on each mechanical fit-
measures must include the following: ting failure, excluding any failure that
(i) Number of hazardous leaks either results only in a nonhazardous leak, on
eliminated or repaired as required by a Department of Transportation Form
§ 192.703(c) of this subchapter (or total PHMSA F–7100.1–2. The report(s) must
number of leaks if all leaks are re- be submitted in accordance with
paired when found), categorized by § 191.12.
cause; (b) The mechanical fitting failure re-
(ii) Number of excavation damages; porting requirements in paragraph (a)
(iii) Number of excavation tickets of this section do not apply to the fol-
(receipt of information by the under- lowing:
ground facility operator from the noti- (1) Master meter operators;
fication center);
(2) Small LPG operator as defined in
(iv) Total number of leaks either
§ 192.1001; or
eliminated or repaired, categorized by
(3) LNG facilities.
cause;
(v) Number of hazardous leaks either [76 FR 5499, Feb. 1, 2011]
eliminated or repaired as required by
§ 192.703(c) (or total number of leaks if § 192.1011 What records must an oper-
all leaks are repaired when found), cat- ator keep?
egorized by material; and An operator must maintain records
(vi) Any additional measures the op- demonstrating compliance with the re-
erator determines are needed to evalu- quirements of this subpart for at least
ate the effectiveness of the operator’s 10 years. The records must include cop-
IM program in controlling each identi- ies of superseded integrity manage-
fied threat. ment plans developed under this sub-
(f) Periodic Evaluation and Improve- part.
ment. An operator must re-evaluate
threats and risks on its entire pipeline § 192.1013 When may an operator devi-
and consider the relevance of threats in ate from required periodic inspec-
one location to other areas. Each oper- tions under this part?
ator must determine the appropriate (a) An operator may propose to re-
period for conducting complete produce the frequency of periodic inspec-
gram evaluations based on the com- tions and tests required in this part on
plexity of its system and changes in the basis of the engineering analysis
factors affecting the risk of failure. An and risk assessment required by this
operator must conduct a complete pro- subpart.
499
§ 192.1015 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)
(b) An operator must submit its pro- (3) Rank risks. The operator must
posal to the PHMSA Associate Admin- evaluate the risks to its pipeline and
istrator for Pipeline Safety or, in the estimate the relative importance of
case of an intrastate pipeline facility each identified threat.
regulated by the State, the appropriate (4) Identify and implement measures to
State agency. The applicable oversight mitigate risks. The operator must deter-
agency may accept the proposal on its mine and implement measures de-
own authority, with or without condi- signed to reduce the risks from failure
tions and limitations, on a showing of its pipeline.
that the operator’s proposal, which in- (5) Measure performance, monitor re-
cludes the adjusted interval, will pro- sults, and evaluate effectiveness. The op-
vide an equal or greater overall level of erator must monitor, as a performance
safety. measure, the number of leaks elimi-
(c) An operator may implement an nated or repaired on its pipeline and
approved reduction in the frequency of their causes.
a periodic inspection or test only where (6) Periodic evaluation and improve-
the operator has developed and implement. The operator must determine the
mented an integrity management pro- appropriate period for conducting IM
gram that provides an equal or im- program evaluations based on the com-
proved overall level of safety despite plexity of its pipeline and changes in
the reduced frequency of periodic in- factors affecting the risk of failure. An
spections. operator must re-evaluate its entire
program at least every five years. The
§ 192.1015 What must a master meter operator must consider the results of
or small liquefied petroleum gas the performance monitoring in these
(LPG) operator do to implement evaluations.
this subpart? (c) Records. The operator must main-
(a) General. No later than August 2, tain, for a period of at least 10 years,
2011 the operator of a master meter the following records:
system or a small LPG operator must (1) A written IM plan in accordance
develop and implement an IM program with this section, including superseded
that includes a written IM plan as IM plans;
specified in paragraph (b) of this sec- (2) Documents supporting threat
tion. The IM program for these pipe- identification; and
lines should reflect the relative sim- (3) Documents showing the location
plicity of these types of pipelines. and material of all piping and appur-
tenances that are installed after the ef-
(b) Elements. A written integrity
fective date of the operator’s IM pro-
management plan must address, at a
gram and, to the extent known, the lo-
minimum, the following elements:
cation and material of all pipe and ap-
(1) Knowledge. The operator must purtenances that were existing on the
demonstrate knowledge of its pipeline, effective date of the operator’s pro-
which, to the extent known, should in- gram.
clude the approximate location and
material of its pipeline. The operator APPENDIX A TO PART 192 [RESERVED]
must identify additional information
needed and provide a plan for gaining APPENDIX B TO PART 192—
knowledge over time through normal QUALIFICATION OF PIPE
activities conducted on the pipeline I. Listed Pipe Specifications
(for example, design, construction, op- API 5L—Steel pipe, ‘‘API Specification for
erations or maintenance activities). Line Pipe’’ (incorporated by reference, see
(2) Identify threats. The operator must § 192.7).
consider, at minimum, the following ASTM A53/A53M—Steel pipe, ‘‘Standard
categories of threats (existing and po- Specification for Pipe, Steel Black and Hot-
Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless’’
tential): Corrosion, natural forces, ex-
(incorporated by reference, see § 192.7).

cavation damage, other outside force ASTM A106—Steel pipe, ‘‘Standard Speci-
damage, material or weld failure, fication for Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for
equipment failure, and incorrect oper- High Temperature Service’’ (incorporated by
ation. reference, see § 192.7).
500
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT Pt. 192, App. B
ASTM A333/A333M—Steel pipe, ‘‘Standard ceeding in accordance with section IX of the
Specification for Seamless and Welded Steel ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ibr,
Pipe for Low Temperature Service’’ (incor- see 192.7). The same number of chemical tests
porated by reference, see § 192.7). must be made as are required for testing a
ASTM A381—Steel pipe, ‘‘Standard Speci- girth weld.
fication for Metal-Arc-Welded Steel Pipe for C. Inspection. The pipe must be clean
Use with High-Pressure Transmission Sys- enough to permit adequate inspection. It
tems’’ (incorporated by reference, see § 192.7). must be visually inspected to ensure that it
ASTM A671—Steel pipe, ‘‘Standard Speci- is reasonably round and straight and there
fication for Electric-Fusion-Welded Pipe for are no defects which might impair the
Atmospheric and Lower Temperatures’’ (in- strength or tightness of the pipe.
corporated by reference, see § 192.7). D. Tensile Properties. If the tensile prop-
ASTM A672—Steel pipe, ‘‘Standard Speci- erties of the pipe are not known, the min-
fication for Electric-Fusion-Welded Steel imum yield strength may be taken as 24,000
Pipe for High-Pressure Service at Moderate p.s.i. (165 MPa) or less, or the tensile prop-
Temperatures’’ (incorporated by reference, erties may be established by performing ten-
see § 192.7). sile tests as set forth in API Specification 5L
ASTM A691—Steel pipe, ‘‘Standard Speci- (incorporated by reference, see § 192.7). All
fication for Carbon and Alloy Steel Pipe, test specimens shall be selected at random
Electric-Fusion-Welded for High Pressure and the following number of tests must be
Service at High Temperatures’’ (incor- performed:
porated by reference, see § 192.7).
ASTM D2513–99—Thermoplastic pipe and
NUMBER OF TENSILE TESTS—ALL SIZES
tubing, ‘‘Standard Specification for Thermo-
plastic Gas Pressure Pipe, Tubing, and Fit- 10 lengths or less .................. 1 set of tests for each length.
tings’’ (incorporated by reference, see § 192.7). 11 to 100 lengths ................... 1 set of tests for each 5
ASTM D2517—Thermosetting plastic pipe lengths, but not less than
and tubing, ‘‘Standard Specification for Re- 10 tests.
inforced Epoxy Resin Gas Pressure Pipe and Over 100 lengths ................... 1 set of tests for each 10
lengths, but not less than
Fittings’’ (incorporated by reference, see
20 tests.
§ 192.7).
II. Steel pipe of unknown or unlisted speci-
fication. If the yield-tensile ratio, based on the prop-
A. Bending Properties. For pipe 2 inches (51 erties determined by those tests, exceeds
millimeters) or less in diameter, a length of 0.85, the pipe may be used only as provided in
pipe must be cold bent through at least 90 § 192.55(c).
degrees around a cylindrical mandrel that III. Steel pipe manufactured before November
has a diameter 12 times the diameter of the 12, 1970, to earlier editions of listed specifica-
pipe, without developing cracks at any portions. Steel pipe manufactured before Novem-
tion and without opening the longitudinal ber 12, 1970, in accordance with a specifica-
weld. tion of which a later edition is listed in sec-
For pipe more than 2 inches (51 millime- tion I of this appendix, is qualified for use
ters) in diameter, the pipe must meet the re- under this part if the following requirements
quirements of the flattening tests set forth are met:
in ASTM A53 (incorporated by reference, see A. Inspection. The pipe must be clean
§ 192.7), except that the number of tests must enough to permit adequate inspection. It
be at least equal to the minimum required in must be visually inspected to ensure that it
paragraph II-D of this appendix to determine is reasonably round and straight and that
yield strength. there are no defects which might impair the
B. Weldability. A girth weld must be made strength or tightness of the pipe.
in the pipe by a welder who is qualified under B. Similarity of specification requirements.
subpart E of this part. The weld must be The edition of the listed specification under
made under the most severe conditions under which the pipe was manufactured must have
which welding will be allowed in the field substantially the same requirements with re-
and by means of the same procedure that spect to the following properties as a later
will be used in the field. On pipe more than edition of that specification listed in section
4 inches (102 millimeters) in diameter, at I of this appendix:
least one test weld must be made for each 100 (1) Physical (mechanical) properties of
lengths of pipe. On pipe 4 inches (102 milli- pipe, including yield and tensile strength,
meters) or less in diameter, at least one test elongation, and yield to tensile ratio, and
weld must be made for each 400 lengths of testing requirements to verify those prop-
pipe. The weld must be tested in accordance erties.
(2) Chemical properties of pipe and testing
with API Standard 1104 (incorporated by ref-

erence, see § 192.7). If the requirements of API requirements to verify those properties.
Standard 1104 cannot be met, weldability C. Inspection or test of welded pipe. On pipe
may be established by making chemical with welded seams, one of the following re-
tests for carbon and manganese, and pro- quirements must be met:
501
Pt. 192, App. C 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)
(1) The edition of the listed specification to III. Periodic tests for welders of small service
which the pipe was manufactured must have lines. Two samples of the welder’s work, each
substantially the same requirements with re- about 8 inches (203 millimeters) long with
spect to nondestructive inspection of welded the weld located approximately in the cen-
seams and the standards for acceptance or ter, are cut from steel service line and tested
rejection and repair as a later edition of the as follows:
specification listed in section I of this appen- (1) One sample is centered in a guided bend
dix. testing machine and bent to the contour of
(2) The pipe must be tested in accordance the die for a distance of 2 inches (51 millime-
with subpart J of this part to at least 1.25 ters) on each side of the weld. If the sample
times the maximum allowable operating shows any breaks or cracks after removal
pressure if it is to be installed in a class 1 lo- from the bending machine, it is unaccept-
cation and to at least 1.5 times the max- able.
imum allowable operating pressure if it is to (2) The ends of the second sample are flat-
be installed in a class 2, 3, or 4 location. Not- tened and the entire joint subjected to a ten-
withstanding any shorter time period per-
sile strength test. If failure occurs adjacent
mitted under subpart J of this part, the test
to or in the weld metal, the weld is unaccept-
pressure must be maintained for at least 8
able. If a tensile strength testing machine is
hours.
not available, this sample must also pass the
[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970] bending test prescribed in subparagraph (1)
of this paragraph.
EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER ci-
tations affecting appendix B of part 192, see [35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by
the List of CFR Sections Affected, which ap- Amdt. 192–85, 63 FR 37504, July 13, 1998;
pears in the Finding Aids section of the Amdt. 192–94, 69 FR 32896, June 14, 2004]
printed volume and at www.fdsys.gov.
APPENDIX D TO PART 192—CRITERIA FOR
APPENDIX C TO PART 192—QUALIFICA- CATHODIC PROTECTION AND DETER-
TION OF WELDERS FOR LOW STRESS MINATION OF MEASUREMENTS
LEVEL PIPE
I. Criteria for cathodic protection— A. Steel,
I. Basic test. The test is made on pipe 12 cast iron, and ductile iron structures. (1) A neg-
inches (305 millimeters) or less in diameter. ative (cathodic) voltage of at least 0.85 volt,
The test weld must be made with the pipe in with reference to a saturated copper-copper
a horizontal fixed position so that the test sulfate half cell. Determination of this volt-
weld includes at least one section of over- age must be made with the protective cur-
head position welding. The beveling, root rent applied, and in accordance with sections
opening, and other details must conform to II and IV of this appendix.
the specifications of the procedure under (2) A negative (cathodic) voltage shift of at
which the welder is being qualified. Upon least 300 millivolts. Determination of this
completion, the test weld is cut into four voltage shift must be made with the protec-
coupons and subjected to a root bend test. If, tive current applied, and in accordance with
as a result of this test, two or more of the sections II and IV of this appendix. This cri-
four coupons develop a crack in the weld ma-
terion of voltage shift applies to structures
terial, or between the weld material and base
not in contact with metals of different an-
metal, that is more than 1⁄8-inch (3.2 millime-
odic potentials.
ters) long in any direction, the weld is unac-
ceptable. Cracks that occur on the corner of (3) A minimum negative (cathodic) polar-
the specimen during testing are not consid- ization voltage shift of 100 millivolts. This
ered. A welder who successfully passes a polarization voltage shift must be deter-
butt-weld qualification test under this sec- mined in accordance with sections III and IV
tion shall be qualified to weld on all pipe di- of this appendix.
ameters less than or equal to 12 inches. (4) A voltage at least as negative (cathodic)
II. Additional tests for welders of service line as that originally established at the begin-
connections to mains. A service line connec- ning of the Tafel segment of the E-log-I
tion fitting is welded to a pipe section with curve. This voltage must be measured in ac-
the same diameter as a typical main. The cordance with section IV of this appendix.
weld is made in the same position as it is (5) A net protective current from the elec-
made in the field. The weld is unacceptable trolyte into the structure surface as meas-
if it shows a serious undercutting or if it has ured by an earth current technique applied
rolled edges. The weld is tested by attempt- at predetermined current discharge (anodic)
points of the structure.
ing to break the fitting off the run pipe. The

weld is unacceptable if it breaks and shows B. Aluminum structures. (1) Except as pro-
incomplete fusion, overlap, or poor penetra- vided in paragraphs (3) and (4) of this para-
tion at the junction of the fitting and run graph, a minimum negative (cathodic) volt-
pipe. age shift of 150 millivolts, produced by the
502
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT Pt. 192, App. E
application of protective current. The volt- current and measuring the polarization
age shift must be determined in accordance decay. When the current is initially inter-
with sections II and IV of this appendix. rupted, an immediate voltage shift occurs.
(2) Except as provided in paragraphs (3) and The voltage reading after the immediate
(4) of this paragraph, a minimum negative shift must be used as the base reading from
(cathodic) polarization voltage shift of 100 which to measure polarization decay in para-
millivolts. This polarization voltage shift graphs A(3), B(2), and C of section I of this
must be determined in accordance with sec- appendix.
tions III and IV of this appendix. IV. Reference half cells. A. Except as pro-
(3) Notwithstanding the alternative min- vided in paragraphs B and C of this section,
imum criteria in paragraphs (1) and (2) of negative (cathodic) voltage must be meas-
this paragraph, aluminum, if cathodically ured between the structure surface and a
protected at voltages in excess of 1.20 volts saturated copper-copper sulfate half cell con-
as measured with reference to a copper-cop- tacting the electrolyte.
per sulfate half cell, in accordance with sec-
B. Other standard reference half cells may
tion IV of this appendix, and compensated
be substituted for the saturated cooper-cop-
for the voltage (IR) drops other than those
per sulfate half cell. Two commonly used ref-
across the structure-electrolyte boundary
erence half cells are listed below along with
may suffer corrosion resulting from the
build-up of alkali on the metal surface. A their voltage equivalent to ¥0.85 volt as re-
voltage in excess of 1.20 volts may not be ferred to a saturated copper-copper sulfate
used unless previous test results indicate no half cell:
appreciable corrosion will occur in the par- (1) Saturated KCl calomel half cell: ¥0.78
ticular environment. volt.
(4) Since aluminum may suffer from corro- (2) Silver-silver chloride half cell used in
sion under high pH conditions, and since ap- sea water: ¥0.80 volt.
plication of cathodic protection tends to in- C. In addition to the standard reference
crease the pH at the metal surface, careful half cells, an alternate metallic material or
investigation or testing must be made before structure may be used in place of the satu-
applying cathodic protection to stop pitting rated copper-copper sulfate half cell if its po-
attack on aluminum structures in environ- tential stability is assured and if its voltage
ments with a natural pH in excess of 8. equivalent referred to a saturated copper-
C. Copper structures. A minimum negative copper sulfate half cell is established.
(cathodic) polarization voltage shift of 100
millivolts. This polarization voltage shift [Amdt. 192–4, 36 FR 12305, June 30, 1971]
must be determined in accordance with sec-
tions III and IV of this appendix. APPENDIX E TO PART 192—GUIDANCE ON
D. Metals of different anodic potentials. A DETERMINING HIGH CONSEQUENCE
negative (cathodic) voltage, measured in ac- AREAS AND ON CARRYING OUT RE-
cordance with section IV of this appendix, QUIREMENTS IN THE INTEGRITY MAN-
equal to that required for the most anodic AGEMENT RULE
metal in the system must be maintained. If
amphoteric structures are involved that I. GUIDANCE ON DETERMINING A HIGH
could be damaged by high alkalinity covered CONSEQUENCE AREA
by paragraphs (3) and (4) of paragraph B of
this section, they must be electrically iso- To determine which segments of an opera-
lated with insulating flanges, or the equiva- tor’s transmission pipeline system are cov-
lent. ered for purposes of the integrity manage-
II. Interpretation of voltage measurement. ment program requirements, an operator
Voltage (IR) drops other than those across must identify the high consequence areas.
the structure-electrolyte boundary must be An operator must use method (1) or (2) from
considered for valid interpretation of the the definition in § 192.903 to identify a high
voltage measurement in paragraphs A(1) and consequence area. An operator may apply
(2) and paragraph B(1) of section I of this ap- one method to its entire pipeline system, or
pendix. an operator may apply one method to indi-
III. Determination of polarization voltage vidual portions of the pipeline system. (Refer
shift. The polarization voltage shift must be to figure E.I.A for a diagram of a high con-
determined by interrupting the protective sequence area).
503
Pt. 192, App. E 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)
II. GUIDANCE ON ASSESSMENT METHODS AND (i.e. outside of potential impact circle) but
ADDITIONAL PREVENTIVE AND MITIGATIVE located within a Class 3 or Class 4 Location.
MEASURES FOR TRANSMISSION PIPELINES (b) Table E.II.2 gives guidance to help an
operator implement requirements on assess-
(a) Table E.II.1 gives guidance to help an
operator implement requirements on addi- ment methods for addressing time dependent
tional preventive and mitigative measures and independent threats for a transmission
for addressing time dependent and inde- pipeline in an HCA.
pendent threats for a transmission pipeline (c) Table E.II.3 gives guidance on preventa-
operating below 30% SMYS not in an HCA tive & mitigative measures addressing time
504
ER06AP04.003</GPH>
dependent and independent threats for trans-
mission pipelines that operate below 30%
SMYS, in HCAs.
505
ER06AP04.004</GPH>
506
ER06AP04.005</GPH>
507
ER06AP04.006</GPH>
508
ER06AP04.007</GPH>
509
ER06AP04.008</GPH>
510
ER06AP04.009</GPH>
511
ER06AP04.010</GPH>
Pt. 193 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)
[Amdt. 192–95, 69 FR 18234, Apr. 6, 2004, as 193.2305–193.2319 [Reserved]
amended by Amdt. 192–95, May 26, 2004] 193.2321 Nondestructive tests.
193.2323–193.2329 [Reserved]
PART 193—LIQUEFIED NATURAL Subpart E—Equipment
GAS FACILITIES: FEDERAL SAFETY
STANDARDS 193.2401 Scope.
VAPORIZATION EQUIPMENT
Subpart A—General
193.2403–193.2439 [Reserved]
Sec. 193.2441 Control center.
193.2001 Scope of part. 193.2443 [Reserved]
193.2003 [Reserved] 193.2445 Sources of power.
193.2005 Applicability.
193.2007 Definitions. Subpart F—Operations
193.2009 Rules of regulatory construction.
193.2011 Reporting. 193.2501 Scope.
193.2013 Incorporation by reference. 193.2503 Operating procedures.
193.2015 [Reserved] 193.2505 Cooldown.
193.2017 Plans and procedures. 193.2507 Monitoring operations.
193.2019 Mobile and temporary LNG facili- 193.2509 Emergency procedures.
ties. 193.2511 Personnel safety.
193.2513 Transfer procedures.
Subpart B—Siting Requirements 193.2515 Investigations of failures.
193.2517 Purging.
193.2051 Scope. 193.2519 Communication systems.
193.2055 [Reserved] 193.2521 Operating records.
193.2057 Thermal radiation protection.
193.2059 Flammable vapor-gas dispersion
Subpart G—Maintenance
protection.
193.2061–193.2065 [Reserved] 193.2601 Scope.
193.2067 Wind forces. 193.2603 General.
193.2069–193.2073 [Reserved] 193.2605 Maintenance procedures.
193.2607 Foreign material.
Subpart C—Design 193.2609 Support systems.
193.2101 Scope. 193.2611 Fire protection.
193.2613 Auxiliary power sources.
MATERIALS 193.2615 Isolating and purging.
193.2617 Repairs.
193.2103–193.2117 [Reserved] 193.2619 Control systems.
193.2119 Records. 193.2621 Testing transfer hoses.
DESIGN OF COMPONENTS AND BUILDINGS 193.2623 Inspecting LNG storage tanks.
193.2625 Corrosion protection.
193.2121–193.2153 [Reserved] 193.2627 Atmospheric corrosion control.
193.2629 External corrosion control: buried
IMPOUNDMENT DESIGN AND CAPACITY or submerged components.
193.2155 Structural requirements. 193.2631 Internal corrosion control.
193.2157–193.2159 [Reserved] 193.2633 Interference currents.
193.2161 Dikes, general. 193.2635 Monitoring corrosion control.
193.2163–193.2165 [Reserved] 193.2637 Remedial measures.
193.2167 Covered systems. 193.2639 Maintenance records.
193.2169–193.2171 [Reserved]
193.2173 Water removal. Subpart H—Personnel Qualifications and
193.2175–193.2179 [Reserved] Training
193.2181 Impoundment capacity: LNG stor-
age tanks. 193.2701 Scope.
193.2183–193.2185 [Reserved] 193.2703 Design and fabrication.
193.2705 Construction, installation, inspec-
LNG STORAGE TANKS tion, and testing.
193.2187 Nonmetallic membrane liner. 193.2707 Operations and maintenance.
193.2189–193.2233 [Reserved] 193.2709 Security.
193.2711 Personnel health.
Subpart D—Construction 193.2713 Training: operations and mainte-

nance.
193.2301 Scope. 193.2715 Training: security.
193.2303 Construction acceptance. 193.2717 Training: fire protection.
193.2304 Corrosion control overview. 193.2719 Training: records.
512

CFR 2011 Title49 Vol3 Part192

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

CFR 2011 Title49 Vol3 Part192

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

§ 191.27 49 CFR Ch.

(5) Date condition was discovered and tration, Department of Transportation,

192.231 Protection from weather. 192.377 Service lines: Copper.

Subpart I—Requirements for Corrosion 192.515 Environmental protection and safety

ments for repair procedures.

APPENDIX A TO PART 192 [RESERVED]

which operating responsibility trans- the pipeline facility.

Distribution line means a pipeline the same as the pressure provided to

this part. attached to pipe, compressor units, me-

Source and name of referenced material 49 CFR reference

A. Pipeline Research Council International (PRCI):

Source and name of referenced material 49 CFR reference

Source and name of referenced material 49 CFR reference

[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970] to determine if an onshore pipeline (or

lines and regulated onshore gath-

extend beyond the furthermost down- termined by the commingling of gas

(b) Offshore lines. An operator of an part. However, an operator of a Type A

the processes it uses to determine the Requirement Compliance deadline

§ 192.619. leum gas by pipeline to a natural gas

(b) Each pipeline system subject to § 192.14 Conversion to service subject

§ 192.16 Customer notification. participating under 49 U.S.C. 60105 or

nent location frequented by customers. II-C of appendix B to this part;

(2) It is resistant to chemicals with

(2) Specifications or standards giving with adequate protection, to withstand

accordance with a specification not

strength to be used in the design for- Class location Design

must be maintained, for the useful life

§ 192.113 Longitudinal joint factor (E) for steel pipe.

The longitudinal joint factor to be determined in accordance with the fol-

ASTM A 53/A53M ................... Seamless ....................................................................................................... 1.00

Electric resistance welded ............................................................................. 1.00

ASTM A 381 ............................ Double submerged arc welded ..................................................................... 1.00

If the type of longitudinal joint cannot Gas temperature in degrees Temperature

Where: porated by reference, see § 192.7). For rein-

(1) The design pressure does not ex-

standard conditions. Standard condi- factured has equal or more stringent

the strength or tightness of the compo- valves at their listed temperature.

bursting strength of pipe of the des- commodate the passage of instru-

or other unforeseen construction prob- § 192.153 Components fabricated by

(d) Each support on an exposed pipe- exits located so as to provide a conven-

gency shutdown. (i) When an uncontrolled fire occurs

lower explosive limit in a building § 192.173 Compressor stations: Ventila-

ment of the pipe to which it is at- limiting, or pressure regulating sta-

§ 192.195 Protection against accidental of any connected and properly adjusted

or damage by a vehicle from affecting or against which it was protected,

stresses. (b) of this section, each welder must be

not requalify under that earlier edi-

of any material that may be detri- (b) Nondestructive testing of welds

must be performed by any process,

mechanical leak clamps. element square to the ends of the pip-

(2) A socket heat-fusion joint must be drostatic Burst Pressure) or paragraph

(2) In the case of a heat fusion, sol- tions or standards.

gross disturbance in the curvature of a diameter to wall thickness ratio less

inland navigable water areas, must be tion.

(d) Each pipe-type or bottle-type consolidated rock between the top of

[72 FR 62176, Oct. 17, 2008] a separate metering or regulating

§ 192.351 Scope. § 192.355 Customer meters and regu-

damage the meter.

and sion requiring remedial action under

must provide a level of cathodic pro- other interference bond must be

isolation is adequate. ground metallic structures.

§ 192.475 Internal corrosion control: (b) Exceptions to applicability. The de-

(3) Allow use of devices for moni- rosion.

from atmospheric corrosion any pipe- must be cathodically protected in ac-